Document:

Form of Indenture for Senior Notes

 Exhibit 4.4 

 
  

 
 EQUINIX, INC. 

[    ]% Senior Notes due 2021 
  

 
 INDENTURE

 [            ], 2011 

 
  

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION 
 Trustee 
  
  

 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
			
		  	ARTICLE 1.	  			
			
		  	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	  			
			
	Section 1.01.	  	 Definitions
	  	 	1	  
	Section 1.02.	  	 Other Definitions
	  	 	22	  
	Section 1.03.	  	 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
	  	 	23	  
	Section 1.04.	  	 Rules of Construction
	  	 	23	  
			
		  	ARTICLE 2.	  			
			
		  	THE NOTES	  			
			
	Section 2.01.	  	 Form and Dating
	  	 	24	  
	Section 2.02.	  	 Execution and Authentication
	  	 	24	  
	Section 2.03.	  	 Registrar and Paying Agent
	  	 	25	  
	Section 2.04.	  	 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
	  	 	25	  
	Section 2.05.	  	 Holder Lists
	  	 	25	  
	Section 2.06.	  	 Transfer and Exchange
	  	 	26	  
	Section 2.07.	  	 Replacement Notes
	  	 	29	  
	Section 2.08.	  	 Outstanding Notes
	  	 	30	  
	Section 2.09.	  	 Treasury Notes
	  	 	30	  
	Section 2.10.	  	 Temporary Notes
	  	 	30	  
	Section 2.11.	  	 Cancellation
	  	 	31	  
	Section 2.12.	  	 Defaulted Interest
	  	 	31	  
	Section 2.13.	  	 [Intentionally Omitted]
	  	 	31	  
	Section 2.14.	  	 Additional Notes
	  	 	31	  
			
		  	ARTICLE 3.	  			
			
		  	REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT	  			
			
	Section 3.01.	  	 Notices to Trustee
	  	 	32	  
	Section 3.02.	  	 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased
	  	 	32	  
	Section 3.03.	  	 Notice of Redemption
	  	 	32	  
	Section 3.04.	  	 Effect of Notice of Redemption
	  	 	33	  
	Section 3.05.	  	 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price
	  	 	33	  
	Section 3.06.	  	 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part
	  	 	34	  
	Section 3.07.	  	 Optional Redemption
	  	 	34	  
	Section 3.08.	  	 Mandatory Redemption
	  	 	35	  
	Section 3.09.	  	 Repurchase Offer
	  	 	35	  
			
		  	ARTICLE 4.	  			
			
		  	COVENANTS	  			
			
	Section 4.01.	  	 Payment of Notes
	  	 	37	  

  
 -i-

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
			
	Section 4.02.	  	 Maintenance of Office or Agency
	  	 	37	  
	Section 4.03.	  	 Reports to Holders
	  	 	37	  
	Section 4.04.	  	 Compliance Certificate
	  	 	38	  
	Section 4.05.	  	 Taxes
	  	 	38	  
	Section 4.06.	  	 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws
	  	 	38	  
	Section 4.07.	  	 Limitation on Restricted Payments
	  	 	39	  
	Section 4.08.	  	 Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries
	  	 	42	  
	Section 4.09.	  	 Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness
	  	 	43	  
	Section 4.10.	  	 Limitation on Preferred Stock of Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries
	  	 	46	  
	Section 4.11.	  	 Asset Sales
	  	 	46	  
	Section 4.12.	  	 Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates
	  	 	49	  
	Section 4.13.	  	 Limitation on Liens
	  	 	50	  
	Section 4.14.	  	 Conduct of Business
	  	 	51	  
	Section 4.15.	  	 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control
	  	 	51	  
	Section 4.16.	  	 Subsidiary Guarantees
	  	 	52	  
	Section 4.17.	  	 Payments for Consent
	  	 	52	  
	Section 4.18.	  	 Suspension of Covenants
	  	 	53	  
			
		  	ARTICLE 5.	  			
			
		  	SUCCESSORS	  			
			
	Section 5.01.	  	 Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets
	  	 	54	  
	Section 5.02.	  	 Successor Corporation Substituted
	  	 	56	  
			
		  	ARTICLE 6.	  			
			
		  	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	  			
			
	Section 6.01.	  	 Events of Default
	  	 	56	  
	Section 6.02.	  	 Acceleration
	  	 	57	  
	Section 6.03.	  	 Other Remedies
	  	 	58	  
	Section 6.04.	  	 Waiver of Past Defaults
	  	 	59	  
	Section 6.05.	  	 Control by Majority
	  	 	59	  
	Section 6.06.	  	 Limitation on Suits
	  	 	59	  
	Section 6.07.	  	 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment
	  	 	60	  
	Section 6.08.	  	 Collection Suit by Trustee
	  	 	60	  
	Section 6.09.	  	 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	  	 	60	  
	Section 6.10.	  	 Priorities
	  	 	60	  
	Section 6.11.	  	 Undertaking for Costs
	  	 	61	  
			
		  	ARTICLE 7.	  			
			
		  	TRUSTEE	  			
			
	Section 7.01.	  	 Duties of Trustee
	  	 	61	  
	Section 7.02.	  	 Rights of Trustee
	  	 	62	  
	Section 7.03.	  	 Individual Rights of Trustee
	  	 	63	  
	Section 7.04.	  	 Trustee’s Disclaimer
	  	 	63	  
	Section 7.05.	  	 Notice of Defaults
	  	 	63	  

  
 -ii-

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
			
	Section 7.06.	  	 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes
	  	 	63	  
	Section 7.07.	  	 Compensation and Indemnity
	  	 	63	  
	Section 7.08.	  	 Replacement of Trustee
	  	 	64	  
	Section 7.09.	  	 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.
	  	 	65	  
	Section 7.10.	  	 Eligibility; Disqualification
	  	 	65	  
	Section 7.11.	  	 Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company
	  	 	65	  
			
		  	ARTICLE 8.	  			
			
		  	LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE	  			
			
	Section 8.01.	  	 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	66	  
	Section 8.02.	  	 Legal Defeasance and Discharge.
	  	 	66	  
	Section 8.03.	  	 Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	66	  
	Section 8.04.	  	 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	67	  
	Section 8.05.	  	 Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions
	  	 	68	  
	Section 8.06.	  	 Repayment to the Company
	  	 	69	  
	Section 8.07.	  	 Reinstatement
	  	 	69	  
			
		  	ARTICLE 9.	  			
			
		  	AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER	  			
			
	Section 9.01.	  	 Without Consent of Holders of Notes
	  	 	69	  
	Section 9.02.	  	 With Consent of Holders of Notes
	  	 	70	  
	Section 9.03.	  	 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
	  	 	72	  
	Section 9.04.	  	 Revocation and Effect of Consents
	  	 	72	  
	Section 9.05.	  	 Notation on or Exchange of Notes
	  	 	72	  
	Section 9.06.	  	 Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc.
	  	 	72	  
			
		  	ARTICLE 10.	  			
			
		  	SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE	  			
			
	Section 10.01.	  	 Satisfaction and Discharge
	  	 	73	  
	Section 10.02.	  	 Application of Trust Money
	  	 	73	  
			
		  	ARTICLE 11.	  			
			
		  	GUARANTEES	  			
			
	Section 11.01.	  	 Guarantees
	  	 	74	  
	Section 11.02.	  	 Execution and Delivery of Guarantee
	  	 	75	  
	Section 11.03.	  	 Severability
	  	 	75	  
	Section 11.04.	  	 Limitation on Guarantors’ Liability
	  	 	75	  
	Section 11.05.	  	 Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms
	  	 	76	  
	Section 11.06.	  	 Releases Following Sale of Assets and Other Events
	  	 	76	  
	Section 11.07.	  	 Release of a Guarantor
	  	 	77	  
	Section 11.08.	  	 Benefits Acknowledged
	  	 	77	  

  
 -iii-

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
			
	 	  	ARTICLE 12.	  	 	 
			
		  	MISCELLANEOUS	  			
			
	Section 12.01.	  	 Trust Indenture Act Controls
	  	 	78	  
	Section 12.02.	  	 Notices
	  	 	78	  
	Section 12.03.	  	 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes
	  	 	79	  
	Section 12.04.	  	 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	  	 	79	  
	Section 12.05.	  	 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
	  	 	79	  
	Section 12.06.	  	 Rules by Trustee and Agents
	  	 	80	  
	Section 12.07.	  	 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholder Members
	  	 	80	  
	Section 12.08.	  	 Governing Law
	  	 	80	  
	Section 12.09.	  	 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
	  	 	80	  
	Section 12.10.	  	 Successors
	  	 	80	  
	Section 12.11.	  	 Severability
	  	 	80	  
	Section 12.12.	  	 Counterpart Originals
	  	 	81	  
	Section 12.13.	  	 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.
	  	 	81	  
			
	EXHIBITS	  		  			
			
	Exhibit A	  	 FORM OF NOTE FOR [    ]% SENIOR NOTES
	  			
	Exhibit B	  	 FORM OF NOTATIONAL GUARANTEE
	  			

  
 -iv-

 This Indenture, dated as of
[            ], 2011, is by and between EQUINIX, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as trustee (the
“Trustee”). 
 Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable
benefit of the Holders (as defined herein) of (i) the Company’s [    ]% Senior Notes due 20[    ] (the “Initial Notes”); and (ii) the Additional Notes (as defined herein)
(together with the Initial Notes, the “Notes”): 
 ARTICLE 1. 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 
 Section 1.01. Definitions. 
 “2012 Convertible Notes”
means the $250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 2.50% Convertible Subordinated Notes due April 15, 2012. 
 “2016 Convertible Notes” means the $373,750,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 4.75% Convertible Subordinated Notes due June 15, 2016. 

“Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of a Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person
becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or at the time it merges or consolidates with or into the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or that is assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, in each case whether or not
incurred by such Person in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or such acquisition, merger or consolidation. 

“Additional Notes” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this Indenture in accordance with
Sections 2.02 and 2.14 hereof, as part of the same series of Notes issued on the date hereof. 
 “Affiliate”
means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person. The term “control” means the
possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and
“controlled” have meanings correlative of the foregoing. 
 “Agent” means any Registrar,
co-registrar, Paying Agent or additional paying agent. 
 “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note
on any Redemption Date, the greater of: 
 (1) 1.0% of the principal amount of the Note; and 

(2) the excess of: 
 (a) the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of the Note at July 1, 201[    ] (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing under
Section 3.07), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the Note through July 1, 201[    ] (excluding accrued but unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the Redemption Date), computed using a
discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over 

 (b) the principal amount of the Note, if greater. 

“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global
Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary that apply to such transfer or exchange. 
 “ASC” means FASB
Accounting Standards Codification. 
 “Asset Acquisition” means (1) an Investment by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or shall be merged with or into the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company, or (2) the acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of the assets of any Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) that constitute all or substantially all of the assets
of such Person or comprises any division or line of business of such Person or any other properties or assets of such Person other than in the ordinary course of business. 
 “Asset Sale” means any direct or indirect sale, issuance, conveyance, transfer, lease (other than operating leases entered into in the ordinary course of business), assignment or other
transfer for value by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including any Sale and Leaseback Transaction) to any Person other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of: (1) any Capital Stock of any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or (2) any other property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than Capital Stock or Indebtedness of any Unrestricted Subsidiary) other than in the ordinary course of
business; provided that asset sales or other dispositions shall not include: (a) a transaction or series of related transactions for which the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries receive aggregate consideration of less than
$10.0 million; (b) the sale, lease, conveyance, disposition or other transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company as permitted under Section 5.01; (c) any Restricted Payment permitted by Section 4.07 or
that constitutes a Permitted Investment; (d) the sale or discount, in each case without recourse, of accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business, but only in connection with the compromise or collection thereof;
(e) disposals or replacements of obsolete or worn out equipment; (f) the grant of Liens not prohibited by this Indenture; (g) the licensing of intellectual property; (h) dispositions of accounts receivable to local distribution
companies under guaranteed receivables agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; (i) the sale of inventory, receivables and other current assets in the ordinary course of business; (j) Sale and Leaseback Transactions
permitted under clause 14 of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”; (k) the disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of business; and (l) any disposition by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by
the Company or its Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary. 
 “Attributable Debt” means, in respect
of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction, the present value, discounted at the interest rate implicit in the sale and leaseback transaction, of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease in the sale and
leaseback transaction. 
 “Bank Facility” means any credit agreement, including the Loan Agreement dated
February 11, 2011 among Bank of America, N.A., Equinix, Inc. and Equinix Operating Co., Inc., as amended, together with the related documents thereto (including, without limitation, any guarantee agreements and security documents), in each case
as such agreements may be amended (including any amendment and restatement thereof), supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including one or more credit agreements, loan agreements or similar agreements or indentures extending the
maturity of, refinancing, replacing or otherwise restructuring (including increasing the amount of available borrowings thereunder or adding Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder) all or any portion

  
 -2-

 
of the Indebtedness under such agreement or agreements or any successor or replacement agreement or agreements and whether by the same or any other agent, holders, lender or group of lenders.

 “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

 “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange
Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of
all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time. The terms “Beneficially
Owns,” “Beneficially Owned” and “Beneficial Ownership,” have a corresponding meaning. 
 “Board
of Directors” means, as to any Person, the board of directors (or similar governing body) of such Person or any duly authorized committee thereof. 
 “Board Resolution” means, with respect to any Person, a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of
Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee. 

“Business Day” means any day other than a Legal Holiday. 

“Capital Stock” means: 
 (1) with respect to any Person that is a corporation, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated and whether or not voting) of corporate stock, including each
class of Common Stock and Preferred Stock of such Person, and all options, warrants or other rights to purchase or acquire any of the foregoing; and 
 (2) with respect to any Person that is not a corporation, any and all partnership, membership or other equity interests of such Person, and all options, warrants or other rights to purchase or acquire any
of the foregoing. 
 “Capitalized Lease Obligations” means, as to any Person, the obligations of such Person
under a lease that are required to be classified and accounted for as capital lease obligations under GAAP and, for purposes of this definition, the amount of such obligations at any date shall be the capitalized amount of such obligations at such
date, determined in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Cash Equivalents” means: 

(a) debt securities denominated in euro, pounds sterling or U.S. dollars to be issued or directly and fully guaranteed or
insured by the government of a Participating Member State, the U.K. or the U.S., as applicable, where the debt securities have not more than twelve months to final maturity and are not convertible into any other form of security; 

(b) commercial paper denominated in euro, pounds sterling or U.S. dollars maturing no more than one year from the date of
creation thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having a rating of at least P1 from Moody’s and A1 from S&P; 

  
 -3-

 (c) certificates of deposit denominated in euro, pounds sterling or U.S.
dollars having not more than twelve months to maturity issued by a bank or financial institution incorporated or having a branch in a Participating Member State in the United Kingdom or the United States, provided that the bank is rated P1 by
Moody’s or A1 by S&P; 
 (d) any cash deposit denominated in euro, pounds sterling or U.S. dollars with
any commercial bank or other financial institution, in each case whose long term unsecured, unsubordinated debt rating is at least Aa3 by Moody’s or AA by S&P; 

(e) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in
clause (a) above entered into with any bank or financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (d) above; and 
 (f) investments in money market funds which invest substantially all their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (a) through (e) above. 

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events: 

(1) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company to any Person or group of related Persons for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act (a “Group”), together with any Affiliates thereof (whether or not otherwise in
compliance with the provisions of this Indenture); 
 (2) the approval by the holders of Capital Stock of the
Company of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company (whether or not otherwise in compliance with the provisions of this Indenture); or 

(3) any Person or Group shall become the owner, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, of shares representing
more than 50% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of the Company. 

“Commission” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Common Stock” of any Person means any and all shares, interests or other participations in, and other equivalents
(however designated and whether voting or non-voting) of such Person’s common stock, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or issued after the Issue Date, and includes, without limitation, all series and classes of such common stock.

 “Consolidated Depreciation, Amortization and Accretion Expense” means with respect to any Person for any
period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization (including amortization of goodwill and other intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) and accretion expense, including the
amortization of deferred financing fees or costs of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP. 

  
 -4-

 “Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the
Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period: 
 (a) increased (without duplication) by the following,
in each case to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period: 
 (1) provision for
taxes based on income or profits or capital, including, without limitation, federal, state, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes (including any levy, impost, deduction, charge, rate, duty, compulsory loan or withholding which is
levied or imposed by a governmental agency, and any related interest, penalty, charge, fee or other amount) of such Person paid or accrued during such period deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus 

(2) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back)
in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (3) Consolidated Depreciation, Amortization and Accretion
Expense of such Person for such period to the extent that the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (4) any expenses or charges (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any Equity Offering or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred in accordance with this Indenture
(including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (5) any other Non-cash Charges, including any provisions, provision increases, write-offs or write-downs reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (provided that if any such Non-cash Charges
represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA to such extent), and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item
that was paid in a prior period; plus 
 (6) any costs or expenses incurred by the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or stockholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash
proceeds contributed to the capital of the Company or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of the Company (other than Disqualified Capital Stock); plus 

(7) cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenditures) not representing Consolidated
EBITDA or Consolidated Net Income in any period to the extent non-cash gains relating to such income were deducted in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause (b) below for any previous period and not added back; plus

 (8) any net loss from disposed or discontinued operations; plus 

(9) any net unrealized loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from obligations under any Currency Agreements and
the application of ASC 815; provided  

  
 -5-

 
that to the extent any such Currency Agreement relates to items included in the preparation of the income statement (as opposed to the balance sheet, as reasonably determined by the Company), the
realized loss on a Currency Agreement shall be included to the extent the amount of such hedge gain or loss was excluded in a prior period; plus 
 (10) any net unrealized loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from (A) currency translation or exchange losses including those (x) related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness
and (y) resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk and (B) changes in the fair value of Indebtedness resulting from changes in interest rates; plus 

(11) the amount of any minority interest expense (less the amount of any cash dividends paid in such period to holders of
such minority interests); and 
 (b) decreased (without duplication) by the following, in each case to the extent
included in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period: 
 (1) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated
Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period and any non-cash gains with
respect to cash actually received in a prior period so long as such cash did not increase Consolidated EBITDA in such prior period; 
 (2) any net gain from disposed or discontinued operations; 
 (3)
any net unrealized gain (after any offset) resulting in such period from obligations under any Currency Agreements and the application of ASC 815; provided that to the extent any such Currency Agreement relates to items included in the
preparation of the income statement (as opposed to the balance sheet, as reasonably determined by the Company), the realized gain on a Currency Agreement shall be included to the extent the amount of such hedge gain or loss was excluded in a prior
period; plus 
 (4) any net unrealized gains (after any offset) resulting in such period from (A) currency
translation or exchange gains including those (x) related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness and (y) resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk and (B) changes in the fair value of Indebtedness resulting from
changes in interest rates. 
 “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person, the
ratio of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person during the four full fiscal quarters (the “Four Quarter Period”) ending prior to the date of the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio for which financial statements are available (the “Transaction Date”) to Consolidated Fixed Charges of such Person for the Four Quarter Period. In addition to and without limitation of the foregoing, for purposes of this
definition, “Consolidated EBITDA” and “Consolidated Fixed Charges” shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis for the period of such calculation to: 

(1) the incurrence or repayment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (and the
application of the proceeds thereof) giving rise to the need to make such calculation and any incurrence or repayment of other Indebtedness (and the application of the proceeds thereof), other than the incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness in the
ordinary course of business for working capital purposes pursuant to working capital facilities, occurring 

  
 -6-

 
during the Four Quarter Period or at any time subsequent to the last day of the Four Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date, as if such incurrence or repayment, as the case may be
(and the application of the proceeds thereof), occurred on the first day of the Four Quarter Period; and 
 (2)
any asset sales or other dispositions or Asset Acquisitions (including, without limitation, any Asset Acquisition giving rise to the need to make such calculation as a result of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including any Person
who becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the Asset Acquisition) incurring, assuming or otherwise being liable for Acquired Indebtedness and also including any Consolidated EBITDA (including any pro forma expense and cost reductions
calculated on a basis consistent with Regulation S-X promulgated under the Exchange Act) attributable to the assets which are the subject of the Asset Acquisition or asset sale or other disposition during the Four Quarter Period) occurring
during the Four Quarter Period or at any time subsequent to the last day of the Four Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date, as if such asset sale or other disposition or Asset Acquisition (including the incurrence, assumption or
liability for any such Acquired Indebtedness) occurred on the first day of the Four Quarter Period. If such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries directly or indirectly guarantees Indebtedness of a third Person, the preceding sentence shall
give effect to the incurrence of such guaranteed Indebtedness as if such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person had directly incurred or otherwise assumed such guaranteed Indebtedness. 

Furthermore, in calculating “Consolidated Fixed Charges” for purposes of determining the denominator (but not the numerator) of
this “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”: 
 (i) interest on outstanding Indebtedness determined
on a fluctuating basis as of the Transaction Date and which will continue to be so determined thereafter shall be deemed to have accrued at a fixed rate per annum equal to the rate of interest on such Indebtedness in effect on the Transaction Date;
and 
 (ii) notwithstanding clause (i) above, interest on Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating basis, to
the extent such interest is covered by agreements relating to Interest Swap Obligations, shall be deemed to accrue at the rate per annum resulting after giving effect to the operation of such agreements. 

“Consolidated Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

 (1) Consolidated Interest Expense; plus 

(2) the product of (x) the amount of all dividend payments on any series of Preferred Stock of such Person and, to
the extent permitted under this Indenture, its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than dividends paid in Qualified Capital Stock and other than dividends paid by a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person to such Person or to a Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary of such Person) paid, accrued or scheduled to be paid or accrued during such period times (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current effective consolidated federal, state
and local income tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal. 

  
 -7-

 “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any
period, the sum of, without duplication: 
 (1) the aggregate of the interest expense of such Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, including without limitation: (a) any amortization of debt discount and the amortization or write-off of deferred financing costs, including
commitment fees; (b) the net costs under Interest Swap Obligations; (c) all capitalized interest; (d) non-cash interest expense (other than non-cash interest on any convertible or exchangeable debt issued by the Company that exists by
virtue of the bifurcation of the debt and equity components of such convertible or exchangeable notes and the application of ASC 470-20 (or related accounting pronouncement(s))); (e) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with
respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptance financing; (f) dividends with respect to Disqualified Capital Stock; (g) dividends with respect to Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person; (h) imputed
interest with respect to sale and leaseback transactions; and (i) the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation; plus 
 (2) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations paid, accrued and/or scheduled to be paid or accrued by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period as determined on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; less 
 (3) interest income for such period. 

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the aggregate net income (or loss) of such
Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded therefrom (without duplication): 

(1) any after tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (including all fees and expenses
relating thereto) or expenses (including relating to the Transaction); 
 (2) any net after tax gains or losses
on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations; 
 (3) any after tax effect of gains or losses
(including all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition of assets or abandonments or the sale, transfer or other disposition of any Equity Interest of any Person other than in the normal
course of business; 
 (4) the net income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an
Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, except to the extent of cash dividends or distributions paid to the Company or to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company by such Person; 

(5) any after tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of (1) Indebtedness, (2) obligations
under any Currency Agreement or (3) other derivative instruments; 
 (6) any impairment charge or asset
write-off or write-down, including impairment charges or asset write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets, investments in debt and equity securities or as a result of a change in law or regulation, in each case,
pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP; 

  
 -8-

 (7) any non-cash compensation charge or expense including any such charge
arising from the grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights; 
 (8) any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing
transaction, amendment or modification of any debt instrument; 
 (9) income or loss attributable to discontinued
operations (including, without limitation, operations disposed of during such period whether or not such operations were classified as discontinued); 
 (10) in the case of a successor to the referent Person by consolidation or merger or as a transferee of the referent Person’s assets, any earnings of the successor entity prior to such consolidation,
merger or transfer of assets; 
 (11) the net income (but not loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary of the referent
Person to the extent that the declaration of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that income is restricted by contract, operation of law or otherwise; and 

(12) acquisition-related costs resulting from the application of ASC 805. 

In addition, to the extent not already included in the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries,
notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, but without duplication, Consolidated Net Income shall include the amount of proceeds received from business interruption insurance and reimbursements of any expenses and charges that are
covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any Permitted Investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted under this Indenture (in each case, whether or not non-recurring).

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.07 only (other than clause (iii)(z) of
Section 4.07(a)), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Investments (other than Permitted Investments) made by Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and
redemptions of Investments (other than Permitted Investments) from the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Investments (other than Permitted Investments) by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under
clause (iii)(z) of Section 4.07(a). 
 “Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” will be at the address of
the Trustee specified in Section 12.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company. 
 “Currency Agreement” means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company against fluctuations in currency values. 
 “Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with
respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto. 
 “Default” means an event or condition
the occurrence of which is, or with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default. 

  
 -9-

 “Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the
Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests
in the Global Note” attached thereto. 
 “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued
in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable
provision of this Indenture. 
 “Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the fair market value of non-cash
consideration received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation,
executed by the principal financial officer of the Company, less the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration. 

“Disqualified Capital Stock” means that portion of any Capital Stock which, by its terms (or by the terms of any
security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event (other than an event which would constitute a Change of Control or an Asset Sale), matures or is
mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the sole option of the holder thereof (except, in each case, upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or an Asset Sale), in each case, on or prior to
the final maturity date of the Notes. 
 “Domestic Restricted Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary
incorporated or otherwise organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia. 
 “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for,
Capital Stock. 
 “Equity Offering” means any public or private sale of Common Stock or Preferred Stock of the
Company (excluding Disqualified Capital Stock), other than: 
 (a) public offerings with respect to the
Company’s or any direct or indirect parent company’s common stock registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8 (or similar forms under non-U.S. law); 
 (b) issuances to any Subsidiary of the Company; 
 (c) issuances
pursuant to the exercise of options or warrants outstanding on the date hereof; 
 (d) issuances upon conversion
of securities convertible into Common Stock outstanding on the date hereof; 
 (e) issuances in connection with
an acquisition of property in a transaction entered into on an arm’s-length basis; and 
 (f) issuances
pursuant to employee stock plans. 

  
 -10-

 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from
time to time, and any successor statute. 
 “fair market value” means, with respect to any asset or property,
the price which could be negotiated in an arm’s-length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction. Fair market
value shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company or any duly appointed officer of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, acting reasonably and in good faith and, in respect of any asset or property with a fair
market value in excess of $15.0 million, shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company and shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company delivered to the Trustee. 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the statements and pronouncements of the Financial
Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession of the United States, which are in effect as of the Issue Date. 

“Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f) hereof, which is required to be placed on all
Global Notes issued under this Indenture. 
 “Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the
Global Notes deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depository or its nominee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto and that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of
Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01 hereof. 
 “Government
Securities” means securities that are: 
 (1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the
timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or 
 (2) obligations of a Person controlled or
supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America; 

which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and also includes a depository receipt issued by a bank (as
defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Security or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Security held by such custodian for the account of the holder
of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect
of the Government Security or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Security evidenced by such depository receipt. 
 “Guarantee” means a guarantee of the Notes by a Guarantor. 

“Guarantor” means each of the Company’s Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries that in the future executes a notation of
guarantee or a supplemental indenture in which such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary agrees to be bound by the terms of this Indenture as a Guarantor; provided that any Person constituting a Guarantor as described above shall cease to
constitute a Guarantor when its respective Guarantee is released in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. 

  
 -11-

 “Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered. 

“Indebtedness” means with respect to any Person, without duplication: 

(1) all Obligations of such Person for borrowed money; 

(2) all Obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments; 

(3) all Capitalized Lease Obligations and all Attributable Debt of such Person; 

(4) all Obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property, all conditional sale
obligations and all Obligations under any title retention agreement (but excluding (i) trade accounts payable and other accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business that are not overdue by 120 days or more or are being
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted and (ii) any earn-out obligation until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP); 

(5) all Obligations for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, banker’s acceptance or similar
credit transaction (other than obligations with respect to letters of credit (A) securing Obligations (other than Obligations described in (1)-(4) above) entered into the ordinary course of business of such Person to the extent such
letters of credit are not drawn upon or, if and to the extent drawn upon, such drawing is reimbursed no later than the fifth Business Day following receipt by such Person of a demand for reimbursement following payment on the letter of credit) or
(B) that are otherwise cash collateralized; 
 (6) guarantees and other contingent obligations in respect of
Indebtedness referred to in clauses (1) through (5) above and clause (8) below; 
 (7) all
Obligations of any other Person of the type referred to in clauses (1) through (6) that are secured by any Lien on any property or asset of such Person, the amount of such Obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the fair market value
of such property or asset or the amount of the Obligation so secured; 
 (8) all Obligations under Currency
Agreements and Interest Swap Obligations of such Person; and 
 (9) all Disqualified Capital Stock issued by such
Person or Preferred Stock issued by such Person’s non-Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries which are not Guarantors with the amount of Indebtedness represented by such Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock being equal to the greater of its
voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference and its maximum fixed repurchase price, but excluding accrued dividends, if any. 
 For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Capital Stock which does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such
Disqualified Capital Stock as if such Disqualified Capital Stock were purchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value
of such Disqualified Capital Stock, such fair market value shall be determined reasonably and in good faith by the Board of Directors of the issuer of such Disqualified Capital Stock. 

  
 -12-

 “Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to
time. 
 “Independent Financial Advisor” means a firm: (1) that does not, and whose directors, officers
and employees or Affiliates do not, have a direct or indirect financial interest in the Company; and (2) that, in the judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, is otherwise independent and qualified to perform the task for which it is
to be engaged. 
 “Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note
through a Participant. 
 “Interest Swap Obligations” means the obligations of any Person pursuant to any
arrangement with any other Person, whereby, directly or indirectly, such Person is entitled to receive from time to time periodic payments calculated by applying either a floating or a fixed rate of interest on a stated notional amount in exchange
for periodic payments made by such other Person calculated by applying a fixed or a floating rate of interest on the same notional amount and shall include, without limitation, interest rate swaps, caps, floors, collars and similar agreements.

 “Initial Notes” means the $[        ] million aggregate principal
amount of the Company’s [    ]% Senior Notes due 20[    ] issued under this Indenture on the date hereof. 
 “Investment” means, with respect to any Person, any direct or indirect loan or other extension of credit (including, without limitation, a guarantee) or capital contribution to (by means
of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition by such Person of any Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities or
evidences of Indebtedness issued by, any other Person. “Investment” shall exclude extensions of trade credit by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on commercially reasonable terms in accordance with normal trade practices of the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, and, in the case of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, intercompany loans, advances or Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days and made in the ordinary course of business
consistent with past practice. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Common Stock of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale
or disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary
not sold or disposed of. The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be the original cost of such Investment, reduced by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount received in cash by
the Company or a restricted subsidiary in respect of such Investment. 
 “Investment Grade Rating” means a
rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or equivalent) by Moody’s or BBB- (or equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency. 
 “Issue Date” means [            ], 2011. 
 “Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York or the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee are authorized or required by law
to close. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period. If a regular record date is a Legal Holiday, the
record date shall not be affected. 

  
 -13-

 “Lien” means any lien, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, security interest,
charge or encumbrance of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof and any agreement to give any security interest). 

“Material Subsidiary” means a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X
under the Securities Act. 
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or any successor to the
rating agency business thereof. 
 “Net Cash Proceeds” means, with respect to any Asset Sale, the proceeds in
the form of cash or Cash Equivalents including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations when received in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents (other than the portion of any such deferred payment constituting interest) received by the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from such Asset Sale net of: 
 (1) reasonable out-of-pocket
expenses and fees relating to such Asset Sale (including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees and sales commissions); 
 (2) taxes paid or payable after taking into account any reduction in consolidated tax liability due to available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements; 

(3) repayment of Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness under the Bank Facility) that is secured by the property or assets
that are the subject of such Asset Sale; and 
 (4) appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, after such Asset Sale, including,
without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale. 

“Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP
and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends or distributions. 
 “Non-cash Charges” means,
with respect to any Person, (a) losses on asset sales, disposals or abandonments, (b) any impairment charge or asset write-off related to intangible assets, long-lived assets, and investments in debt and equity securities pursuant to GAAP,
(c) all losses from investments recorded using the equity method, (d) stock-based awards compensation expense, and (e) other non-cash charges (provided that if any non-cash charges referred to in this clause (e) represent
an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was
paid in a prior period). 
 “Notes” means the Initial Notes issued on the date hereof and any Additional Notes.
The Initial Notes and the Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, and unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes.

  
 -14-

 “Obligations” means all obligations for principal, premium, interest,
penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 
 “Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer or Secretary of the Company.

 “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by two Officers, at least one of whom shall be the
principal executive officer or principal financial officer of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee; provided that any such certificate to be delivered pursuant to Section 4.11 shall be signed by one Officer who shall be the principal
financial officer of the Company. 
 “Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Trustee or to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company. 
 “Pari Passu Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that ranks pari passu in right of payment with the Notes or any Guarantee of such Guarantor, as
applicable. 
 “Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, a Person who has an account with the
Depositary. 
 “Participating Member State” means each state, so described in any European Monetary Union
legislation, which was a participating member state on December 31, 2003. 
 “Permitted Asia Pacific Debt”
means up to $350.0 million of Indebtedness at any one time outstanding incurred by one or more Restricted Subsidiaries constituting part of the Company’s Asia Pacific region, which may be incurred under one or more Bank Facilities. 

“Permitted Investments” means: 
 (1) Investments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in any Person that is or will become immediately after such Investment a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or that will merge
or consolidate into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and other Investments to the extent constituting intercompany Indebtedness permitted under clause 6 or 7 of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”;

 (2) Investments in the Company by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that any
Indebtedness evidencing such Investment and held by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor is unsecured and subordinated, pursuant to a written agreement, to the Company’s obligations under
the Notes and this Indenture; 
 (3) Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents; 

(4) loans and advances to employees, directors and officers of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary
course of business for bona fide business purposes not in excess of $5.0 million at any one time outstanding; 

  
 -15-

 (5) Currency Agreements and Interest Swap Obligations entered into in the
ordinary course of the Company’s or its Restricted Subsidiaries’ businesses and otherwise in compliance with this Indenture; 
 (6) additional Investments (other than any Investments in any direct or indirect parent company of the Company) not to exceed 5.0% of Total Assets at any one time outstanding; 

(7) Investments in securities of trade creditors or customers received pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar
arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such trade creditors or customers or in good faith settlement of delinquent obligations of such trade creditors or customers; 

(8) Investments made by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of consideration received in connection
with an Asset Sale made in compliance with Section 4.11; 
 (9) Investments resulting from the creation of
Liens on the assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in compliance with Section 4.13; 

(10) Investments represented by guarantees that are otherwise permitted under this Indenture; 

(11) Investments the payment for which is Qualified Capital Stock of the Company; 

(12) Investments existing as of the Issue Date, and any extension, modification or renewal of any such Investments, but
only to the extent not involving additional advances, contributions or other Investments of cash or other assets or other increases thereof (other than as a result of the accrual or accretion of interest or original issue discount or the issuance of
pay-in-kind securities), in each case, pursuant to the terms of such Investment as in effect on the Issue Date; 

(13) Investments in Permitted Joint Ventures, not to exceed 5.0% of Total Assets at any one time outstanding; 

(14) receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary if created or acquired in the ordinary course of
business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the
circumstances; 
 (15) lease, utility and other similar deposits in the ordinary course of business; 

(16) stock, obligations or securities received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing
to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or in satisfaction of judgments; and 
 (17) capped call(s), call
spread(s) or bond hedge and warrant transaction(s) entered into by the Company concurrently with the issuance of convertible or exchangeable debt to hedge the Company’s stock price risk with respect to such debt that are deemed necessary or
advisable to effect such hedge in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company. 
 “Permitted Joint
Venture” means any Person owned 50% or more by the Company and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries if (A) such Person is engaged in a business related to that of the Company or

  
 -16-

 
any Restricted Subsidiary and (B) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has the right to appoint at least half of the Board of Directors of such Person. 

“Permitted Liens” means the following types of Liens: 

(1) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims either (a) not delinquent or (b) contested in
good faith by appropriate proceedings and as to which the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries shall have set aside on its books such reserves as may be required pursuant to GAAP; 

(2) statutory Liens of landlords and Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers, materialmen, repairmen and
other Liens imposed by law incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith, if such reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made in respect
thereof; 
 (3) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with
workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security, including any Lien securing letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice in connection therewith, or to secure the
performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, government contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money); 

(4) judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as such Lien is adequately bonded and any appropriate
legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment shall not have been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired; 

(5) easements, rights-of-way, zoning restrictions and other similar charges or encumbrances in respect of real property
not interfering in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (6) any interest or title of a lessor under any Capitalized Lease Obligation; provided that such Liens do not extend to any property or assets which is not leased property subject to such
Capitalized Lease Obligation (other than other property that is subject to a separate lease from such lessor or any of its Affiliates); 
 (7) Liens securing Purchase Money Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business; provided that (a) such Purchase Money Indebtedness shall not exceed the purchase price or other cost
of such property or equipment and shall not be secured by any property or equipment of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company other than the property and equipment so acquired or other property that was acquired from such seller or
any of its Affiliates with the proceeds of Purchase Money Indebtedness and (b) the Lien securing such Purchase Money Indebtedness shall be created within 360 days of such acquisition; 

(8) Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s
obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; 

  
 -17-

 (9) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to commercial
letters of credit which encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and products and proceeds thereof; 
 (10) Liens securing Interest Swap Obligations which Interest Swap Obligations relate to Indebtedness that is otherwise permitted under this Indenture; 

(11) Liens securing Indebtedness under Currency Agreements; 

(12) Liens securing Acquired Indebtedness incurred in accordance with Section 4.09; provided that 

(a) such Liens secured such Acquired Indebtedness at the time of and prior to the incurrence of such Acquired Indebtedness
by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and were not granted in connection with, or in anticipation of, the incurrence of such Acquired Indebtedness by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; and 

(b) such Liens do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company or of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
other than the property or assets that secured the Acquired Indebtedness prior to the time such Indebtedness became Acquired Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and are no more favorable to the lienholders than
those securing the Acquired Indebtedness prior to the incurrence of such Acquired Indebtedness by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
 (13) Liens on assets of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor to secure Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary that is otherwise permitted under this Indenture; 

(14) leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses granted to others that do not materially interfere with the ordinary
course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (15) banker’s Liens, rights of setoff
and similar Liens with respect to cash and Cash Equivalents on deposit in one or more bank accounts in the ordinary course of business; 
 (16) Liens arising from filing Uniform Commercial Code financing statements regarding leases; 
 (17) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payments of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods; 

(18) Liens (a) on inventory held by and granted to a local distribution company in the ordinary course of business
and (b) in accounts purchased and collected by and granted to a local distribution company that has agreed to make payments to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for such amounts in the ordinary course of business; 

(19) [Intentionally Omitted]; 

(20) Liens securing Indebtedness in respect of Sale and Leaseback Transactions permitted pursuant to clause 14 of the
definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”; 

  
 -18-

 (21) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause 16 of the
definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”; and 
 (22) Liens with respect to obligations (including
Indebtedness) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries otherwise permitted under this Indenture that do not exceed 2.0% of Total Assets at any one time outstanding. 

“Person” means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, unincorporated organization, trust or
joint venture, or a governmental agency or political subdivision thereof. 
 “Preferred Stock” of any Person
means any Capital Stock of such Person that has preferential rights to any other Capital Stock of such Person with respect to dividends or redemptions or upon liquidation. 
 “Prospectus” means the Prospectus dated [            ], 2011 relating to the offering of the Initial Notes. 

“Public Debt Securities” means any debt securities of the Company or any Domestic Restricted Subsidiary that
(a) are or become registered with the Commission (whether pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act or otherwise pursuant to the Exchange Act) and/or (b) contain or require the Company or such Domestic Restricted
Subsidiary to provide financial information substantially consistent with the financial information required by Regulation S-K and S-X promulgated under the Securities Act and Exchange Act. 

“Purchase Money Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the normal
course of business for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price, or the cost of installation, construction or improvement, of property or equipment. 
 “Qualified Capital Stock” means any Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Capital Stock. 
 “Rating Agency” means (1) each of Moody’s and S&P and (2) if Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate the Notes for reasons outside of the Company’s control, a
“nationally recognized statistical rating organization” as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act selected by the Company as a replacement agency for Moody’s or S&P, as the case may be. 

“Refinance” means, in respect of any security or Indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay,
redeem, defease or retire, or to issue a security or Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for, such security or Indebtedness in whole or in part. “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” shall have correlative meanings.

 “Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Refinancing or successive Refinancings by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company of Indebtedness incurred in accordance with Section 4.09 (other than pursuant to clauses 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 13, 14, 16 or 18 of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”), in each case that
does not: 
 (1) result in an increase in the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of such Person as of the
date of such proposed Refinancing (plus the amount of all accrued interest and any premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing such Indebtedness and plus the amount of reasonable fees and expenses incurred by the Company
in connection with such Refinancing); or 

  
 -19-

 (2) create Indebtedness with: (a) a Weighted Average Life to Maturity
that is less than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced; or (b) a final maturity earlier than the final maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced; provided that (x) if such Indebtedness being
Refinanced is Indebtedness solely of the Company (and is not otherwise guaranteed by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), then such Refinancing Indebtedness shall be Indebtedness solely of the Company and (y) if such Indebtedness being
Refinanced is subordinate or junior to the Notes or any Guarantee, then such Refinancing Indebtedness shall be subordinate to the Notes or such Guarantee, as the case may be, at least to the same extent and in the same manner as the Indebtedness
being Refinanced; 
 provided, that the net proceeds of any Refinancing Indebtedness are applied to such Refinancing or successive
Refinancing within 90 days of the date on which such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred. 
 “Responsible
Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, an officer assigned to the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant treasurer, or any other officer of the Trustee
customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and having direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture, and also, with respect to a particular matter, any other officer to whom
such matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. 

“Restricted Subsidiary” of any Person means any Subsidiary of such Person which at the time of determination is not an
Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc., or any
successor to the rating agency business thereof. 
 “Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any direct or
indirect arrangement with any Person or to which any such Person is a party, providing for the leasing to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of any property, whether owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary at the Issue Date or later
acquired, which has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person or to any other Person from whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such Person on the security of such Property. 

“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien on any assets of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries. 
 “Secured Leverage Ratio” as of any date of determination means the ratio of (x) the
aggregate amount of consolidated Secured Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of determination to (y) Consolidated EBITDA for the Company’s four most recent fiscal quarters for which internal
financial statements are available preceding such date of determination, in each case with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provision set forth in the definition of
“Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” 
 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended from time to time, and any successor statute. 
 “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any
installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent
obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 

  
 -20-

 “Subordinated Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company or any
Guarantor that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to the Notes or any Guarantee of such Guarantor, as the case may be. 
 “Subsidiary” with respect to any Person, means: 

(1) any corporation of which the outstanding Capital Stock having at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast in
the election of directors under ordinary circumstances shall at the time be owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person; or 
 (2) any other Person of which at least a majority of the voting interest under ordinary circumstances is at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person. 

“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb). 

“Total Assets” means, at the time of determination, the total consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries,
as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Company. 
 “Treasury Rate” means, as of any Redemption Date,
the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at
least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to July 1, 201[
]; provided, however, that if the period from the Redemption Date to July 1, 201[ ] is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one
year will be used. 
 “Trustee” means U.S. Bank National Association until a successor replaces it in
accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. 

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” of any Person means: 

(1) any Subsidiary of such Person that at the time of determination shall be or continue to be designated an Unrestricted
Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of such Person in the manner provided below; and 
 (2) any Subsidiary of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary (including any newly acquired or
newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary owns any Capital Stock of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary
to be so designated; provided that: 
 (i) the Company certifies to the Trustee that such designation
complies with Section 4.07; and 
 (ii) each Subsidiary to be so designated and each of its Subsidiaries has
not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

  
 -21-

 For purposes of making the determination of whether any such designation of a Subsidiary as
an Unrestricted Subsidiary complies with Section 4.07, the portion of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is represented by
the interest of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Subsidiary, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, shall be deemed to be an Investment. Such designation will be permitted only if such
Investment would be permitted at such time under Section 4.07. 
 The Board of Directors may designate any Unrestricted
Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary only if: 
 (a) immediately after giving effect to such designation, the
Company is able to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) in compliance with Section 4.09; and 
 (b) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Any such designation by the Board of Directors shall
be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions. 

“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by
dividing (a) the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness into (b) the sum of the total of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity
or other required payment of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) which will elapse between such date and the making of such payment. 

“Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary, all of the Capital Stock of which (other than
directors’ qualifying shares) is owned by the Company or another Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary. 
 Section 1.02. Other
Definitions. 
  

					
	 Term
	  	Defined in
Section	 
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	 	4.12	  
	 “Authentication Order”
	  	 	2.02	  
	 “Basket Date”
	  	 	4.07	  
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	 	4.15	  
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	 	4.15	  
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	 	8.03	  
	 “Covenant Suspension Event”
	  	 	4.18	  
	 “DTC”
	  	 	2.03	  
	 “Event of Default”
	  	 	6.01	  
	 “incur”
	  	 	4.09	  
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	 	8.02	  
	 “Net Proceeds Offer”
	  	 	4.11	  
	 “Net Proceeds Offer Amount”
	  	 	4.11	  
	 “Net Proceeds Offer Payment Date”
	  	 	4.11	  
	 “Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date”
	  	 	4.11	  

  
 -22-

					
	 “Offer Amount”
	  	 	3.09	  
	 “Offer Period”
	  	 	3.09	  
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	 	2.03	  
	 “Permitted Indebtedness”
	  	 	4.09	  
	 “Purchase Date”
	  	 	3.09	  
	 “Redemption Date”
	  	 	3.07	  
	 “Reference Date”
	  	 	4.07	  
	 “Registrar”
	  	 	2.03	  
	 “Repurchase Offer”
	  	 	3.09	  
	 “Restricted Payments”
	  	 	4.07	  
	 “Reversion Date”
	  	 	4.18	  
	 “Suspended Covenants”
	  	 	4.18	  
	 “Suspension Date”
	  	 	4.18	  
	 “Suspension Period”
	  	 	4.18	  

 Section 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. 

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

 The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: 

“indenture securities” means the Notes; 

“indenture security Holder” means a Holder of a Note; 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture; 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and 

“obligor” on the Notes means the Company and any successor obligor upon the Notes. 

All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by Commission
rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them. 
 Section 1.04. Rules of Construction. 

Unless the context otherwise requires: 
 (a) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 
 (b) an accounting term
not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 
 (c) “or” is not
exclusive; 
 (d) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; 

(e) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command; 

(f) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; 

  
 -23-

 (g) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act will be
deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the Commission from time to time; 
 (h) “including” means including without limitation; and 

(i) Section references are to Sections of this Indenture unless the context otherwise requires. 

ARTICLE 2. 
 THE
NOTES 
 Section 2.01. Form and Dating. 
 (a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements
required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. 

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company
and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the
provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 
 (b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form will be
substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form will be substantially in the
form of Exhibit A hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note will represent such of the outstanding Notes as will be
specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time
be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made
by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof. 
 Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication. 
 At least one Officer must
sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature. 
 If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds
that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid. 
 A Note will not be valid until
authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature will be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 
 The Trustee will, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by an Officer (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate Notes for original issue that may be validly issued under
this Indenture, 

  
 -24-

 
including any Additional Notes which may be issued in accordance with Section 2.14 hereof. The aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under this
Indenture is unlimited. However, the aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount of Notes authorized for issuance by the Company pursuant to one or more Authentication Orders, except as
provided in Section 2.07 hereof. 
 The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to
authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights
as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Company. 
 Section 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent. 

The Company will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange
(“Registrar”), where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar will keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one
or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder.
The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or
any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
 The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company
(“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes. 
 The Company initially appoints the Trustee to
act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes. 
 Section 2.04. Paying Agent to Hold
Money in Trust. 
 The Company will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying
Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any
such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to
the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company) will have no further liability for the money. If the Company acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as
Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 

Section 2.05. Holder Lists. 
 The Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA §
312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company will furnish to the Trustee at least two Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date
as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). 

  
 -25-

 Section 2.06. Transfer and Exchange. 

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of
the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be
exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if: 
 (1) the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the
Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120 days after
the date of such notice from the Depositary; 
 (2) the Company in its sole discretion determines that the Global
Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee; or 
 (3) there has occurred and is continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes of which an officer of the Trustee has received actual notice and the Registrar has received a request from
any beneficial owner of an interest in the Global Note to issue such Definitive Notes. 
 Upon the occurrence of either of the
events in (1) or (2) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Section 2.07 and
Section 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or Section 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and
delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a) hereof, provided, however, that beneficial interests in a Global Note may be
transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b) or (c) hereof. 
 (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial
Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Transfers of
beneficial interests in the Global Notes will require compliance with paragraph (1) or (2) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable: 

(1) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Global Note may be
transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this
Section 2.06(b)(1). 
 (2) All Other Transfers and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes.
In connection with all transfers or exchanges of beneficial interests in Global Notes that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(1) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either: 

(A) both: 
 (i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing 

  
 -26-

 
the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and 

(ii) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be
credited with such increase; or 
 (B) both: 

(i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures
directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and 
 (ii) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to
in Section 2.06(b)(2)(B)(i) above. 
 Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial
interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof. 

(c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes for Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in
an Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth
in Section 2.06(b)(2) hereof, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered
in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest requests through instructions to the Registrar from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The
Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. 
 (d) Transfer and
Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests. A Holder of a Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in a Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee will cancel the applicable Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the
Global Notes pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof. 
 (e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive
Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of
transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed

  
 -27-

 
by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. A Holder of Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note. Upon
receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person
designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. 
 (f) Global Note Legends. Each
Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form: 
 “THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS
DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS
MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION
PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY. 
 UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF
THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”) TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY GLOBAL NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO.
OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF
FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.” 
 (g) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has
been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial
interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will
be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of
a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

  
 -28-

 (h) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges. 

(1) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and
Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request. 
 (2) No service charge will be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require
payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Section 2.10,
Section 3.06, Section 3.09, Section 4.11, Section 4.15 and Section 9.05 hereof). 
 (3) Neither the
Registrar nor the Company will be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 

(4) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes will
be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 

(5) Neither the Registrar nor the Company will be required: 

(A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business
15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection; 
 (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part; or 

(C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date
for the Note. 
 (6) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the
Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any
Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
 (7) The Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and
Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof. 
 (8) All certifications, certificates and
Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile. 
 Section 2.07. Replacement Notes. 
 If any mutilated Note is
surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the ownership and destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company will issue 

  
 -29-

 
and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity
bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The
Company may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note. 
 Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company
and will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 

Section 2.08. Outstanding Notes. 
 The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note
effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an
Affiliate of the Company holds such Note; however, such Notes held by the Company or an Affiliate of the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Section 3.07(b) hereof. 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to
it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. 
 If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under
Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue. 
 If the Paying Agent (other than
the Company or an Affiliate thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue
interest. 
 Section 2.09. Treasury Notes. 
 In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company or by any Person directly or indirectly
controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company, will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such
direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that the Trustee knows are so owned will be so disregarded. 
 Section 2.10. Temporary
Notes. 
 Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt
of an Authentication Order, will authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company will prepare and the Trustee will authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. 
 Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture. 

  
 -30-

 Section 2.11. Cancellation. 

The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any
Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and will destroy canceled Notes
(subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the destruction of all canceled Notes will be delivered to the Company. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been
delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 
 Section 2.12. Defaulted Interest. 

If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent
lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of
the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date may be
less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company)
will deliver or cause to be delivered to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid. 
 Section 2.13. [Intentionally Omitted]. 
 Section 2.14. Additional Notes.

 The Company shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes under this Indenture that shall have identical terms as the Initial
Notes, other than with respect to the date of issuance, issue price and amount of interest payable on the first interest payment date applicable thereto; provided that such issuance is not prohibited by the terms of this Indenture, including
Section 4.09 and Section 4.13; provided, further, that if such Additional Notes are not fungible with the Initial Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such Additional Notes shall have one or more separate CUSIP numbers. The Initial
Notes and any Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture. 
 With respect to any
Additional Notes, the Company shall set forth in a Board Resolution of its Board of Directors and in an Officers’ Certificate, a copy of each of which shall be delivered to the Trustee, the following information: 

(a) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture;
and 
 (b) the issue price, the issue date, the CUSIP number of such Additional Notes, the first interest payment
date and the amount of interest payable on such first interest payment date applicable thereto and the date from which interest shall accrue. 

  
 -31-

 ARTICLE 3. 
 REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT 
 Section 3.01. Notices to Trustee. 

If the Company elects to redeem Notes of any series pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it must
furnish to the Trustee, at least 35 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth: 
 (a) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur; 
 (b) the redemption date; 
 (c) the principal amount of the Notes of
such series to be redeemed; and 
 (d) the redemption price. 

Section 3.02. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased. 
 If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption or purchase on a pro rata basis or to the extent that
selection on a pro rata basis is not practicable, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate; unless otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange requirements, subject in each case to the applicable procedures
of the Depositary. In the event of such partial redemption or purchase, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased will be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption or purchase
date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase. 
 The Trustee will promptly
notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected
will be in multiples of $1,000; provided that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed or purchased; and
provided further that any unredeemed portion of a Note shall be equal to $2,000 or a multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or
purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. 
 Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption. 

Subject to the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company
will deliver a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be delivered more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a
defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 10 hereof. 
 The notice
will identify the Notes to be redeemed and will state: 
 (a) the redemption date; 

  
 -32-

 (b) the redemption price; 

(c) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after
the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued upon cancellation of the original Note; 

(d) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 

(e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 

(f) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to
accrue on and after the redemption date; 
 (g) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture
pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; 
 (h) that no representation is made as to
the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and 

(i) any condition to such redemption. 
 At the Company’s request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company has delivered to the Trustee,
at least two Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be delivered to Holders pursuant to this Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee), an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee
give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph. 
 Section 3.04.
Effect of Notice of Redemption. 
 Once notice of redemption is delivered in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof,
Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price (except as provided for in Section 3.07(b) and Section 3.07(d) hereof). A notice of redemption may not be conditional. The
notice, if delivered in a manner provided herein, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any
Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. 

Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price. 
 Prior to 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the redemption or purchase date, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money in immediately available funds sufficient to pay the
redemption or purchase price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by
the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased. 
 If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for

  
 -33-

 
redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest to the
redemption or purchase date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase
because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on
such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. 
 Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed
or Purchased in Part. 
 Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Company will issue and, upon
receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered; provided that such
unredeemed or unpurchased portion is equal to $2,000 or a multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture to the contrary, neither an Opinion of Counsel nor an Officers’ Certificate is required for
the Trustee to authenticate such new Note. 
 Section 3.07. Optional Redemption. 

(a) Other than as set forth in this Section 3.07, the Notes shall not be redeemable by the Company prior to maturity. 

(b) At any time prior to July 1, 2014, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal
amount of the Notes (calculated giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) outstanding under this Indenture, at a redemption price equal to [    ]% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and
unpaid interest to, but not including, the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that: 
 (1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (calculated giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) issued under this Indenture remains outstanding immediately after the
occurrence of such redemption (excluding Notes held by the Company and its subsidiaries); and 
 (2) the
redemption must occur within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering. 
 (c) On or after July 1,
201[    ], the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes, on any one or more occasions, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any,
to, but not including, the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on July 1 of the years indicated below: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 201[  ]
	  	 	[    	]% 
	 201[  ]
	  	 	[    	]% 
	 2016 and thereafter
	  	 	100.0000	% 

 (d) At any time prior to July 1, 201[ ], the Company may also redeem all or a part of the Notes at a
redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of redemption (the

  
 -34-

 
“Redemption Date”), subject to the rights of Holders of record of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. 

(e) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01 through
Section 3.06 hereof. 
 Section 3.08. Mandatory Redemption. 

The Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 

Section 3.09. Repurchase Offer. 
 In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.11 or 4.15 hereof, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary is required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes (a “Repurchase
Offer”), it shall follow the procedures specified below. 
 The Repurchase Offer shall remain open for a period of at
least 20 Business Days following its commencement, except to the extent that a shorter or longer period is permitted or required, as the case may be, by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the
termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Company will purchase at the Purchase Price (as determined in accordance with Section 4.11 and 4.15 hereof, as the case may be) the principal amount of Notes required
to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.11 or 4.15 hereof, as the case may be (the “Offer Amount”) and, if required, Pari Passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if applicable), or, if less than the Offer Amount has been
tendered, all Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered in response to the Repurchase Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased will be made in the same manner as interest payments are made. 

If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid
interest to, but not including, the Payment Date will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the
Repurchase Offer. 
 Upon the commencement of a Repurchase Offer, the Company will deliver or cause to be delivered a notice to
each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice will contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Repurchase Offer. The notice, which will govern the terms of the Repurchase
Offer, will state: 
 (a) that the Repurchase Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09, and either
Section 4.11 or 4.15 hereof, as applicable, and the length of time the Repurchase Offer will remain open; 

(b) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date; 

(c) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue interest; 

(d) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Repurchase
Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date; 

  
 -35-

 (e) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to a Repurchase
Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in denominations of $2,000, or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; 
 (f) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Repurchase Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached
to the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date; 

(g) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the
case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement
that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; 
 (h) that, if the aggregate principal
amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Trustee will select the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes and
such Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that no Notes in denominations of $2,000 or less will be purchased in part); and 

(i) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part will be issued new Notes of the applicable series equal in
principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer). 
 On or before
the Purchase Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof validly tendered pursuant to the Repurchase Offer or if less than the Offer
Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by
the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09. The Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, will promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) deliver to each tendering
Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Company, will authenticate and
deliver (or cause to be transferred by book entry) such new Note to such Holder in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture to the contrary, neither an Opinion
of Counsel nor an Officers’ Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate such new Note. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly returned by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the
Repurchase Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date. 
 Other than as specifically provided in this
Section 3.09, Section 4.11 or Section 4.15 hereof, as applicable, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the applicable provisions of Section 3.01 through Section 3.06 hereof. 

  
 -36-

 ARTICLE 4. 
 COVENANTS 
 Section 4.01. Payment of Notes. 

The Company will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner
provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary, holds as of noon Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Company in
immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. 

The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the
rate equal to 2% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest
(without regard to any applicable grace period), at such higher rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed daily on the Notes on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. 

Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency. 
 The Company will maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer
or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office
or agency. If at any time the Company fails to maintain any such required office or agency or fails to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust
Office of the Trustee. 
 The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes
may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of
any such other office or agency. 
 The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office
or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof. 
 Section 4.03. Reports to Holders. 

Whether or not the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company must
provide the Trustee and, upon request, to any Holder of the Notes within fifteen (15) Business Days after filing, or in the event no such filing is required, within fifteen (15) Business Days after the end of the time periods specified in
those sections with: 
 (1) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained
in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file such forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the
annual financial statements only, a report thereon by the Company’s certified independent accountants, and 

  
 -37-

 (2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the
Commission on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports; 
 provided that the foregoing delivery requirements shall be
deemed satisfied if the foregoing materials are available on the Commission’s EDGAR system or on the Company’s website within the applicable time period. 
 In addition, whether or not required by the Commission, the Company will, if the Commission will accept the filing, file a copy of all of the information and reports referred to in clauses (1) and
(2) with the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations. In addition, the Company will make the information and reports available to securities analysts and prospective
investors upon request. If the Company had any Unrestricted Subsidiaries during the relevant period, the Company will also provide to the Trustee and, upon request, to any Holder of the Notes, information sufficient to ascertain the financial
condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, excluding in all respects the Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 
 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company will not be deemed to have failed to comply with any of its obligations under this Section 4.03 for purposes of Section 6.01(c)
hereof until 90 days after the date any report under this Section 4.03 is due to be delivered to the Trustee. 
 Section 4.04.
Compliance Certificate. 
 (a) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year
ending after the Issue Date, an Officer’s Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view
to determining whether each has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge, each entity has kept, observed,
performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred,
describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto). 
 (b) So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Company will deliver to the Trustee, within five Business Days of any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officer’s
Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 

Section 4.05. Taxes. 

The Company will pay, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments,
and governmental levies, except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate negotiations or proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 

Section 4.06. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. 
 The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension
or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that they may

  
 -38-

 
lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant that they will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power
herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 

Section 4.07. Limitation on Restricted Payments. 
 (a) The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 

(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution (other than dividends or distributions payable in Qualified
Capital Stock of the Company) on or in respect of shares of the Company’s Capital Stock to holders of such Capital Stock; 
 (2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Capital Stock of the Company; 
 (3) make any principal payment on, purchase, defease, redeem, prepay, decrease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, earlier than one year prior to any scheduled final maturity, scheduled repayment or
scheduled sinking fund payment, any Subordinated Indebtedness; or 
 (4) make any Investment (other than
Permitted Investments) 
 (each of the foregoing actions set forth in clauses (1), (2), (3) and (4) being referred to as a
“Restricted Payment”); if at the time of such Restricted Payment or immediately after giving effect thereto, 
 (i) a Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; 
 (ii) the Company is not able to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) in compliance with Section 4.09(a); or 

(iii) the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments (including such proposed Restricted Payment) made subsequent to the
Issue Date (the amount expended for such purposes, if other than in cash, being the fair market value of such property as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company) shall exceed the sum of: 

(v) an amount equal to the Company’s Consolidated EBITDA for the period from April 1, 2011 to the end of the
Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (the “Basket Period”) less the product of 1.4 times the Company’s Consolidated Interest Expense for
the Basket Period; plus 
 (w) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company from any Person
(other than a Subsidiary of the Company) from the issuance and sale subsequent to April 1, 2011 and on or prior to the date the Restricted Payment occurs (the “Reference Date”) of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or
warrants, options or other rights to acquire Qualified Capital Stock of the Company (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Qualified Capital Stock, until such debt security has been converted into, or
exchanged for, Qualified Capital Stock); plus 

  
 -39-

 (x) without duplication of any amounts included in
clause (iii)(w) above, 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds of any equity contribution received by the Company from a holder of the Company’s Capital Stock subsequent to the Issue Date and on or prior to the Reference Date
(excluding, in the case of clauses (iii)(w) and (y), any net cash proceeds from any equity offering to the extent used to redeem the Notes in compliance with the provisions set forth under Section 3.07); plus 

(y) without duplication, the sum of: 

(A) the aggregate amount returned in cash on or with respect to Investments (other than Permitted Investments) made
subsequent to the Issue Date whether through interest payments, principal payments, dividends or other distributions or payments; 
 (B) the net cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the disposition of all or any portion of such Investments (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company);

 (C) upon redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary (except to the extent the
Investment constituted a Permitted Investment), the fair market value of such Subsidiary as of the date of such redesignation; and 
 (D) net cash dividends or other net cash distributions paid to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company from any Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company; plus 

(z) $[        ] million; 
 provided that the sum of clauses (A), (B), (C) and (D) above shall not exceed the aggregate amount of all such Investments made subsequent to the Issue Date. 

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph do not prohibit: 

(1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration of such dividend if the dividend would
have been permitted on the date of declaration; 
 (2) the acquisition of any shares of Capital Stock of the
Company, either (i) solely in exchange for shares of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or (ii) through the application of net proceeds of a substantially concurrent sale for cash (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of shares
of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company; 
 (3) the acquisition of any Subordinated Indebtedness either
(i) solely in exchange for shares of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company, or (ii) through the application of net proceeds of a substantially concurrent sale for cash (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of (A) shares of
Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or (B) Refinancing Indebtedness; 
 (4) repurchases by the Company of
Common Stock of the Company from officers, directors and employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or their authorized representatives upon the death, disability or termination of employment of such employees or termination of

  
 -40-

 
their seat on the board of the Company in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5.0 million in any calendar year; 

(5) repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options or warrants if such Capital Stock
represents a portion of the exercise price and related statutory withholding taxes of such options or warrants; 

(6) payments of dividends on Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary, the incurrence or
issuance of which was permitted by this Indenture; 
 (7) cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional
shares in connection with (i) the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock of the Company or (ii) a merger, consolidation, amalgamation or other combination involving the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries; 
 (8) the retirement of any shares of Disqualified Capital Stock of the Company by
conversion into, or by exchange for, shares of Disqualified Capital Stock of the Company or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) or other shares of Disqualified Capital Stock
of the Company; 
 (9) in the event of a Change of Control, and if no Default or Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing, the payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor, in each case at a purchase price not greater than 101% of the principal amount
of such Subordinated Indebtedness, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon; provided that prior to such payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement, the Company (or a third party to the extent permitted by
this Indenture) has made a Change of Control Offer with respect to the Notes offered hereby as a result of such Change of Control and has repurchased all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn in connection with such Change of Control Offer;

 (10) in the event of an Asset Sale that requires the Company to offer to repurchase Notes pursuant to Sections
3.09 and 4.11, and if no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor, in each case
at a purchase price not greater than 100% of the principal amount of such Subordinated Indebtedness, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon; provided that (A) prior to such payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition
or retirement, the Company has made an offer with respect to the Notes offered hereby pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.09 and 4.11 and has repurchased all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn in connection with such offer and
(B) the aggregate amount of all such payments, purchases, redemptions, defeasances or other acquisitions or retirements of all such Subordinated Indebtedness may not exceed the amount of the Net Cash Proceeds Amount remaining after the Company
has complied with Section 4.11(a)(3); 
 (11) the conversion, repayment, repurchase, redemption or other
retirement (whether for cash or otherwise) of, or the payment of interest in respect of, the 2012 Convertible Notes and the 2016 Convertible Notes; and 
 (12) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $50.0 million after the Issue Date. 

  
 -41-

 (c) In determining the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made subsequent to the Issue
Date in accordance with clause (iii) of Section 4.07(a), amounts expended pursuant to clauses (1) and (4) of Section 4.07(b) shall be included in such calculation. 
 Section 4.08. Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any encumbrance or
restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to: 
 (a) pay dividends or make any other
distributions on or in respect of its Capital Stock; 
 (b) make loans or advances to the Company or any other
Restricted Subsidiary or to pay any Indebtedness or other obligation owed to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or 
 (c) transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, 
 except in each case for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of: 
 (1) applicable law, rule, regulation or order; 
 (2) this
Indenture, the Notes and any Guarantees; 
 (3) customary non-assignment provisions of any contract or any lease,
license or sublicense governing a leasehold interest of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
 (4) any
instrument governing Acquired Indebtedness, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person or the properties or assets of the Person so acquired; 

(5) agreements existing on the Issue Date to the extent and in the manner such agreements are in effect on the Issue Date;

 (6) the Bank Facility, an agreement governing other Pari Passu Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under
this Indenture or, with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary, an agreement evidencing Indebtedness incurred not in violation of this Indenture; provided that, with respect to any agreement governing such other Pari Passu Indebtedness or other
Indebtedness, as the case may be, the provisions relating to such encumbrance or restriction are no less favorable to the Company or Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in any material respect as determined by the Board of Directors of the
Company in its reasonable and good faith judgment than the provisions contained in the Bank Facility, in the case of such other Pari Passu Indebtedness, and the agreements of such Restricted Subsidiary, in the case of such other Indebtedness, in
each case as in effect on the Issue Date; 
 (7) restrictions on the transfer of assets subject to any Lien
permitted under this Indenture imposed by the holder of such Lien; 

  
 -42-

 (8) restrictions imposed by any agreement to sell assets or Capital Stock
permitted under this Indenture to any Person pending the closing of such sale; 
 (9) such encumbrances or
restrictions being binding on a Restricted Subsidiary at such time as such Restricted Subsidiary first becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, provided that such encumbrances or restrictions are not entered into solely in contemplation of such
Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (10) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other
similar agreements (in each case relating solely to the respective joint venture or similar entity or the equity interests therein) entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

(11) any amendment to or Refinancing of the Indebtedness issued, assumed or incurred pursuant to an agreement referred to
in clauses (2), (4), (5) and (6) above; provided that the provisions relating to such encumbrance or restriction contained in any such agreement, taken as a whole, are no less favorable to the Company in any material respect as
determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in their reasonable and good faith judgment than the provisions relating to such encumbrance or restriction contained in agreements referred to in such clauses (2), (4), (5) and (6);

 (12) customary restrictions on leases, subleases, licenses, sublicenses or asset sale agreements otherwise
permitted hereby; 
 (13) restrictions imposed on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers or
required by insurance, surety or bonding companies, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business; and 
 (14) encumbrances and restrictions applicable only to Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that are not Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 Section 4.09. Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness. 

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume,
guarantee, acquire, become liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to, or otherwise become responsible for payment of (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness); provided that if no
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of or as a consequence of the incurrence of any such Indebtedness, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur Indebtedness if on the date of the
incurrence of such Indebtedness, after giving effect to the incurrence thereof, the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company would have been greater than 2.0 to 1.0; provided that the amount of Indebtedness that may be incurred
and Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock that may be issued pursuant to the foregoing by any Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors (other than borrowings under a Bank Facility which is secured by Liens incurred pursuant to
Section 4.13(b)(1)) shall not exceed $100.0 million at any one time outstanding. 
 (b) Section 4.09(a) will not apply
to (collectively, “Permitted Indebtedness”): 
 (1) Indebtedness under the Notes (other than any
Additional Notes) issued on the Issue Date; 

  
 -43-

 (2) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to any Bank Facility in an aggregate
principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed $250.0 million; 
 (3) other Indebtedness of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness under clauses 1, 2 or 18 of this Section 4.09(b)) reduced by the amount of any scheduled amortization payments, mandatory prepayments when actually
paid, conversions or permanent reductions thereof; 
 (4) Interest Swap Obligations of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company covering Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that such Interest Swap Obligations are entered into to protect the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries from
fluctuations in interest rates on its outstanding Indebtedness incurred without violation of this Indenture to the extent the notional principal amount of such Interest Swap Obligation does not, at the time of the incurrence thereof, exceed the
principal amount of the Indebtedness to which such Interest Swap Obligation relates; 
 (5) Indebtedness under
Currency Agreements; provided that in the case of Currency Agreements which relate to Indebtedness, such Currency Agreements do not increase the Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding other than as a result of
fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder; 
 (6) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company owing to and held by the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company for so long as such Indebtedness is held by the Company
or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or the holder of a Lien permitted under this Indenture, in each case subject to no Lien held by a Person other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or the
holder of a Lien permitted under this Indenture; provided that if as of any date any Person other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or the holder of a Lien permitted under this Indenture owns or holds any
such Indebtedness or holds a Lien in respect of such Indebtedness, such date shall be deemed the incurrence of Indebtedness not constituting Permitted Indebtedness under this clause 6 by the issuer of such Indebtedness; 

(7) Indebtedness of the Company owing to and held by a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company for so long as
such Indebtedness is held by a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or the holder of a Lien permitted under this Indenture, in each case subject to no Lien other than a Lien permitted under this Indenture; provided that if as of
any date any Person other than a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or the holder of a Lien permitted under this Indenture owns or holds any such Indebtedness or any Person holds a Lien in respect of such Indebtedness, such date shall
be deemed the incurrence of Indebtedness not constituting Permitted Indebtedness under this clause 7 by the Company; 
 (8) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against
insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of incurrence; 
 (9) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of performance bonds, bankers’ acceptances, workers’ compensation claims, surety, bid, appeal or similar bonds,
completion guarantees, payment obligations in connection with self-insurance or 

  
 -44-

 
similar obligations, and bank overdrafts (and letters of credit in respect thereof) in the ordinary course of business; 

(10) Indebtedness represented by Capitalized Lease Obligations and Purchase Money Indebtedness of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business not to exceed (together with any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto) 5.0% of Total Assets at any one time outstanding; 

(11) Refinancing Indebtedness; 
 (12) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of “earn-out” obligations, guarantees, indemnities or obligations in respect of purchase price adjustments in connection
with the acquisition or disposition of assets (including Capital Stock); 
 (13) Indebtedness incurred by the
Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments issued or created in the ordinary course of business, including in respect of health, disability or other employee benefits or
property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided that any reimbursement obligations in respect thereof are
reimbursed within 60 days following the incurrence thereof; 
 (14) Indebtedness in respect of Sale and Leaseback
Transactions in an aggregate amount not to exceed $50.0 million at any one time outstanding; 
 (15) Acquired
Indebtedness, if on the date that such Indebtedness is incurred, after giving pro forma effect thereto, (A) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall be able to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other
than Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to Section 4.09(a), or (B) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company would be no less than the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company immediately prior to the date
such Indebtedness is incurred; 
 (16) Additional Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in
an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value) not to exceed $100.0 million at any one time outstanding (which amounts may, but need not, be incurred in whole or in part under the Bank Facility); provided that the amount of Indebtedness
that may be incurred pursuant to this clause 16 by any Restricted Subsidiaries (other than borrowings under a Bank Facility which is secured by Liens incurred pursuant to Section 4.13(b)(1)) that are not Guarantors shall not exceed $50.0
million at any one time outstanding; 
 (17) Indebtedness represented by guarantees by the Company or its
Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred under this Indenture; provided that, in the case of a guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary, such Restricted Subsidiary complies with Section 4.16 to the extent
applicable; and 
 (18) Permitted Asia Pacific Debt. 

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that all or a portion of an item of Indebtedness
meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Indebtedness described in clauses 1 through 18 of Section 4.09(b) or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio provisions of
Section 4.09(a), the Company shall, in its 

  
 -45-

 
sole discretion, classify (or later reclassify) such item of Indebtedness, in whole or in part, in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09; provided that all Indebtedness
outstanding under the Bank Facility up to the maximum amount permitted under clause 2 of Section 4.09(b) shall be deemed to have been incurred pursuant to clause 2 of Section 4.09(b). Accrual of interest, whether payable in cash or in
kind, accretion or amortization of original issue discount, imputed interest, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Capital Stock in the
form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Capital Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary or Disqualified Capital Stock, as applicable, for purposes
of this Section 4.09. 
 (d) In addition, the Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary that becomes
a Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness which by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) is expressly subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or such
Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is also by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) made expressly subordinate to the Notes or the applicable Guarantee, as the case may be, to the same extent
and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be. For purposes of the foregoing, no Indebtedness will be deemed to be subordinated in right of payment to any other
Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor solely by virtue of such Indebtedness being unsecured or by virtue of the fact that the holders of such Indebtedness have entered into one or more intercreditor agreements giving one or more of such
holders priority over the other holders in the collateral held by them. 
 (e) For purposes of determining compliance with any
U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the
date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to Refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a
foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated
restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being Refinanced. Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Section 4.09, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that may be incurred pursuant to this Section 4.09 will not be deemed to be exceeded with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness due solely to the result of fluctuations in the exchange
rates of currencies. 
 Section 4.10. Limitation on Preferred Stock of Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries. 

The Company will not permit any of its Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to issue any Preferred Stock (other than
to the Company or to a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) or permit any Person (other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) to own any Preferred Stock of any Domestic Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company that is not a Guarantor. 
 Section 4.11. Asset Sales. 

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, consummate an Asset Sale
unless: 

  
 -46-

 (1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives
consideration therefor at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value at the time of such Asset Sale of the property, assets or stock sold or otherwise disposed of (as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of
Directors); 
 (2) at least 75% of the consideration received by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the
case may be, from such Asset Sale shall be in the form of cash, Cash Equivalents and/or Replacement Assets (as defined) and is received at the time of such disposition; provided that, for purposes of this clause 2, (A) the amount of any
liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet) of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated in right of payment to the
Notes or any Guarantee of a Guarantor) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets, (B) the fair market value of any securities or other assets received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for any such assets
that are converted into cash or Cash Equivalents within 360 days after such Asset Sale and (C) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair
market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this subclause (C) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of 1.0% of Total Assets and $50.0 million at the time of the
receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), in each case shall be
deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision; and 
 (3) Upon the consummation of an Asset Sale, the Company
shall apply, or cause such Restricted Subsidiary to apply, the Net Cash Proceeds relating to such Asset Sale within 360 days of receipt thereof either: 
 (A) to permanently reduce Indebtedness under a Bank Facility or to permanently repay any secured Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or any
Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor; 
 (B) to make an investment in properties and assets
(including Capital Stock) that replace the properties and assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale or in properties and assets that will be used in the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as existing on the Issue Date or
in businesses reasonably related thereto (“Replacement Assets”); 
 (C) to repay other Pari Passu Indebtedness;
provided that the Company shall also equally and ratably reduce Indebtedness under the Notes by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for a Net Proceeds Offer) to all Holders to purchase the pro rata
principal amount of Notes, in each case at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the repurchase date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive
interest due on the relevant interest payment date); and/or 
 (D) a combination of prepayment and investment permitted by the
foregoing clauses (A) - (C); 
 provided that in the case of an investment in Replacement Assets pursuant to clause (B) or
(D) above, a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Cash Proceeds from the date of 

  
 -47-

 
such commitment and, in the event such binding commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Cash Proceeds are so applied, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary
enters into another binding commitment within 180 days of such cancellation or termination of the prior binding commitment. 

(b) Pending the final application of such Net Cash Proceeds, the Company may temporarily reduce borrowings under the Bank Facility or any
other revolving credit facility or otherwise invest the Net Cash Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture. On the 361st day after an Asset Sale or such earlier date, if any, as the Board of Directors of the Company or of such
Restricted Subsidiary determines not to apply the Net Cash Proceeds relating to such Asset Sale as set forth in clauses 3(A)-(D) of Section 4.11(a) (each, a “Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date”), such aggregate amount of Net
Cash Proceeds (rounded down to the nearest $1,000) that has not been applied on or before such Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date as permitted in clauses 3(A)-(D) of the preceding paragraph or the last provision of this paragraph (each a
“Net Proceeds Offer Amount”) shall be applied by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to make an offer to purchase (the “Net Proceeds Offer”) to all Holders and, to the extent required by the terms of any Pari
Passu Indebtedness, to all holders of Pari Passu Indebtedness, on a date (the “Net Proceeds Offer Payment Date”) not less than 30 nor more than 60 days following the applicable Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date, from all Holders
(and holders of any such Pari Passu Indebtedness) on a pro rata basis, the maximum amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness equal to the Net Proceeds Offer Amount at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes and Pari Passu
Indebtedness to be purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of purchase; provided that if at any time any non-cash consideration received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, as the case
may be, in connection with any Asset Sale is converted into or sold or otherwise disposed of for cash (other than interest received with respect to any such non-cash consideration), then such conversion or disposition shall be deemed to constitute
an Asset Sale hereunder and the Net Cash Proceeds thereof shall be applied in accordance with this Section 4.11. 
 (c) The
Company may defer the Net Proceeds Offer until there is an aggregate unutilized Net Proceeds Offer Amount equal to or in excess of $25.0 million resulting from one or more Asset Sales (at which time, the entire unutilized Net Proceeds Offer
Amount, and not just the amount in excess of $25.0 million, shall be applied as required pursuant to this Section 4.11). 
 (d) In the event of the transfer of substantially all (but not all) of the property and assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as an entirety to a Person in a transaction permitted under
Section 5.01 which transaction does not constitute a Change of Control, the successor corporation shall be deemed to have sold the properties and assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries not so transferred for purposes of this
Section 4.11, and shall comply with the provisions of this Section 4.11 with respect to such deemed sale as if it were an Asset Sale. In addition, the fair market value of such properties and assets of the Company or its Restricted
Subsidiaries deemed to be sold shall be deemed to be Net Cash Proceeds for purposes of this Section 4.11. 
 (e) Each Net
Proceeds Offer will be mailed to the record Holders as shown on the register of Holders within 25 days following the Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date, with a copy to the Trustee, and shall comply with the procedures set forth in this Indenture.
Upon receiving notice of the Net Proceeds Offer, Holders may elect to tender their Notes in whole or in part (of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) in exchange for cash. To the extent Holders properly tender Notes and holders
of Pari Passu Indebtedness properly tender such Pari Passu Indebtedness in an amount exceeding the Net Proceeds Offer Amount, the tendered Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness will be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the aggregate amount
of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered (and the Trustee shall select the tendered Notes of tendering Holders on a pro rata basis based on the amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered). A Net Proceeds Offer shall remain open
for a period of 20 Business Days 

  
 -48-

 
or such longer or shorter period as may be required or permitted, respectively, by law. If any Net Cash Proceeds remain after the consummation of any Net Proceeds Offer, the Company may use those
Net Cash Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. Upon completion of each Net Proceeds Offer, the amount of Net Cash Proceeds will be reset at zero. 

(f) The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations
thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with this
Section 4.11, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.11 by virtue thereof. 

Section 4.12. Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates. 
 (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or permit to exist any transaction or series of related transactions (including,
without limitation, the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with, or for the benefit of, any of its Affiliates (each an “Affiliate Transaction”), having a value greater than $5.0
million other than (x) Affiliate Transactions permitted under Section 4.12(b) and (y) Affiliate Transactions on terms that are no less favorable than those that might reasonably have been obtained in a comparable transaction at such
time on an arm’s-length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary. 
 (b)
All Affiliate Transactions (and each series of related Affiliate Transactions which are similar or part of a common plan) involving aggregate payments or other property with a fair market value in excess of $25.0 million shall be approved by
the Board of Directors of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, such approval to be evidenced by a Board Resolution stating that such Board of Directors has determined that such transaction complies with the foregoing
provisions. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company enters into an Affiliate Transaction (or a series of related Affiliate Transactions related to a common plan) that involves an aggregate fair market value of more than $50.0
million, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall, prior to the consummation thereof, obtain a favorable opinion as to the fairness of such transaction or series of related transactions to the Company or the relevant
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, from a financial point of view, from an Independent Financial Advisor and file the same with the Trustee. 
 (c) The restrictions set forth in this Section 4.12 shall not apply to: 
 (1) loans, advances and payments of reasonable fees and compensation paid (whether in cash or the issuance of Capital Stock of the Company) to and indemnity provided on behalf of, officers, directors,
employees or consultants of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in the ordinary course of business or as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors or senior management; 

(2) transactions exclusively between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or exclusively between or
among such Restricted Subsidiaries, provided that such transactions are not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture; 
 (3) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date or any amendment thereto or any transaction contemplated thereby (including pursuant to any amendment thereto) in any replacement agreement thereto so
long as any such amendment or replacement agreement, taken as a 

  
 -49-

 
whole, is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date; 

(4) any transaction on arm’s-length terms with any non-Affiliate that becomes an Affiliate as a result of such
transaction; 
 (5) any employment, consulting and severance arrangements entered into by the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 
 (6) the issuance and sale of Qualified Capital
Stock; 
 (7) Permitted Investments and Restricted Payments permitted by this Indenture; and 

(8) the payment of customary fees and reasonable out-of-pocket costs to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, directors,
officers and employees of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries. 

Section 4.13. Limitation on Liens. 
 The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or permit or suffer to exist any Liens of any kind against or upon
any property or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries whether owned on the Issue Date or acquired after the Issue Date, or any proceeds therefrom, or assign or otherwise convey any right to receive income or profits therefrom
unless: 
 (a) in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the Notes or any Guarantee, as the case
may be, are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; and 

(b) in all other cases, the Notes or any Guarantee, as the case may be, are equally and ratably secured, 

except for: 

(1) Liens securing borrowings under a Bank Facility in an amount not to exceed the greater of (x) the amount
permitted to be incurred pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.09(b)(2) and (y) such amount that at the time of such granting and after giving pro forma effect to any such Lien and obligations secured thereunder (including the use
of proceeds thereof) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaires shall have a Secured Leverage Ratio less than or equal to 1.5. to 1.0; 
 (2) Liens existing as of the Issue Date to the extent and in the manner such Liens are in effect on the Issue Date; 
 (3) Liens securing the Company’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Obligations under any hedge facility permitted under this Indenture to be entered into by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries; 
 (4) Liens securing the Notes and any Guarantees; 

  
 -50-

 (5) Liens in favor of the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company on assets of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
 (6) Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness
which is incurred to Refinance any Indebtedness which has been secured by a Lien permitted under this Indenture and which has been incurred in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture; provided that such Liens: (i) are no less
favorable to the Holders in any material respect and are not more favorable to the lienholders in any material respect with respect to such Liens than the Liens in respect of the Indebtedness being Refinanced as determined by the Board of Directors
of the Company in its reasonable and good faith judgment; and (ii) do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not securing the Indebtedness so Refinanced; and 

(7) Permitted Liens. 
 Section 4.14. Conduct of Business. 
 The Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries will not engage in any businesses that are not the same, similar, ancillary, complementary or reasonably related to the businesses in which the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are engaged on the Issue Date, except to an extent
that so doing would not be material to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. 
 Section 4.15. Offer to
Repurchase Upon Change of Control. 
 (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, unless the Company or a third party has
previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to all outstanding Notes as described under Section 3.03 or 3.09, the Company will be required to make an offer to purchase each Holder’s Notes pursuant to the offer
described below (the “Change of Control Offer”), at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase. 

(b) Within 30 days following the date upon which the Change of Control occurred, the Company must send, or cause the Trustee to
send, by first class mail, a notice to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, which notice shall govern the terms of the Change of Control Offer. Such notice shall state, among other things, the purchase date, which must be no earlier than
30 days nor later than 60 days after the date such notice is mailed, other than as may be required by law (the “Change of Control Payment Date”). Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to a Change of Control
Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed and specifying the portion (equal to $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof)
of such Holder’s Notes that it agrees to sell to the Company pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day prior to the Change of
Control Payment Date. 
 (c) The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other
securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or
regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.15, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the provisions of this Section 4.15 by
virtue of such conflict. 

  
 -51-

 (d) On the date of such Change of Control Payment, the Company will, to the extent lawful:

 (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control
Offer; 
 (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all
Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and 
 (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the
Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company. 
 (e) The Paying Agent will promptly deliver to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and deliver (or cause to be
transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each new Note will be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of
$1,000. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the date of such Change of Control Payment. 
 (f) The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance
with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. The Company (or a third party) may make a
Change of Control Offer in advance of, and conditioned upon, any Change of Control. 
 Section 4.16. Subsidiary Guarantees.

 If any existing or future Domestic Restricted Subsidiary shall, after the Issue Date, guarantee any Public Debt Securities,
then the Company shall cause such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary to: 
 (1) execute and deliver to the Trustee a
supplemental indenture in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture on the terms set forth in
this Indenture; and 
 (2) deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel that
such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Restricted Subsidiary and constitutes a legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Restricted Subsidiary. 

Thereafter, such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary shall be a Guarantor for all purposes of this Indenture until such Domestic Restricted
Subsidiary is released from its Guarantee as provided in this Indenture. 
 Section 4.17. Payments for Consent. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any
consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or 

  
 -52-

 
the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents
relating to such consent, waiver or agreement. 
 Section 4.18. Suspension of Covenants. 

(a) During any period of time that: (i) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from two Rating Agencies and (ii) no Default or
Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “Covenant Suspension Event”), the Company and the Restricted
Subsidiaries shall not be subject to the provisions of Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.16, 5.01(a)(2) (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”). 

(b) Upon the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event, the Guarantees of the Guarantors, if any, will also be suspended as of such date
(the “Suspension Date”). 
 (c) In the event that the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject
to the Suspended Covenants for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the “Reversion Date”) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraws its Investment Grade Rating or downgrades the rating
assigned to the notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants with respect to future events and the Guarantees of the Guarantors will be
reinstated if such guarantees are then required by the terms of this Indenture. The period of time between the Suspension Date and the Reversion Date is referred to in this Indenture as the “Suspension Period.” 

(d) Notwithstanding that the Suspended Covenants may be reinstated, no Default or Event of Default will be deemed to have occurred as a
result of a failure to comply with the Suspended Covenants during the Suspension Period (or upon termination of the Suspension Period or after that time based solely on events that occurred during the Suspension Period). 

(e) On the Reversion Date, all Indebtedness incurred, or Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock issued, during the Suspension
Period will be classified as having been incurred or issued pursuant to Section 4.09(a) or the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” (to the extent such Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock would be permitted
to be incurred or issued thereunder as of the Reversion Date and after giving effect to Indebtedness incurred or issued prior to the Suspension Period and outstanding on the Reversion Date). To the extent such Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital
Stock or Preferred Stock would not be so permitted to be incurred or issued pursuant to Section 4.09(a) or the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”, such Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock will be deemed
to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is classified as permitted under clause (3) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness.” Calculations made after the Reversion Date of the amount available to be made as
Restricted Payments under Section 4.07 will be made as though under Section 4.07 had been in effect since the Issue Date and throughout the Suspension Period. For the avoidance of doubt, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension
Period shall reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.07(a). No Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred on the Reversion Date as a result of any actions taken by the Company or its
Restricted Subsidiaries during the Suspension Period. 
 (f) The Company shall deliver promptly to the Trustee an Officers’
Certificate notifying the Trustee of any Covenant Suspension Event or Reversion Date, as the case may be, pursuant to this Section 4.18, upon which the Trustee may conclusively rely. The Trustee shall have no duty to inquire or to verify the
treatment of the Company’s debt by the Rating Agencies or otherwise to determine the factual basis for the Company’s determination of the occurrence or timing of a Covenant Suspension Event or

  
 -53-

 
Reversion Date. The Company also shall provide notice to the Holders of any Covenant Suspension Event or Reversion Date. 
 ARTICLE 5. 
 SUCCESSORS 
 Section 5.01. Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets. 
 (a) The
Company will not, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, consolidate or merge with or into any Person, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of (or cause or permit any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
to sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of) all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (determined on a consolidated basis for the Company and the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries) whether as an entirety or
substantially as an entirety to any Person unless: 
 (1) either: 

(A) the Company shall be the surviving or continuing corporation; or 

(B) the Person (if other than the Company) formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person
which acquires by sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition the properties and assets of the Company and of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries substantially as an entirety (the “Surviving Entity”):

 (i) shall be an entity organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States or any State
thereof or the District of Columbia; provided that in the case where the Surviving Entity is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the notes is a corporation; and 

(ii) shall expressly assume, by supplemental indenture (in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee), executed and
delivered to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, interest on all of the Notes and the performance of every covenant of the Notes and this Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or
observed; 
 (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction and the assumption contemplated by clause
(1)(B)(ii) of this Section 5.01(a) (including giving effect to any Indebtedness and Acquired Indebtedness incurred or anticipated to be incurred in connection with or in respect of such transaction), (A) the Company or such Surviving
Entity, as the case may be, shall be able to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof or (B) the applicable Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the
Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) would be no less than the applicable Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; 

(3) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such transaction and the assumption contemplated by clause
(1)(B)(ii) of this Section 5.01(a) (including, without limitation, giving effect to any Indebtedness and Acquired Indebtedness incurred or anticipated to be 

  
 -54-

 
incurred and any Lien granted in connection with or in respect of the transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing; and 

(4) the Company or the Surviving Entity shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion
of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture complies with
the applicable provisions of this Indenture and that all conditions precedent in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been satisfied. 
 (b) For purposes of the provisions of Section 5.01(a) hereof, the transfer (by lease, assignment, sale or otherwise, in a single transaction or series of transactions) of all or substantially all of
the properties or assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company, in a single or a series of related transactions, which properties and assets, if held by the Company instead of such Restricted Subsidiaries, would constitute all or
substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company. 

(c) Notwithstanding clauses (1), (2) and (3) of Section 5.01(a) hereof, but subject to the proviso in clause
(1)(B)(i) of Section 5.01(a), the Company may merge with (x) any of its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries or (y) an Affiliate that is a Person that has no material assets or liabilities and which was organized solely for the
purpose of reorganizing the Company in another jurisdiction. 
 (d) Each Guarantor (other than any Guarantor whose Guarantee is
to be released in accordance with the terms of the Guarantee and this Indenture in connection with any transaction complying with the provisions of Section 4.11 hereof) will not, and the Company will not cause or permit any Guarantor to,
consolidate with or merge with or into any Person other than the Company or any other Guarantor unless: 
 (1)
the entity formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Guarantor) or to which such sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United
States or any State thereof or the District of Columbia; 
 (2) such entity assumes by supplemental indenture all
of the obligations of the Guarantor on the Guarantee; 
 (3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction,
no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and 
 (4) immediately after giving effect
to such transaction and the use of any net proceeds therefrom on a pro forma basis, the Company could satisfy the provisions of Section 5.01(a)(2) hereof. 
 (e) Any merger or consolidation of a Guarantor with and into the Company (with the Company being the surviving entity) or another Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Guarantor need only comply
with the provisions of Section 5.01(a)(4) hereof. 

  
 -55-

 Section 5.02. Successor Corporation Substituted. 

Upon any consolidation, combination or merger or any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in accordance with
the provisions of Section 5.01 hereof in which the Company is not the continuing corporation, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such conveyance, lease or transfer is made shall
succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture and the Notes with the same effect as if such surviving entity had been named as such and all financial information and reports required
by this Indenture shall be provided by and for such surviving entity. 
 ARTICLE 6. 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 

Section 6.01. Events of Default. 
 Any of the following events shall constitute an event of default (an “Event of Default”): 
 (a) the failure to pay interest on any Notes when the same becomes due and payable and the default continues for a period of 30 days; 

(b) the failure to pay the principal on any Notes, when such principal becomes due and payable, at maturity, upon
redemption or otherwise (including the failure to make a payment to purchase Notes tendered pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or a Net Proceeds Offer) on the date specified for such payment in the applicable offer to purchase; 

(c) a default in the observance or performance of any other covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture which
default continues for a period of 60 days after the Company receives written notice specifying the default (and demanding that such default be remedied) from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the
Notes (except (i) in the case of a default with respect to Section 5.01, which will constitute an Event of Default with such notice requirement but without such passage of time requirement and (ii) as otherwise provided in the last
paragraph of Section 4.03); 
 (d) the failure to pay at final maturity (giving effect to any applicable
grace periods and any extensions thereof) the stated principal amount of any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or the acceleration of the final stated maturity of any such Indebtedness (which acceleration is
not rescinded, annulled or otherwise cured within 20 days of receipt by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of notice of any such acceleration) if the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any
other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at final stated maturity or which has been so accelerated (in each case with respect to which the 20-day period described above has passed), equals $75.0 million or more at any
time; 
 (e) one or more judgments in an aggregate amount in excess of $75.0 million shall have been rendered
against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and such judgments remain undischarged, unpaid or unstayed for a period of 60 days after such judgment or judgments become final and non-appealable; 

  
 -56-

 (f) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Material
Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law: 

(1) commences a voluntary case, 
 (2) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case, 
 (3) consents to the appointment of a custodian for it or for all or substantially all of their property, 
 (4) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or 

(5) an admission by the Company in writing of its inability to pay its debts as they become due; 

(g) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 

(1) is for relief against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Material Subsidiary or any group of
Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary in an involuntary case; 
 (2) appoints a custodian of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Material Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a
Material Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Material Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a
Material Subsidiary; 
 (3) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a
Material Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary; and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or 

(h) any Guarantee of a Guarantor that is a Material Subsidiary (or group of Guarantors that would constitute a Material
Subsidiary) or any material provision thereof ceases to be in full force and effect or any Guarantee of a Guarantor is declared to be null and void and unenforceable or any Guarantee of a Guarantor is found to be invalid or any Guarantor denies its
liability under its Guarantee (other than by reason of release of a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of this Indenture). 

Section 6.02. Acceleration. 
 If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (f) or (g) of Section 6.01 hereof with respect to the Company) shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee or the
Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal of, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable by notice in writing to the Company and the Trustee specifying the
respective Event of Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration”, and the same shall become 

  
 -57-

 
immediately due and payable. Upon declaration of acceleration, the aggregate principal of, and accrued and unpaid interest on the outstanding Notes shall immediately become due and payable.

 If an Event of Default specified in clause (f) or (g) of Section 6.01 hereof with respect to the Company
occurs and is continuing, then all unpaid principal of, and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all of the outstanding Notes shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on
the part of the Trustee or any Holder. 
 At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Notes as described
in this Section 6.02 hereof, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of all of the Holders, rescind and cancel such acceleration or waive any existing Default
or Event of Default (except a default in the payment of the principal of or interest on any Notes) and its consequences: 
 (a) if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree; 
 (b) if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration; 

(c) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue
principal which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid; 
 (d) if the
Company has paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses, disbursements and advances; and 
 (e) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described in clause (f) or (g) of Section 6.01 hereof with respect to the Company, the Trustee shall have received
an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such Event of Default has been cured or waived. 
 No
such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. 
 No Holder of any Note will have
any right to institute any proceeding with respect to this Indenture or for any remedy hereunder, unless such Holder shall have previously given to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default and unless also the Holders of at least
25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes shall have made written request, and offered reasonable indemnity, to the Trustee to institute such proceeding as Trustee, and the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount the outstanding Notes a direction inconsistent with such request and shall have failed to institute such proceeding within 60 days. Such limitations do not apply, however, to a suit instituted by a Holder of
Notes for enforcement of payment of principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on such Notes on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Notes. 
 Section 6.03. Other Remedies. 
 If an Event of Default occurs and is
continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A
delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising 

  
 -58-

 
any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the
extent permitted by law. 
 Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults. 

Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may on
behalf of the Holders of all Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes
(including in connection with an offer to purchase); provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related
payment default that resulted from such acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver
shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon. 
 Section 6.05. Control by Majority.

 Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of
conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, (i) the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the
Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability, and (ii) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent
with such direction. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Indenture, the Trustee is under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the direction or request of any Holder, unless such Holder shall
offer to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. 
 Section 6.06. Limitation on
Suits. 
 A Holder of Notes may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or Notes only if: 

(a) such Holder gives to the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing or the Trustee receives such
notice from the Company; 
 (b) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 
 (c) such Holder or Holders offer and, if
requested, provide to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense; 
 (d) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of such security or indemnity; and 

(e) during such 60-day period, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not
give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request. 
 A Holder may not use this Indenture to affect, disturb or
prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain or seek to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder. 

  
 -59-

 Section 6.07. Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment. 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and
interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired
or affected without the consent of such Holder. 
 Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. 

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) or (b) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover
judgment in its own name and as Trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on, the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest
and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 

Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 
 The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property
and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other securities or property payable or deliverable upon the exchange of the Notes or on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby
authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation,
expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the
Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out
of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein
contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to
authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 
 Section 6.10. Priorities. 

If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money and property in the following order: 

First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all
reasonable compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection; 

  
 -60-

 Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for
principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any and interest, respectively; 

Third: without duplication, to the Holders for any other Obligations owing to the Holders under this Indenture and the
Notes; and 
 Fourth: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.

 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10.

 Section 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. 
 In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the
filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit,
having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by
Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 
 ARTICLE 7. 

TRUSTEE 
 Section 7.01.
Duties of Trustee. 
 (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and subject to any direction received by
the requisite Holders, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the
conduct of such person’s own affairs. 
 (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

(1) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture or the TIA and the
Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 

(2) In the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. 
 However, the Trustee will examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture. 

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful
misconduct, except that: 

  
 -61-

 (1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this
Section 7.01; 
 (2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a
Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 

(3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with
a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof. 
 (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every
provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section 7.01. 
 (e) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or
indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not assured to it. The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder has offered to
the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. 
 (f) The Trustee shall not be
liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

Section 7.02. Rights of Trustee. 
 (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated
in the document. 
 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an
Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of
such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon. 

(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent
appointed with due care. 
 (d) The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it
believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 
 (e) Unless otherwise
specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company or a Guarantor shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company or such Guarantor. 

(f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or
direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee against the losses, liabilities and expenses that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or
direction. 

  
 -62-

 (g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of a Default or Event of Default unless a
Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default or Event of Default is received by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office specified in
Section 12.02 hereof. 
 Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. 

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or
any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the Commission for permission
to continue as Trustee (if this Indenture has been qualified under the TIA) or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Section 7.10 and Section 7.11 hereof. 

Section 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer. 
 The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds
from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and
it will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication. 

Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults. 
 If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee will deliver to Holders a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs.
Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that
withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes. 
 Section 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.

 (a) Within 60 days after each July 15 beginning with the July 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so
long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee will deliver to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve
months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). For the year 2011, no report need be transmitted pursuant to this Section 7.06 if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred since the date hereof. The Trustee also
will comply with TIA § 313(b)(2). The Trustee will also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA § 313(c). 

(b) A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders will be mailed by the Trustee to the Company and filed by the Trustee
with the Commission and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA § 313(d). The Company will promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange. 

Section 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity. 
 (a) The Company will pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time.

  
 -63-

 
The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable
disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel. 

(b) The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee against any and all losses, liabilities or
expenses incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company (including this Section 7.07) and
defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability
or expense may be attributable to its negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the
Company of its obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee will cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of one such counsel (except as
provided in the first sentence of this Section 7.07(b)). The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. 

(c) The obligations of the Company under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

 (d) To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the
Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 
 (e) When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(f) or Section 6.01(g) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the
services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 
 (f) The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable. 

Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee. 
 (a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this
Section 7.08. 
 (b) The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so
notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if: 

(1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof; 

(2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under
any Bankruptcy Law; 
 (3) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

  
 -64-

 (4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 

(c) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company will promptly
appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed
by the Company. 
 (d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is
removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

(e) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with
Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 (f) A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become
effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall deliver a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all
property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to
this Section 7.08, the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
 Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. 
 If the Trustee
consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act will be the successor Trustee. 

Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. 
 (a) There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a national banking association or other corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state
thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $100.0 million as set forth in its
most recent published annual report of condition. 
 (b) This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the
requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b). 
 Section 7.11. Preferential
Collection of Claims Against the Company. 
 The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship
listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 

  
 -65-

 ARTICLE 8. 
 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 
 Section 8.01. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance
or Covenant Defeasance. 
 The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or
Section 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8. 

Section 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge. 
 Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in
Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose,
Legal Defeasance means that the Company will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05
hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company,
shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: 

(a) the rights of Holders to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, such Notes
when such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.04 hereof; 
 (b) the Company’s
obligations with respect to the Notes under Article 2 and Sections 4.01 and 4.02 hereof; 
 (c) the rights,
powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee and the Company’s obligations in connection therewith; and 
 (d) this Article 8. 
 Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may
exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof. 

Section 8.03. Covenant Defeasance. 
 Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set
forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.07 through Section 4.16 hereof and Section 4.03, Section 4.04, Section 4.05 and Section 5.01 hereof with
respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the outstanding Notes will thereafter be deemed not
“outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all
other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the 

  
 -66-

 
outstanding Notes, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant,
whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not
constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under
Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Section 6.01(c), Section 6.01(d), Section 6.01(e) and 6.01(h) hereof
will not constitute Events of Default. 
 Section 8.04. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. 

The following shall be the conditions to the applicability of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes:

 (a) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in
U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities rated AAA or better by S&P and Aaa by Moody’s, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public
accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be; 

(b) in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion
of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that: 
 (1) the Company has
received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or 
 (2) since the date of
this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, 
 in either case to the effect that, and based
thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same
manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 
 (c) in the
case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss
for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

 (d) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other
than a Default or an Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowings); 
 (e) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under this Indenture (other than a Default or Event of Default

  
 -67-

 
resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposits and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowings) or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is bound; 
 (f) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders over any other creditors of
the Company or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of the Company or others; 
 (g) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which opinion may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions), each stating that all
conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with; and 
 (h) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel, stating that assuming no intervening bankruptcy of the Company between the date of deposit and the 124th day following the date
of deposit and that no Holder is an insider of the Company, after the 124th day following the date of deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting
creditors’ rights generally. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Opinion of Counsel required by clause (b) above
with respect to a Legal Defeasance need not be delivered if all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (x) have become due and payable or (y) will become due and payable on the maturity date or a redemption date
within one year under arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company. 
 Section 8.05. Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. 
 Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of
this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture,
to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company or any Subsidiary acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of
principal, premium, if any, and interest but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04
hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 

Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the
request of the Company any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification
thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof 

  
 -68-

 
that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
 Section 8.06. Repayment to the Company. 
 Any money deposited with the
Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, or interest has become due
and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter be permitted to look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all
liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required
to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which
will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company. 
 Section 8.07. Reinstatement. 
 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable
to apply any U.S. dollars or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or Section 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or
otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees, as applicable, will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to
Section 8.02 or Section 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or Section 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however,
that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from
the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
 ARTICLE 9. 

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 

Section 9.01. Without Consent of Holders of Notes. 
 Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees without the consent of any Holder of
Notes: 
 (a) cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; 

(b) provide for the assumption by a Surviving Person of the obligations of the Company under this Indenture; 

(c) provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided that the
uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code); 

  
 -69-

 (d) add Guarantees with respect to the Notes or confirm and evidence the
release, termination or discharge of any security or Guarantee when such release, termination or discharge is permitted by this Indenture; 
 (e) secure the Notes, add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the holders of the Notes or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company; 

(f) make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any holder of the Notes; 

(g) comply with any requirement of the Commission in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA;

 (h) provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with this Indenture; 

(i) evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee; 

(j) conform the text of this Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” of the
Prospectus to the extent that such provision in the “Description of Notes” of the Prospectus was intended to be a recitation of a provision of this Indenture or the Notes; or 

(k) make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of the Notes as
permitted by this Indenture, including, without limitation to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided that (i) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in the Notes being transferred in
violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer the Notes. 

Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a Board Resolution authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental
indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the
terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee will not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or
immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 
 Section 9.02. With Consent of Holders of Notes. 

(a) Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes or
any Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation,
consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Section 6.04 and Section 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default, other than a Default or Event of Default
in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantees may be
waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in
connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Section 2.08 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for purposes of this Section 9.02. 

  
 -70-

 (b) Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a Board Resolution authorizing the
execution of any such amended or supplemental Indenture, Notes or Guarantees and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the
documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental Indenture, Notes or Guarantees unless such amended or supplemental Indenture, Notes or
Guarantees directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture,
Notes or Guarantees. 
 (c) It is not necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve
the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it is sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
 (d) After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly
describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to deliver such notice, or any defect therein, will not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver. Subject to
Section 6.04 and Section 6.07 hereof, compliance by the Company or the Guarantors in a particular instance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantees may be waived by Holders of at least a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class. However, without the consent of each Holder affected thereby, an amendment, supplement or waiver under this
Section 9.02 may not: 
 (1) reduce the amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment;

 (2) reduce the rate of or change or have the effect of changing the time for payment of interest, including
defaulted interest, on any Notes; 
 (3) reduce the principal of or change or have the effect of changing the
fixed maturity of any Notes, or change the date on which any Notes may be subject to redemption or reduce the redemption price therefor, other than prior to the Company’s obligation to purchase Notes under provisions relating to the
Company’s obligation to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in the event of a Change of Control or to make and consummate a Net Proceeds Offer with respect to any Asset Sale; 

(4) make any Notes payable in money other than that stated in the Notes; 

(5) make any change in provisions of this Indenture protecting the right of each Holder to receive payment of principal of
and interest on such Note on or after the due date thereof or to bring suit to enforce such payment (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of
the payment default that resulted from such acceleration), or permitting Holders of a majority in principal amount of Notes to waive Defaults or Events of Default; 

(6) after the Company’s obligation to purchase Notes arises thereunder, amend, change or modify in any material
respect the obligation of the Company to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in the event of a Change of Control or make and consummate a Net Proceeds Offer with respect to any Asset Sale that has been consummated or, after such

  
 -71-

 
Change of Control has occurred or such Asset Sale has been consummated, modify any of the provisions or definitions with respect thereto; 

(7) modify or change any provision of this Indenture or the related definitions affecting the ranking of the Notes or any
Guarantee in a manner which adversely affects the Holders; 
 (8) release any Guarantor that is a Material
Subsidiary from any of its obligations under its Guarantee or this Indenture otherwise than in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or 
 (9) modify or change the amendment provisions of the Notes or this Indenture. 
 Section 9.03.
Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. 
 Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes will be set forth in
a amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect. 
 Section 9.04. Revocation and Effect of
Consents. 
 Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a
continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such
Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver
becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder. 
 Section 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

 The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated.
The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or
waiver. 
 Section 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc. 
 The Trustee will sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or
immunities of the Trustee. The Company and the Guarantors may not sign an amended or supplemental indenture until their respective Boards of Directors approve it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, Notes or Guarantees, the Trustee
will be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) will be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.04 hereof, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that
the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture, Notes or Guarantee is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. 

  
 -72-

 ARTICLE 10. 
 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 
 Section 10.01. Satisfaction and Discharge. 

This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights or registration of transfer or
exchange of the Notes, as expressly provided for in this Indenture) as to all outstanding Notes issued hereunder, when: 
 (a) either: 
 (1) all the Notes theretofore authenticated and
delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or
discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or 
 (2) all Notes not
theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (A) have become due and payable or (B) will become due and payable within one year, or are to be called for redemption within one year, under arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the
Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, and the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the
Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not
theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to the date of maturity or redemption, as the case may be, together with irrevocable instructions from the Company directing the
Trustee to apply such funds to the payment thereof at maturity or redemption, as the case may be; 
 (b) the
Company has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and 
 (c) the Company has
delivered an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee (which opinion may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions), each stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the satisfaction and
discharge of this Indenture have been complied with. 
 Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if
money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (2) of clause (a) of this Section 10.01, the provisions of Section 10.02 and Section 8.06 hereof will survive. In addition, nothing in this Section 10.01
will be deemed to discharge those provisions of Section 7.07 hereof, that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 
 Section 10.02. Application of Trust Money. 
 Subject to the provisions
of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 10.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or
through any Paying Agent (including the 

  
 -73-

 
Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been
deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 If
the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 10.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining,
restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 10.01 hereof; provided that if
the Company has made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any such Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from
the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
 ARTICLE 11. 

GUARANTEES 
 Section 11.01.
Guarantees. 
 (a) Each Guarantor shall jointly and severally, fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee the Notes
and obligations of the Company hereunder and thereunder, and guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee on behalf of such Holder, that: (i) the principal of and premium, if any, and
interest on the Notes shall be paid in full when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise (including, without limitation, the amount that would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under
Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code), together with interest on the overdue principal, if any, and interest on any overdue interest to the extent lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or
thereunder shall be paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or of any such other obligations, the same shall be paid in full
when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Each of the Guarantees shall be a guarantee of payment and not of collection. 

(b) Each Guarantor shall agree that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or
enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to
enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor. 
 (c) Each Guarantor shall waive the benefits of diligence, presentment, demand for payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a
proceeding first against the Company or any other Person, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that the Guarantee of such Guarantor shall not be discharged as to any Note except by complete performance of the obligations
contained in such Note and such Guarantee or as provided for in this Indenture. Each of the Guarantors shall agree that, in the event of a default in payment of principal or premium, if any or interest on such Note, whether at its Stated Maturity,
by acceleration, call for redemption, purchase or otherwise, legal proceedings may be instituted by the Trustee on behalf of, or by, the Holder of such Note, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Indenture, directly against each of
the Guarantors to enforce such Guarantor’s Guarantee without first proceeding against the Company or any other Guarantor. Each Guarantor agrees that if, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an

  
 -74-

 
Event of Default, the Trustee or any of the Holders are prevented by applicable law from exercising their respective rights to accelerate the maturity of the Notes, to collect interest on the
Notes, or to enforce or exercise any other right or remedy with respect to the Notes, such Guarantor shall pay to the Trustee for the account of the Holders, upon demand therefor, the amount that would otherwise have been due and payable had such
rights and remedies been permitted to be exercised by the Trustee or any of the Holders. 
 (d) If any Holder or the Trustee is
required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company or any Guarantor, or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to the Company or any Guarantor, any amount paid by any of them to the Trustee or such
Holder, the Guarantee of each of the Guarantors, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. This Section 11.01(d) shall remain effective notwithstanding any contrary action which may be taken by the
Trustee or any Holder in reliance upon such amount required to be returned. This Section 11.01(d) shall survive the termination of this Indenture. 
 (e) Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between each Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be
accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of the Guarantee of such Guarantor, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in
the event of any acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by each Guarantor for the purpose of the Guarantee of such Guarantor.

 Section 11.02. Execution and Delivery of Guarantee. 
 To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01 hereof, each Guarantor agrees that a notation of such Guarantee substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B shall be endorsed on
each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee. Such notation of Guarantee shall be signed on behalf of such Guarantor by an officer of such Guarantor (or, if an officer is not available, by a board member or director) on behalf of such
Guarantor by manual or facsimile signature. In case the officer, board member or director of such Guarantor who shall have signed such notation of Guarantee shall cease to be such officer, board member or director before the Note on which such
Guarantee is endorsed shall have been authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, such Note nevertheless may be authenticated and delivered as though the Person who signed such notation of Guarantee had not ceased to be such officer, board member or
director. 
 Each Guarantor agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01 hereof shall remain in full force and
effect and apply to all the Notes notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Guarantee. The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of any Guarantee
set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors. 
 Section 11.03. Severability. 

In case any provision of any Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the
remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
 Section 11.04. Limitation on Guarantors’
Liability. 
 Each Guarantor and by its acceptance hereof each Holder confirms that it is the intention of all such parties
that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of the Federal Bankruptcy Code, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent

  
 -75-

 
Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law or the provisions of its local law relating to fraudulent transfer or conveyance. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders
and Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount that will not, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor and after
giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Guarantee, result in the obligations of such Guarantor
under its Guarantee constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 
 Section 11.05. Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain
Terms. 
 Except as otherwise provided in this Section 11.05, a Guarantor may not sell or otherwise dispose of all or
substantially all of its assets, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person, other than the Company or another Guarantor, unless: 

(a) immediately after giving effect to such transactions, no Default or Event of Default exists; and 

(b) either: 
 (1) the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under this
Indenture and its Guarantee pursuant to a supplemental indenture satisfactory to the Trustee; or 
 (2) the Net
Cash Proceeds of any such sale or other disposition of a Guarantor are applied in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.11 hereof. 
 In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to
the Trustee, of the Guarantee and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person shall succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same
effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. All the Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of
this Indenture as though all such Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof. 
 Except as set forth in
Article 4 and Article 5 hereof, and notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another
Guarantor, or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Guarantor. 
 Section 11.06. Releases Following Sale of Assets and Other Events. 

Any Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released and relieved of any obligations under its Guarantee without any further
action on the part of the Trustee or any Holder: 
 (a) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all
or substantially all of the assets of that Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) to a Person that is not 

  
 -76-

 
(either before or after giving effect to such transaction) a Restricted Subsidiary, if sale or other disposition is made in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.11 hereof; 

(b) in connection with any sale of all of the Capital Stock of a Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after
giving effect to such transaction) a Restricted Subsidiary, if the sale is made in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.11 hereof; 
 (c) in connection with any transaction following which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary immediately after giving effect to such transaction if such transaction is made in
accordance with Section 4.11; 
 (d) upon the discharge or release of all guarantees of such Guarantor, and
all pledges of property or assets of such Guarantor securing all other Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, which resulted in the creation of such Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.16; or 

(e) if the Company exercises its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option pursuant to Sections 8.02 or 8.03
hereof or if its obligations under this Indenture are discharged in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. 
 Upon
delivery to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which may be subject to certain qualifications) to the effect that such sale or other disposition was made by the Company in accordance with the provisions of this
Indenture, including without limitation Sections 4.11 and 4.16 hereof, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its Guarantee. 

Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest
on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 11. 
 Section 11.07.
Release of a Guarantor. 
 Any Guarantor that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company as an Unrestricted
Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture shall, at such time, be deemed automatically and unconditionally released and discharged of its obligations under its Guarantee without any further action on the part of the Trustee or any
Holder. The Trustee shall deliver an appropriate instrument evidencing such release upon receipt of the Company’s request for such release accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate certifying as to the compliance with this
Section 11.07. 
 Section 11.08. Benefits Acknowledged. 

Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this
Indenture and that its guarantee and waivers pursuant to its Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits. 

  
 -77-

 ARTICLE 12. 
 MISCELLANEOUS 
 Section 12.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls. 

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA §318(c), the imposed duties shall
control. 
 Section 12.02. Notices. 
 Any notice or communication by the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or by electronic transmission, first class mail (registered or
certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address: 
 If to the Company or any Guarantor: 
 Equinix, Inc. 

One Lagoon Drive, Fourth Floor 
 Redwood City, CA 94065 
 Attention: Brandi Galvin Morandi 

General Counsel and Secretary 
 Facsimile No.: (650) 598-6913 
 E-mail: bgalvin@equinix.com 

With a copy to: 

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP 
 1600 El Camino Real 
 Menlo Park, CA 94025 

Attention: Alan F. Denenberg 
 Facsimile No.: (650) 752-3604 
 E-mail: alan.denenberg@davispolk.com

 If to the Trustee: 
 U.S. Bank National Association 
 Corporate Trust Services 

633 West Fifth Street, 24th Floor 
 Los Angeles, CA 90071 
 Attention: Paula M. Oswald (Equinix 2011 Indenture)

 Facsimile No.: (213) 615-6197 
 E-mail: paula.oswald@usbank.com 
 The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by
notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 

  
 -78-

 All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have
been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by facsimile or email; and the next Business Day
after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next Business Day delivery. 
 Any notice or
communication to a Holder shall be delivered by electronic transmission, first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next Business Day delivery to its address shown on the register
kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so delivered to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to deliver a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it will not
affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. 
 If a notice or communication is delivered in the manner provided above
within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. 
 If the Company delivers a notice or
communication to Holders, it will deliver a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time. 
 Section 12.03. Communication by
Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes. 
 Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders
with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the applicable Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c). 
 Section 12.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 

Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the
Trustee: 
 (a) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which
must include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

 (b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the
statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied. 
 Section 12.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. 
 Each
certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to Section 4.04 hereof or TIA § 314(a)(4)) must comply with the provisions of TIA
§ 314(e) and must include: 
 (a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read
such covenant or condition; 
 (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or
investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 

  
 -79-

 (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such
examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied (and, in the case of an Opinion of Counsel, may be limited to reliance on an
Officers’ Certificate as to matters of fact); and 
 (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of
such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied. 
 Section 12.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents. 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules
and set reasonable requirements for its functions. 
 Section 12.07. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and
Stockholder Members. 
 No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, agent, stockholder or Affiliate
of the Company, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or under this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. No past, present or future
director, officer, employee, incorporator, agent, stockholder or Affiliate of any of the Guarantors, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Guarantors under any Guarantees or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect
of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liabilities. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes and any Guarantees.

 Section 12.08. Governing Law. 
 THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE
APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 
 Section 12.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other
Agreements. 
 This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company, any
Guarantor or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 
 Section 12.10.
Successors. 
 All agreements of the Company and the Guarantors in this Indenture and the Notes and the Guarantees, as
applicable, shall bind their respective successors and assigns. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its successors. 

Section 12.11. Severability. 
 In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected
or impaired thereby. 

  
 -80-

 Section 12.12. Counterpart Originals. 

This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by the different parties on separate counterparts, each of which shall
be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute but one and the same instrument. 
 Section 12.13. Table of Contents,
Headings, etc. 
 The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture
have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 

[Signatures on following page] 

  
 -81-

 Dated as of [    ], 2011 

 

			
	EQUINIX, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 
			
	U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
	as Trustee
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 EXHIBIT A 
 [            ]% Senior Notes due 2021 
 [Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 

  
 A-1

 [Face of Note] 
 CUSIP [            ] 

[            ]% Senior Notes due 20[    ] 

 

			
	No.             	 	$            

 Equinix, Inc. 
 promises to pay to Cede & Co. or registered assigns, 
 the principal sum of
                     DOLLARS on [            ],
20[    ]. 
 Interest Payment Dates: January 1 and July 1 

Record Dates: December 15 and June 15 

Dated: [            ], 2011 

 

			
	Equinix, Inc.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION 

 

			
	U.S. Bank National Association, Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes referred to in the Indenture.
		
	 By:
	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

  
 A-2

 [Back of Note] 
 [            ]% Senior Notes due 20[    ] 
 Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated. 
 (1) INTEREST. Equinix, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at
[            ]% per annum from [    ], 2011 until maturity. The Company will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on January 1 and July 1 of each year, or if
any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been
paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date,
interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided further that the first Interest Payment Date shall be January 1, 2012. The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding
under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 2% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in
any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed daily on the basis of a
360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 
 (2) METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except
defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the February 15 or August 15 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or
before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Company
maintained for such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided
that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the
Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 

(3) PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, U.S. Bank National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying
Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in the capacity of Paying Agent or Registrar. 

(4) INDENTURE. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of
[            ], 2011 (the “Indenture”), by and between the Company and the Trustee. The terms of this Note include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the
Indenture by reference to the TIA. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the
Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Notes are unsecured obligations of the Company. 

(5) OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. 
 (a) Other than as set forth below, the Notes are not redeemable prior to maturity. 

  
 A-3

 (b) At any time prior to July 1, 2014, the Company may on any one or more occasions
redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (calculated giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) outstanding under the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to
[            ]% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more
Equity Offerings; provided that: 
 (1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes
(calculated giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) issued under the Indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption (excluding notes held by the Company and its subsidiaries); and 

(2) the redemption must occur within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering. 

(c) On or after July 1, 201[ ], the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes, on any one or more occasions, at the redemption
prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but not including, the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on July 1 of the
years indicated below: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 201[  ]
	  	 	[    	]% 
	 201[  ]
	  	 	[    	]% 
	 201[  ] and thereafter
	  	 	100.0000	% 

 (d) At any time prior to July 1, 201[ ], the Company may also redeem all or a part of the Notes at a
redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of redemption (the “Redemption Date”), subject to
the rights of Holders of record of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. 
 (e) Any redemption pursuant to this paragraph 5 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01 through Section 3.06 of the Indenture. 

(6) MANDATORY REDEMPTION. The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the
Notes. 
 (7) REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDER. 

(a) In the event that the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary is required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes pursuant
to Section 4.11 or 4.15 of the Indenture, it will comply with the terms set forth in the Indenture, including Section 3.09. 
 (b) If a Change of Control occurs, the Company will be required to make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part of such Holder’s Notes at
a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes repurchased to the date of repurchase, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to
receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will deliver a notice to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control
Offer as required by the Indenture. 

  
 A-4

 (8) NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Notice of redemption will be delivered at least 30 days but
not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be delivered more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in
connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000 unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be
redeemed and provided that any unredeemed portion of a Note is equal to $2,000 or a multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. On and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption
as long as the Company has deposited with the Paying Agent funds in satisfaction of the applicable redemption price. 
 (9)
DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided
in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the
Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part that is equal to $2,000 or a multiple of $1,000 in
excess thereof. Also, the Company need not issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the next succeeding Interest Payment
Date. 
 (10) PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

 (11) AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees may
be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes, if any, issued under the Indenture) voting as a single class (including,
without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for purchase of, the Notes), and any existing Default or Event or Default, other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of,
premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of the Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders
of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes, if any, issued under the Indenture) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer
or exchange offer for purchase of, the Notes). Without the consent of any Holder of Notes, the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees may be amended or supplemented to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; provide for the assumption by a
Surviving Person of the obligations of the Company under the Indenture; provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of
Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code); add Guarantees with respect to the Notes or confirm and evidence the release, termination or discharge of any
security or Guarantee when such release, termination or discharge is permitted by the Indenture; secure the Notes, add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the holders of the Notes or surrender any right or power conferred upon the
Company; make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any holder of the Notes; comply with any requirement of the Commission in connection with the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA; provide for the issuance of Additional
Notes in accordance with the Indenture; evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee; conform the text of the Indenture or 

  
 A-5

 
the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” of the Prospectus to the extent that such provision in the “Description of Notes” of the Prospectus was intended to be
a recitation of a provision of the Indenture or the Notes; or make any amendment to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of the Notes as permitted by the Indenture, including, without limitation to facilitate the
issuance and administration of the Notes; provided that (i) compliance with the Indenture as so amended would not result in the Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and
(ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer the Notes. 
 (12)
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. Events of Default with respect to the Notes include: (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, with respect to the Notes; (ii) default in the payment when due (at maturity, upon
redemption or otherwise) of the principal on the Notes (including the failure to make a payment to purchase Notes tendered pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or a Net Proceeds Offer); (iii) failure by the Company for 60 days after notice to
the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with any of the other covenants or agreements in the Indenture (except (i) in the case of a
default with respect to Section 5.01 of the Indenture, which will constitute an Event of Default with such notice requirement but without such passage of time requirement and (ii) as otherwise provided in the last paragraph of
Section 4.03 of the Indenture); (iv) the failure to pay at final maturity (giving effect to any applicable grace periods and any extensions thereof) the stated principal amount of any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company, or the acceleration of the final stated maturity of any such Indebtedness (which acceleration is not rescinded, annulled or otherwise cured within 20 days of receipt by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of notice
of any such acceleration) if the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at final stated maturity or which has been so accelerated (in
each case with respect to which the 20-day period described above has passed), equals $75.0 million or more at any time; (v) failure by the Company to pay final non-appealable judgments entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction
against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in amounts aggregating in excess of $75.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; (vi) the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries that is a Material Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law, commences a voluntary case, consents
to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case, consents to the appointment of a custodian for it or for all or substantially all of its property, makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or an admission by
the Company in writing of its inability to pay its debts as they become due; (vii) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that is for relief against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
that is a Material Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary in an involuntary case; appoints a custodian of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that
is a Material Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is
a Material Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary or orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Material Subsidiary or
any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or (viii) any Guarantee of a Guarantor that is a
Material Subsidiary (or group of Guarantors that would constitute a Material Subsidiary) or any material provision thereof ceases to be in full force and effect or any Guarantee of a Guarantor is declared to be null and void and unenforceable or any
Guarantee of a Material Subsidiary is found to be invalid or any Guarantor denies its liability under its Guarantee (other than by reason of release of a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Indenture). 

If any Event of Default with respect to outstanding Notes occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in
aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the 

  
 A-6

 
principal of, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable by notice in writing to the Company and the Trustee specifying the respective Event of Default and that it is
a “notice of acceleration” and the same shall be immediately due and payable. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the
case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency occurring with respect to the Company, all unpaid principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on all of the outstanding Notes will become due and payable
immediately without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes
may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or
interest or premium, if any) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders, rescind an
acceleration or waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest or premium, if any, on, or the principal of, the Notes. The Company is
required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required, within five Business Days of any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a
statement specifying such Default or Event of Default. 
 (13) TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH THE COMPANY. The Trustee, in its
individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. 

(14) NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, agent, stockholder or
Affiliate of the Company, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or under the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. No past, present or
future director, officer, employee, incorporator, agent, stockholder or Affiliate of any of the Guarantors, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Guarantors under any Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in
respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liabilities. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes and any
Guarantees. 
 (15) AUTHENTICATION. This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the
Trustee or an authenticating agent. 
 (16) ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or
an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 (17) CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification
Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed
on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 

  
 A-7

 (18) GOVERNING LAW. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED
TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE AND THIS NOTE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:

 Equinix, Inc. 
 One Lagoon Drive, Fourth Floor 
 Redwood City, CA 94065 

Attention: Chief Financial Officer 

  
 A-8

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
  

			
	(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:	 	  

		 	(Insert assignee’s legal name)

  
  

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.) 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
 (Print or type assignee’s name,
address and zip code) 
  

			
	and irrevocably appoint	 	  

	to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

  

			
	Date:	 	 

  
  

			
	Your Signature:	 	  

		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

  

			
	Signature Guarantee*:	 	  

 *PARTICIPANT IN A RECOGNIZED
SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM 
 (OR
OTHER SIGNATURE GUARANTOR ACCEPTABLE TO THE TRUSTEE). 

  
 A-9

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.11 (Asset Sale Offer) or Section 4.15
(Change of Control Offer) of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below: 

 ̈  Section 4.11          
   ̈  Section 4.15 
 If you want to elect to have only
part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.11 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: 
 $                     

 

			
	Date:	 	 

  

			
	Your Signature:	 	  

		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

			
	Tax Identification No.:	 	  

  

			
	Signature Guarantee*:	 	  

  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 A-10

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE* 

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a
part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made: 
  

																	
	 Date of Exchange
	  	Amount
of
decrease
in
Principal
Amount
of this
Global
Note	 	  	Amount
of
increase
in
Principal
Amount
of this
Global
Note	 	  	Principal
Amount
of
this
Global
Note
following
such
decrease
(or
increase)	 	  	Signature
of
authorized
officer of
Trustee or
Custodian	 
		  				  				  				  			
		  				  				  				  			

  

	*	This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form. 

  
 A-11

 EXHIBIT B 
 FORM OF NOTATIONAL GUARANTEE 
 The Guarantor listed below (hereinafter referred to
as the “Guarantor,” which term includes any successors or assigns under that certain Indenture, dated as of [    ], 2011, by and between Equinix, Inc. (the “Company”) and the Trustee (as amended
and supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”), has guaranteed the Company’s [            ]% Senior Notes due 20[    ] (the
“Notes”) and the obligations of the Company under the Indenture, which include (i) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or
otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on the overdue principal and premium, if any, and (to the extent permitted by law) interest on any interest, if any, on the Notes, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of
the Company to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms set forth in Article 11 of the Indenture, (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any such other obligations, that the same will be
promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, and (iii) the payment of any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable
attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Guarantee or the Indenture. 

The obligations of each Guarantor to the Holders and to the Trustee pursuant to this Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth
in Article 11 of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to such Indenture for the precise terms of this Guarantee. 
 No
stockholder, employee, officer, director or incorporator, as such, past, present or future of each Guarantor shall have any liability under this Guarantee by reason of his or its status as such stockholder, employee, officer, director or
incorporator. 
 This is a continuing Guarantee and shall remain in full force and effect and shall be binding upon each
Guarantor and its successors and assigns until full and final payment of all of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and Indenture or until released in accordance with the Indenture and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and
assigns of the Trustee and the Holders, and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges herein conferred upon that party shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee
or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions hereof. This is a Guarantee of payment and not of collection. 
 This
Guarantee shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication on the Note upon which this Guarantee is noted shall have been executed by the Trustee under the Indenture by the manual or facsimile signature of one
of its authorized officers. The Obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee shall be limited to the extent necessary to ensure that it does not constitute a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law. 

  
 D-1

 THE TERMS OF ARTICLE 11 OF THE INDENTURE ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE. 

Capitalized terms used herein have the same meanings given in the Indenture unless otherwise indicated. 

Dated as of                       

 

			
	[GUARANTOR]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 D-2EX-10.1

 Exhibit 10.1 
 Execution Copy 
 DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED, 

THE SUBSIDIARY BORROWERS, 
  

 
 CREDIT
AGREEMENT 
 dated as of June 30, 2011 

 
  

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., 
 as Administrative Agent 
 and 

THE LENDERS PARTY HERETO 
  

 
 J.P. MORGAN
SECURITIES LLC, 
 PNC CAPITAL MARKETS LLC 
 and 
 U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, 

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners 
 PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION 
 and 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, 
 as Syndication Agents 
 BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION 
 and 
 THE BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI UFJ, LTD., 

as Documentation Agents 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	 ARTICLE I - DEFINITIONS
	  	 	1	  
	 1.1.
	  	 Defined Terms
	  	 	1	  
	 1.2.
	  	 Rules of Construction
	  	 	22	  
	 1.3.
	  	 Accounting Terms; GAAP
	  	 	22	  
	 1.4.
	  	 Redenomination of Certain Foreign Currencies
	  	 	23	  
		
	 ARTICLE II - THE CREDITS
	  	 	23	  
	 2.1.
	  	 The Commitments
	  	 	23	  
	 2.2.
	  	 Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt
	  	 	23	  
	 2.3.
	  	 Procedures for Borrowing
	  	 	24	  
	 2.4.
	  	 Termination or Reduction
	  	 	24	  
	 2.5.
	  	 Facility and Administrative Agent Fees
	  	 	25	  
	 2.6.
	  	 Optional and Mandatory Principal Payments on All Loans
	  	 	25	  
	 2.7.
	  	 Conversion and Continuation of Outstanding Advances
	  	 	26	  
	 2.8.
	  	 Interest Rates, Interest Payment Dates; Interest and Fee Basis
	  	 	26	  
	 2.9.
	  	 Rates Applicable After Default
	  	 	27	  
	 2.10.
	  	 Pro Rata Payment, Method of Payment
	  	 	27	  
	 2.11.
	  	 Telephonic Notices
	  	 	28	  
	 2.12.
	  	 Notification of Advances, Interest Rates, Prepayments and Commitment Reductions
	  	 	28	  
	 2.13.
	  	 Lending Installations
	  	 	28	  
	 2.14.
	  	 Non-Receipt of Funds by the Administrative Agent
	  	 	28	  
	 2.15.
	  	 Facility Letters of Credit
	  	 	29	  
	 2.16.
	  	 Swing Loans
	  	 	33	  
	 2.17.
	  	 Defaulting Lenders
	  	 	34	  
	 2.18
	  	 Guaranties
	  	 	37	  
	 2.19
	  	 Incremental Credit Extensions
	  	 	37	  
		
	 ARTICLE III - CHANGE IN CIRCUMSTANCES, TAXES
	  	 	39	  
	 3.1
	  	 Alternate Rate of Interest
	  	 	39	  
	 3.2
	  	 Increased Costs
	  	 	40	  
	 3.3
	  	 Break Funding Payments
	  	 	41	  
	 3.4.
	  	 Withholding of Taxes; Gross-Up
	  	 	41	  
	 3.5
	  	 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders
	  	 	44	  
		
	 ARTICLE IV - CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
	  	 	45	  
	 4.1.
	  	 Closing Conditions
	  	 	45	  
	 4.2.
	  	 Each Advance
	  	 	46	  
		
	 ARTICLE V - REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
	  	 	47	  
	 5.1.
	  	 Corporate Existence and Standing
	  	 	47	  
	 5.2.
	  	 Authorization and Validity
	  	 	47	  
	 5.3.
	  	 No Conflict; Government Consent
	  	 	47	  
	 5.4.
	  	 Financial Statements
	  	 	47	  
	 5.5.
	  	 Material Adverse Change
	  	 	48	  

  
 i 

							
	 5.6.
	  	 Taxes
	  	 	48	  
	 5.7.
	  	 Litigation and Guarantee Obligations
	  	 	48	  
	 5.8.
	  	 Subsidiaries
	  	 	48	  
	 5.9.
	  	 ERISA
	  	 	48	  
	 5.10.
	  	 Accuracy of Information
	  	 	49	  
	 5.11.
	  	 Regulations T, U and X
	  	 	49	  
	 5.12.
	  	 Material Agreements
	  	 	49	  
	 5.13.
	  	 Compliance With Laws; Properties
	  	 	49	  
	 5.14.
	  	 Plan Assets; Prohibited Transactions
	  	 	49	  
	 5.15.
	  	 Environmental Matters
	  	 	50	  
	 5.16.
	  	 Investment Company Act
	  	 	50	  
	 5.17.
	  	 Subsidiary Borrowers
	  	 	50	  
	 5.18.
	  	 Insurance
	  	 	50	  
	 5.19.
	  	 Ownership of Properties
	  	 	50	  
	 5.20
	  	 Labor Controversies
	  	 	50	  
	 5.21
	  	 Burdensome Obligations
	  	 	50	  
		
	 ARTICLE VI - COVENANTS
	  	 	51	  
	 6.1.
	  	 Financial Reporting
	  	 	51	  
	 6.2.
	  	 Use of Proceeds
	  	 	52	  
	 6.3.
	  	 Notice of Default
	  	 	52	  
	 6.4.
	  	 Conduct of Business
	  	 	52	  
	 6.5.
	  	 Taxes
	  	 	52	  
	 6.6.
	  	 Insurance
	  	 	52	  
	 6.7.
	  	 Compliance with Laws
	  	 	53	  
	 6.8.
	  	 Properties; Inspection
	  	 	53	  
	 6.9.
	  	 Merger
	  	 	53	  
	 6.10.
	  	 Sale of Assets
	  	 	53	  
	 6.11.
	  	 Investments and Acquisitions
	  	 	54	  
	 6.12.
	  	 Liens
	  	 	55	  
	 6.13.
	  	 Affiliates
	  	 	56	  
	 6.14.
	  	 Indebtedness of Certain Subsidiaries
	  	 	56	  
	 6.15.
	  	 Limitation on Restrictions on Subsidiary Distributions
	  	 	57	  
	 6.16.
	  	 Financial Contracts
	  	 	58	  
	 6.17.
	  	 Total Net Debt to Capitalization Ratio
	  	 	58	  
	 6.18.
	  	 Interest Coverage Ratio
	  	 	58	  
	 6.19.
	  	 New Headquarters
	  	 	58	  
	 6.20.
	  	 Receivables Indebtedness
	  	 	58	  
		
	 ARTICLE VII - DEFAULTS
	  	 	59	  
		
	 ARTICLE VIII - ACCELERATION, WAIVERS, AMENDMENTS AND REMEDIES
	  	 	61	  
	 8.1.
	  	 Acceleration
	  	 	61	  
	 8.2.
	  	 Amendments
	  	 	62	  
	 8.3.
	  	 Preservation of Rights
	  	 	64	  
		
	 ARTICLE IX - GUARANTEE
	  	 	64	  
	 9.1.
	  	 Guarantee
	  	 	64	  
	 9.2.
	  	 No Subrogation
	  	 	65	  

  
 ii 

							
	 9.3.
	  	 Amendments, etc. with respect to the Obligations; Waiver of Rights
	  	 	65	  
	 9.4.
	  	 Guarantee Absolute and Unconditional
	  	 	66	  
	 9.5.
	  	 Reinstatement
	  	 	67	  
	 9.6.
	  	 Payments
	  	 	67	  
		
	 ARTICLE X - GENERAL PROVISIONS
	  	 	67	  
	 10.1.
	  	 Survival of Representations
	  	 	67	  
	 10.2.
	  	 Governmental Regulation
	  	 	67	  
	 10.3.
	  	 Headings
	  	 	67	  
	 10.4.
	  	 Entire Agreement
	  	 	67	  
	 10.5.
	  	 Several Obligations; Benefits of this Agreement
	  	 	67	  
	 10.6.
	  	 Expenses; Indemnification
	  	 	67	  
	 10.7.
	  	 Severability of Provisions
	  	 	68	  
	 10.8.
	  	 Nonliability of Lenders
	  	 	68	  
	 10.9.
	  	 Confidentiality
	  	 	69	  
	 10.10.
	  	 Nonreliance
	  	 	70	  
	 10.11.
	  	 USA PATRIOT Act
	  	 	70	  
	 10.12.
	  	 Interest Rate Limitation
	  	 	70	  
		
	 ARTICLE XI - THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
	  	 	70	  
		
	 ARTICLE XII - SETOFF; ADJUSTMENTS AMONG LENDERS
	  	 	72	  
	 12.1.
	  	 Setoff
	  	 	72	  
	 12.2.
	  	 Ratable Payments
	  	 	72	  
		
	 ARTICLE XIII - BENEFIT OF AGREEMENT; ASSIGNMENTS; PARTICIPATIONS
	  	 	72	  
	 13.1.
	  	 Successors and Assigns
	  	 	72	  
	 13.2.
	  	 Dissemination of Information
	  	 	75	  
	 13.3.
	  	 Tax Treatment
	  	 	75	  
		
	 ARTICLE XIV - NOTICES
	  	 	75	  
	 14.1.
	  	 Notices
	  	 	75	  
	 14.2.
	  	 Change of Address
	  	 	76	  
		
	 ARTICLE XV - COUNTERPARTS
	  	 	76	  
		
	 ARTICLE XVI - CHOICE OF LAW, CONSENT TO JURISDICTION, WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL, JUDGMENT CURRENCY
	  	 	76	  
	 16.1.
	  	 Choice of Law
	  	 	76	  
	 16.2.
	  	 Waiver of Jury Trial
	  	 	76	  
	 16.3.
	  	 Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers
	  	 	77	  
	 16.4.
	  	 Acknowledgments
	  	 	78	  
	 16.5.
	  	 Power of Attorney
	  	 	78	  
	 16.6.
	  	 Judgment
	  	 	78	  

  
 iii

 EXHIBITS 
 EXHIBIT A – PRICING SCHEDULE 
 EXHIBIT B – ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

 EXHIBIT C – DOMESTIC SUBSIDIARY BORROWER OPINION OF COUNSEL 
 EXHIBIT D – FOREIGN SUBSIDIARY BORROWER OPINION OF COUNSEL 
 EXHIBIT E – GUARANTY

 EXHIBIT F – JOINDER AGREEMENT 

EXHIBIT G – MANDATORY COSTS 
 EXHIBIT H
– NOTE 
 EXHIBIT I – COMMITMENT AND ACCEPTANCE 
 EXHIBIT J – U.S. TAX CERTIFICATE 
 EXHIBIT K – OPINION OF COUNSEL 

EXHIBIT L – WRITTEN TRANSFER INSTRUCTIONS 

EXHIBIT M – COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE 

SCHEDULES 
 SCHEDULE 1.1(a) –
COMMITMENTS 
 SCHEDULE 1.1(b) – INTEGRATED SERVICE CONTRACT DEBT 
 SCHEDULE 1.1(c) – SUBSIDIARY BORROWERS 
 SCHEDULE 5.7 – LITIGATION 

SCHEDULE 5.8 – SUBSIDIARIES 
 SCHEDULE 6.12
– LIENS 

  
 iv 

 CREDIT AGREEMENT 

THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of June 30, 2011, is among DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED, an Ohio corporation
(the “Company”), the SUBSIDIARY BORROWERS (as hereinafter defined) from time to time parties hereto (together with the Company, the “Borrowers”), the lenders from time to time parties hereto (the
“Lenders”), and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., a national banking association, as Administrative Agent. 
 The parties hereto agree as follows: 
 ARTICLE I 

DEFINITIONS 
 1.1 Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings: 
 “Acquisition” means any transaction, or any series of related transactions, consummated on or after the date of this Agreement, by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
(i) acquires any going business or all or substantially all of the assets of any Person or division thereof, whether through purchase of assets, merger or otherwise or (ii) directly or indirectly acquires (in one transaction or as the most
recent transaction in a series of transactions) at least a majority (in number of votes) of the Voting Stock of any Person. 

“Adjusted LIBO Rate” means, with respect to any Eurocurrency Advance for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum
(rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to the sum of (i) (a) the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period divided by (b) one minus the Reserve Requirement (expressed as a decimal) applicable to such Interest Period,
plus, without duplication, plus (ii) the amount of all reserves, costs (including without limitation all Mandatory Costs as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent) or similar requirements relating to the funding of the relevant
Available Foreign Currency (if any), as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent. 
 “Administrative
Agent” means JPMorgan Chase in its capacity as contractual representative of the Lenders pursuant to Article XI, and not in its individual capacity as a Lender, and any successor Administrative Agent appointed pursuant to Article XI.

 “Administrative Questionnaire” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the
Administrative Agent. 
 “Advance” means a borrowing hereunder (or conversion or continuation thereof)
consisting of the aggregate amount of the several Loans or Facility Letters of Credit of the same Type and, in the case of Foreign Currency Loans, in the same Available Foreign Currency and for the same Interest Period, and further, in the case of
Eurocurrency Loans, for the same Interest Period, made by the Lenders on the same Borrowing Date (or converted or continued by the Lenders on the same date of conversion or continuation). 

“Affiliate” of any Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common
control with such Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if the controlling Person owns 10% or more of any class of Voting Stock of the controlled Person or possesses, 

  
 1 

 
directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of the controlled Person, whether through ownership of Capital Stock, by contract or otherwise.

 “Aggregate Commitments” means the aggregate amount of the Commitments of all Lenders. 

“Aggregate Outstandings” means as at any date of determination with respect to any Lender, the sum of the Dollar
Equivalent Amount on such date of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of such Lender’s Loans on such date and, without duplication, the Dollar Equivalent Amount on such date of the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Facility
Letter of Credit Obligations and Swing Loans on such date. 
 “Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments” means
the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments of all Lenders. 
 “Aggregate Revolving Credit
Outstandings” means as at any date of determination with respect to any Lender, the sum of the Dollar Equivalent Amount on such date of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Loans on such date and the
Dollar Equivalent Amount on such date of the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Facility Letter of Credit Obligations and Swing Loans on such date. 
 “Agreed Currencies” means (i) Dollars, (ii) the Euro, and (iii) any other Eligible Currency which a Borrower requests the Administrative Agent to include as an Agreed
Currency hereunder and which is a currency all of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent agree to make an Agreed Currency. 

“Agreement” means this credit agreement, as it may be amended or modified and in effect from time to time. 

“Agreement Currency” is defined in Section 16.6. 

“Alternate Base Rate” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the
Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus
 1/2 of 1% and (c) the Adjusted LIBO Rate for a
one month Interest Period on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1%, provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Adjusted LIBO Rate for any day shall be based on the rate appearing on the
Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or on any successor or substitute page) at approximately 11:00 a.m. London time on such day (without any rounding). Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective
Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate, respectively. 

“Applicable Margin” means the amounts set forth in the Pricing Schedule on Exhibit A hereto. 

“Approved Fund” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 13.1. 

“Article” means an article of this Agreement unless another document is specifically referenced. 

“Assignment and Assumption” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the
consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 13.1), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit B or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent. 

  
 2 

 “Authorized Officer” means, with respect to any Borrower, any of the
president, the chief executive officer, any Designated Financial Officer or the secretary of the Company or any other Person designated by any of the foregoing in writing to the Administrative Agent from time to time to act on behalf of any Borrower
(or, if so designated, a specific Borrower) which designation has not been rescinded in writing, in each case acting singly, provided that two Authorized Officers shall be required to modify the wiring instructions for any Advance. 

“Available Foreign Currencies” means the Agreed Currencies other than Dollars. 

“Bankruptcy Event” means, with respect to any Lender or a Parent of any Lender, such Lender or Parent becomes the
subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, custodian, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with the reorganization or liquidation of its business appointed
for it, or, in the good faith determination of the Administrative Agent, has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any such proceeding or appointment, provided that a Bankruptcy Event
shall not result solely by virtue of any ownership interest, or the acquisition of any ownership interest, in such Lender or Parent by a Governmental Authority or instrumentality thereof, provided, further, that such ownership interest does not
result in or provide such Lender or Parent with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender or Parent (or such Governmental
Authority or instrumentality) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made by such Lender or Parent. 
 “Board of Directors” means: (1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or such directors or committee serving a similar function; (2) with
respect to a limited liability company, the board of managers of the company or such managers or committee serving a similar function; (3) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership; and
(4) with respect to any other Person, the managers, directors, trustees, board or committee of such Person or its owners serving a similar function. 
 “Borrowers” is defined in the preamble hereto. 

“Borrowing Date” means any Business Day specified in a notice pursuant to Section 2.3, 2.15 or 2.16 as a date on
which a Borrower requests the Lenders to make Loans hereunder or, with respect to the issuance of any Facility Letter of Credit, the date the applicable Issuer issues such Facility Letter of Credit. 

“Business Day” means (i) with respect to any borrowing, payment or rate selection of Foreign Currency Advances, a
day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks generally are open in Chicago, London and New York for the conduct of substantially all of their commercial lending activities and on which dealings in Dollars, Euros and, if another Agreed
Currency is relevant, such other Agreed Currency or Currencies are carried on in the London interbank market, (ii) if the Advances which are the subject of such borrowing, payment or rate selection are denominated in Euro, a day which is also a
day on which the Trans-European Automated Real-Time Gross Settlement Express Transfer (TARGET) System, or any successor thereto, is open, and (iii) for all other purposes, a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks generally
are open in Chicago, London and New York for the conduct of substantially all of their commercial lending activities. 

“Capital Stock” means (i) in the case of any corporation, all capital stock and any securities exchangeable for or
convertible into capital stock and any warrants, rights or other options to purchase or otherwise acquire capital stock or such securities or any other form of equity securities, (ii) in the case of an association or business entity, any and
all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents 

  
 3 

 
(however designated) of corporate stock, (iii) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited) and (iv) any
other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person. 
 “Capitalized Lease” of a Person means any lease of Property by such Person as lessee which would be capitalized on a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 “Capitalized Lease Obligations” of a Person means the amount of the obligations of such Person under
Capitalized Leases which would be shown as a liability on a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. 

“Cash Equivalents” means (i) securities issued directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States
of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof), (ii) Dollar denominated time deposits, certificates of deposit and bankers’
acceptances of (x) any Lender or (y) any bank whose short-term commercial paper rating from S&P is at least investment grade or the equivalent thereof (any such bank, an “Approved Lender”), (iii) commercial paper
issued by any Lender or Approved Lender or by the parent company of any Lender or Approved Lender and commercial paper issued by, or guaranteed by, any industrial or financial company with a short-term commercial paper rating of at least investment
grade or the equivalent thereof, (iv) investment grade bonds and preferred stock of investment grade companies, including but not limited to municipal bonds, corporate bonds, treasury bonds, etc., (v) foreign Investments that are of
similar type of, and that have a rating comparable to, any of the Investments referred to in the preceding clauses (i) through (iv) above, (vi) investments in money market funds substantially all the assets of which are comprised of
securities of the types described in clauses (i) through (v) above and (vii) other securities and financial instruments which offer a security comparable to those listed above.  

“Change in Law” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement (or with respect to any Lender, if later, the
date on which such Lender becomes a Lender), of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation
or application thereof by any Governmental Authority, or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rules, guideline, requirement or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided however, that
notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements and directives thereunder, issued in connection therewith or in implementation
thereof, and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements and directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or
foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law” regardless of the date enacted, adopted, issued or implemented. 

“Change of Control” means (i) a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company shall not be
Continuing Directors; or (ii) any Person, including a “group” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) which includes such Person, shall purchase or otherwise acquire,
directly or indirectly, beneficial ownership of Voting Stock of the Company and, as a result of such purchase or acquisition, any such Person (together with its Affiliates), shall directly or indirectly beneficially own in the aggregate Voting Stock
representing more than 30% of the combined voting power of Company’s Voting Stock. 
 “Charges” is defined
in Section 10.12. 

  
 4 

 “Class”, when used in reference to any Loan or Commitment, refers to
whether such Loan is a Revolving Credit Loan or Incremental Term Loan or such Commitment is a Revolving Credit Commitment or an Incremental Term Loan Commitment. 
 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, reformed or otherwise modified from time to time. 
 “Commitments” means the Revolving Credit Commitments and the Incremental Term Loan Commitments. 
 “Commitment and Acceptance” is defined in Section 2.19. 

“Company” is defined in the preamble hereto. 
 “Company Finance Bonds” means bonds or similar instruments issued by a Governmental Authority or other Person issuing bonds or similar instruments, the net proceeds of which are loaned or
otherwise provided to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with, or otherwise applied to, the acquisition, construction or improvement of the Company’s contemplated new headquarters, and thus directly or indirectly result in
Indebtedness (including as a result of a Capitalized Lease) owing by the Company or a Subsidiary. 
 “Compliance
Certificate” is defined in Section 6.1(iii). 
 “Condemnation” is defined in Section 7.8.

 “Continuing Directors” means individuals who at the beginning of any period of two consecutive calendar
years constituted the board of directors of the Company, together with any new directors whose election by such board of directors or whose nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the members of such board of
directors then still in office who either were members of such board of directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved. 

“Controlled Group” means all members of a controlled group of corporations and all trades or businesses (whether or not
incorporated) under common control which, together with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, are treated as a single employer under Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code. 

“Conversion/Continuation Notice” is defined in Section 2.7. 

“Credit Party” means the Administrative Agent, the Swing Lender, the Issuer, or any other Lender. 

“Default” means an event described in Article VII. 

“Defaulting Lender” means any Lender that (a) has failed, within two Business Days of the date required to be
funded or paid, to (i) fund any portion of its Loans, (ii) fund any portion of its participations in Letters of Credit or Swing Loans or (iii) pay over to any Credit Party any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder, unless,
in the case of clause (i) above, such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent to funding (specifically identified and
including the particular default, if any) has not been satisfied, (b) has 

  
 5 

 
notified the Company or any Credit Party in writing, or has made a public statement to the effect, that it does not intend or expect to comply with any of its funding obligations under this
Agreement (unless such writing or public statement indicates that such position is based on such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) to funding a
loan under this Agreement cannot be satisfied) or generally under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit, (c) has failed, within three Business Days after request by the Administrative Agent, the Swing Lender or the Issuer,
acting in good faith, to provide a certification in writing from an authorized officer of such Lender that it will comply with its obligations (and is financially able to meet such obligations) to fund prospective Loans and participations in then
outstanding Letters of Credit and Swing Loans under this Agreement, provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon such Credit Party’s receipt of such certification in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to it and the Administrative Agent, or (d) has become the subject of a Bankruptcy Event. 

“Designated Financial Officer” means, with respect to any Borrower, its chief financial officer, director of treasury
services, treasurer, assistant treasurer, or similar position. 
 “Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock
that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or
redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part. 
 “Dollars”, “U.S.
Dollars” and “$” means dollars in lawful currency of the United States of America. 
 “Dollar
Equivalent Amount” of any currency at any date shall mean (i) the amount of such currency if such currency is in Dollars or (ii) the Equivalent Amount of Dollars if such currency is any currency other than Dollars. 

“Domestic Loan Party” means a Loan Party which is not a Foreign Subsidiary. 

“Domestic Subsidiary” means each present and future Subsidiary of the Company which is not a Foreign Subsidiary.

 “Domestic Subsidiary Borrower” means each Domestic Subsidiary listed as a Domestic Subsidiary Borrower in
Schedule 1.1(c) as amended from time to time in accordance with Section 8.2.2. 
 “Domestic Subsidiary
Opinion” means with respect to any Domestic Subsidiary Borrower, a legal opinion of counsel to such Domestic Subsidiary Borrower (or the Company) addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders concluding that such Domestic Subsidiary
Borrower and the Loan Documents to which it is a party substantially comply with the matters listed on Exhibit C, with such assumptions, qualifications and deviations therefrom as are reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent. 

“EBIT” means, for any period, the sum of (a) the consolidated net income (or loss) of the Company and its
Subsidiaries for such period determined in conformity with GAAP, plus (b) to the extent deducted in determining such net income, income taxes, and Interest Expense (without, however, giving effect to the proviso to the definition
thereof), and any extraordinary and non-recurring losses and non-cash charges and related tax effects in accordance with GAAP, minus (c) to the extent included in determining such net income, each of the following, without duplication:
(i) the income of any Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Company) in which any Person other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has a joint interest or a 

  
 6 

 
partnership interest or other ownership interest, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions actually paid to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries by such Person
during such period, (ii) the income of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of the Company or is merged into or consolidated with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or that Person’s assets are acquired by the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (iii) gains from the sale, exchange, transfer or other disposition of property or assets not in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and related tax effects in accordance with
GAAP, (iv) any other extraordinary or non-recurring gains or other income not from the continuing operations of the Company or its Subsidiaries, and related tax effects in accordance with GAAP and (v) the income of any Subsidiary of the
Company (other than Subsidiaries which are not material in the aggregate as agreed upon between the Company and the Administrative Agent) to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Subsidiary of that
income is not at the time permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary. 

“Effective Date” means the date on which the conditions precedent set forth in Sections 4.1 and 4.2 are satisfied.

 “Eligible Currency” means any currency other than Dollars (i) that is readily available, (ii) that
is freely traded, (iii) in which deposits are customarily offered to banks in the London interbank market, (iv) that is convertible into Dollars in the international interbank market and (v) as to which a Dollar Equivalent Amount may
be readily calculated. If, after the designation by the Lenders of any currency as an Agreed Currency, (x) currency control or other exchange regulations are imposed in the country in which such currency is issued with the result that different
types of such currency are introduced, (y) such currency is, in the reasonable determination of the Administrative Agent, no longer readily available or freely traded or (z) in the reasonable determination of the Administrative Agent, a
Dollar Equivalent Amount of such currency is not readily calculable, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Company, and such currency shall no longer be an Agreed Currency until such time as all of the Lenders agree to
reinstate such currency as an Agreed Currency and promptly, but in any event within five Business Days of receipt of such notice from the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall repay all Loans in such affected currency or convert such Loans into
Loans in Dollars or another Agreed Currency, subject to the other terms set forth in Article II. 
 “EMU
Legislation” means the legislative measures of the European Union for the introduction of, changeover to or operation of the Euro in one or more member states of the European Union. 

“Environmental Laws” means, with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, any and all federal, state, local
and foreign statutes, laws, judicial decisions, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, plans, injunctions, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements and other governmental restrictions relating to
(a) the protection of the environment, (b) the effect of the environment on human health, (c) emissions, discharges or releases of Hazardous Substances into surface water, ground water or land, or (d) the manufacture, processing,
distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Substances or the clean-up or other remediation thereof, in each case, applicable to the Company’s or any of its Subsidiary’s operations or Property.

 “Equivalent Amount” of any currency with respect to any amount of any other currency at any date means the
equivalent in such currency of such amount of such other currency, calculated on the basis of the arithmetical mean of the buy and sell spot rates of exchange of the Administrative Agent for such currency at 11:00 a.m., London time, on the date on
or as of which such amount is to be determined, or if such rates are not then available, as otherwise reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent. 

  
 7 

 “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of l974, as
amended from time to time, and any rule or regulation issued thereunder. 
 “Euro” or “€”
means the single lawful currency of the European Union as constituted by the treaty establishing the European Community being the Treaty of Rome, as amended from time to time and as referred to in the EMU Legislation. 

“Eurocurrency”, when used in reference to a currency means an Agreed Currency and when used in reference to any Loan or
Borrowing, means that such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, bears interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate. 
 “Eurocurrency Rate” means, with respect to any Eurocurrency Advance for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum equal to the sum of the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such Interest Period
plus the Applicable Margin. 
 “European Commission” means the institution responsible for regulating
competition in Europe. 
 “Excluded Taxes” means, with respect to any payment made by any Loan Party under any
Loan Document, any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient: (a) income or franchise Taxes imposed on (or measured by) net income by the United States of America, or by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such
Recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable lending office is located, (b) any branch profits Taxes imposed by the United States of America or any similar Taxes
imposed by any other jurisdiction in which any Lending Installation of such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, is located, (c) any withholding Tax attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with
Section 3.4(f), (d) in the case of a Non U.S. Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 3.5(b)), any U.S. Federal withholding Taxes resulting from any law in effect (including FATCA) on the
date such Non U.S. Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office) or is attributable to such Non U.S. Lender’s failure to comply with Section 3.4(f), except to the extent that such Non U.S. Lender (or its
assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the applicable Borrower with respect to such withholding Taxes pursuant to Section 3.4(a), (e) any
withholding Taxes imposed by FATCA, and (f) any Tax that could be avoided if the Lender is able to change its Lending Installation (provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Lender shall not be deemed able to change its Lending
Installation if such Lender has used reasonable efforts to do so and is unable to change its Lending Installation for any material reason or such Lender has determined that it is disadvantageous for it to do so). 

“Existing Loan Agreement” means the Loan Agreement dated as of October 19, 2009, as amended, among the Borrowers,
the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as agent for such lenders. 
 “External Subsidiary”
means a Subsidiary of the Company which is not a Loan Party. 
 “Facility Letter of Credit” means a Letter of
Credit issued by an Issuer pursuant to Section 2.15. 
 “Facility Letter of Credit Obligations” means, as
at the time of determination thereof, all liabilities, whether actual or contingent, of a Borrower under Facility Letters of Credit, including the sum of (a) Reimbursement Obligations and, without duplication, (b) the aggregate undrawn
face amount of the outstanding Facility Letters of Credit. 

  
 8 

 “Facility Termination Date” means the earlier to occur of (a) the date
five years after the date of this Agreement or (b) the date on which the Revolving Credit Commitments are terminated pursuant to Article VIII. 
 “FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement and any existing and future regulations or official interpretations thereof. 

“Federal Funds Effective Rate” means, for any day, an interest rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates
on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the immediately preceding Business Day) by the
Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average of the quotations at approximately 10:00 a.m. (Chicago time) on such day on such transactions received by the Administrative
Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing reasonably selected by the Administrative Agent or, when used in connection with any Advance denominated in any Eligible Currency, “Federal Funds Effective Rate” means the
correlative rate of interest with respect to such Eligible Currency as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent for such day. 
 “Financial Contract” of a Person means (a) any exchange-traded or over-the-counter futures, forward, swap or option contract or other financial instrument with similar
characteristics or (b) any Rate Hedging Agreement. 
 “Floating Rate” means, for any day, a rate per annum
equal to the sum of (a) the Applicable Margin plus (b) the Alternate Base Rate for such day, in each case changing when and as the Alternate Base Rate changes. 
 “Floating Rate Loan” or “Floating Rate Advance” means a Loan which bears interest at the Floating Rate. 

“Foreign Currency Loan” or “Foreign Currency Advance” means any Loan or other Advance denominated in
any Available Foreign Currency. 
 “Foreign Loan Party” means a Loan Party which is a Foreign Subsidiary.

 “Foreign Subsidiary” means each Subsidiary organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside of the United
States. 
 “Foreign Subsidiary Borrower” means each Foreign Subsidiary listed as a Foreign Subsidiary Borrower
in Schedule 1.1(c), as amended from time to time in accordance with Section 8.2.2. 
 “Foreign Subsidiary
Opinion” means with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, a legal opinion of counsel to such Foreign Subsidiary Borrower (or the Company) addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders concluding that such Foreign Subsidiary
Borrower and the Loan Documents to which it is a party substantially comply with the matters listed on Exhibit D, with such assumptions, qualifications and deviations therefrom as are reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent. 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect from time to time.

  
 9 

 “Governmental Authority” means any nation or government, any state, or
other political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government. 
 “Guarantee Obligation” means as to any Person (the “guaranteeing person”), any obligation, including a reimbursement, counterindemnity or similar obligation, of the
guaranteeing Person that guarantees or in effect guarantees, or which is given to induce the creation of a separate obligation by another Person (including any bank under any letter of credit) that guarantees or in effect guarantees, any
Indebtedness, leases, dividends or other obligations (the “primary obligations”) of any other third Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of the
guaranteeing person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (1) for the purchase or payment of any such
primary obligation or (2) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the
purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such primary obligation against loss in
respect thereof; provided, however, that the term Guarantee Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Guarantee Obligation of any
guaranteeing person shall be deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made and (b) the maximum amount for which such
guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee Obligation, unless such primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in
which case the amount of such Guarantee Obligation shall be such guaranteeing person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the Borrowers in good faith. 

“Guarantor” means (a) with respect to the Obligations of the Subsidiary Borrowers, the Company and each present and
future Domestic Subsidiary of the Company required to execute a Guaranty pursuant to Section 2.18 and any other Person executing a Guaranty with respect thereto at any time, and (b) with respect to the Obligations of the Company, each
present and future Domestic Subsidiary of the Company required to execute a Guaranty pursuant to Section 2.18 and any other Person executing a Guaranty with respect thereto at any time. 

“Guaranty” means, with respect to the Company, the guarantee contained in Article IX and, with respect to any other
Guarantor, each guaranty agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit E hereto or, in the case of Foreign Subsidiaries that are Guarantors, if any, such other form agreed to by the Administrative Agent and the Company duly executed and delivered
by each such Guarantor to the Administrative Agent, including any amendment, modification, renewal or replacement of such guaranty agreement; provided, however, that no Foreign Subsidiary shall be a Guarantor of any Obligations of the
Company or a Domestic Subsidiary Borrower. 
 “Hazardous Substances” means any material or substance:
(1) which is or becomes defined as a hazardous substance, pollutant, or contaminant, pursuant to the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA”) (42 USC §9601 et. seq.) as amended
and regulations promulgated under it; (2) containing gasoline, oil, diesel fuel or other petroleum products; (3) which is or becomes defined as hazardous waste pursuant to the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (“RCRA”) (42
USC §6901 et. seq.) as amended and regulations promulgated under it; (4) containing polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs); (5) containing asbestos; (6) which is radioactive; (7) the presence of which requires
investigation or remediation under any Environmental Law; (8) which is or becomes defined or identified as a 

  
 10 

 
hazardous waste, hazardous substance, hazardous or toxic chemical, pollutant, contaminant, or biologically Hazardous Substance under any Environmental Law. 

“Hostile Acquisition” means the Acquisition of the Capital Stock of a Person (the “Target”) through a
tender offer or similar solicitation of the owners of such Capital Stock which has not been approved prior to such acquisition by resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Target or by similar action if the Target is not a corporation (and which
approval has not been withdrawn). 
 “Increase Effective Date” is defined in Section 2.19. 

“Increase Notice” is defined in Section 2.19. 

“Incremental Term Loan Amendment” is defined in Section 2.19. 

“Incremental Term Loan Commitment” is defined in Section 2.19. 

“Incremental Term Loan Exposure” means as at any date of determination with respect to any Lender, the sum of the
aggregate unpaid principal amount of such Lender’s Incremental Term Loan on such date, if any. 
 “Incremental Term
Loans” is defined in Section 2.19. 
 “Indebtedness” of a Person means, without duplication, such
Person’s (a) obligations for borrowed money or similar obligations, (b) obligations representing the deferred purchase price of Property or services (other than accounts payable and/or accrued expenses and commercial Letters of Credit
with respect to the foregoing, in each case arising in the ordinary course of such Person’s business payable in accordance with customary practices), (c) obligations which are evidenced by notes, acceptances, or other instruments (other
than Financial Contracts), to the extent of the amounts actually borrowed, due, payable or drawn, as the case may be, (d) Capitalized Lease Obligations, (e) all obligations in respect of Letters of Credit (other than commercial Letters of
Credit referenced in clause (b) above), whether drawn or undrawn, contingent or otherwise, (f) any other obligation for borrowed money or other financial accommodation which in accordance with GAAP would be shown as a liability on the
consolidated balance sheet of such Person, (g) Off-Balance Sheet Liabilities and Receivables Indebtedness, (h) Guarantee Obligations with respect to any of the foregoing and (i) all obligations of the kind referred to in the foregoing
clauses secured by (or for which the holder of such obligation has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property (including accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, whether or not such Person has
assumed or become liable for the payment of such obligation, provided that, if such Person has not assumed such obligations, then the amount of Indebtedness of such Person for purposes of this clause (i) shall be equal to
the lesser of the amount of the obligations of the holder of such obligations and the fair market value of the assets of such Person which secure such obligations. 
 “Indemnified Taxes” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) Other Taxes.

 “Integrated Service Contract” means a contract pursuant to which the Company and/or a Subsidiary provides
both equipment and services to an customer. 
 “Integrated Service Contract Debt” means Indebtedness of a type
described on Schedule 1.1(b) 

  
 11 

 “Interest Coverage Ratio” means, as of the end of any fiscal quarter, the
ratio of (a) EBIT to (b) Interest Expense, in each case calculated for the four consecutive fiscal quarters then ending, on a consolidated basis for the Company and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP. 

“Interest Expense” means, with respect to any period, the aggregate of all interest expense reported by the Company and
its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP during such period, net of any cash interest income received by the Company and its Subsidiaries during such period from Investments, provided that any Interest Expense on the portion of Integrated Service
Contract Debt that is excluded from Total Debt shall be excluded from Interest Expense. As used in this definition, the term “interest” shall include, without limitation, all interest, fees and costs payable with respect to the obligations
under this Agreement (other than fees and costs which may be capitalized as transaction costs in accordance with GAAP), any discount in respect of sales of accounts receivable and/or related contract rights and the interest portion of Capitalized
Lease payments during such period, all as determined in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Interest Period” means with
respect to any Eurocurrency Loan: 
 (a) initially, the period commencing on the borrowing or conversion date, as
the case may be, with respect to such Eurocurrency Loan and ending one, two, three, or six months thereafter, or such other period as agreed upon by the Lenders making such Eurocurrency Loan, as selected by the relevant Borrower in its notice of
borrowing or notice of conversion, as the case may be, given with respect thereto; and 
 (b) thereafter, each
period commencing on the last day of the next preceding Interest Period applicable to such Eurocurrency Loan and ending one, two, three or six months thereafter, or such other period as agreed upon by the Lenders, as selected by the relevant
Borrower by irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent not less than three Business Days prior to the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto; 
 provided that, all of the foregoing provisions relating to Interest Periods are subject to the following: 
 (i) if any Interest Period pertaining to a Eurocurrency Loan would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the
result of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month in which event such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day; 

(ii) any Interest Period applicable to a Eurocurrency Loan that would otherwise extend beyond the Facility Termination
Date, may be elected but shall end on the Facility Termination Date (and such Loan shall be due and payable on the Facility Termination Date and any amounts due under Section 3.4 shall be payable) unless the Facility Termination Date is
extended on or before the last day of such Interest Period to a date beyond the end of such Interest Period; and 

(iii) any Interest Period pertaining to a Eurocurrency Loan that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or
on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of a calendar month. 

  
 12 

 “Investment” of a Person means any loan, advance (other than commission,
travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business), extension of credit (other than accounts receivable and/or accrued expenses arising in the ordinary course of business payable in accordance with
customary practices and loans to employees in the ordinary course of business) or contribution of capital by such Person; stocks, bonds, mutual funds, partnership interests, notes, debentures or other securities owned by such Person; and structured
notes, derivative financial instruments and other similar instruments or contracts owned by such Person (other than Financial Contracts). 
 “IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service. 

“Issuers” or “Issuer” means (i) JPMorgan Chase, and (ii) any Lending Installation of JPMorgan
Chase as JPMorgan Chase may determine to be the issuer for any Facility Letter of Credit. 
 “Joinder
Agreement” means the Joinder Agreement to be entered into by each Subsidiary Borrower subsequent to the date hereof pursuant to Section 8.2.2, substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto. 

“JPMorgan Chase” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., a national banking association, and any successor-in-interest thereto.

 “Judgment Currency” is defined in Section 16.6. 

“Lenders” means the lending institutions listed on the signature pages of this Agreement or otherwise party hereto as a
Lender from time to time, and their respective successors and, to the extent permitted by Section 13.1, assigns. 

“Lending Installation” means, with respect to a Lender or the Administrative Agent, any office, branch, subsidiary or
Affiliate of such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be. 
 “Letter of Credit” of a Person
means a letter of credit or similar instrument which is issued upon the application of such Person or upon which such Person is an account party or for which such Person is in any way liable. 

“Letter of Credit Collateral Account” is defined in Section 2.15.7. 

“LIBO Rate” means, with respect to any Eurocurrency Advance for any Interest Period, the rate appearing on, in the case
of Dollars, Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page and, in the case of any Available Foreign Currency, the appropriate page of such service which displays British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rates for deposits in such Available Foreign Currency
(or, in each case, on any successor or substitute page of such service, or any successor to or substitute for such service, providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided on such page of such service, as reasonably determined by
the Administrative Agent from time to time for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates applicable to deposits in the relevant Agreed Currency in the London interbank market) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two (2) Business
Days prior to (or, in the case of Loans denominated in Pounds Sterling, on the day of) the commencement of such Interest Period, as the rate for deposits in the relevant Agreed Currency with a maturity comparable to such Interest Period. If such
rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “LIBO Rate” with respect to such Eurocurrency Advance for such Interest Period shall be the rate at which deposits in the relevant Agreed Currency in an Equivalent Amount of
$5,000,000 and for a maturity comparable to such Interest Period are offered by the principal London office of the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds in the London interbank market at approximately

  
 13 

 
11:00 a.m., London time, two (2) Business Days prior to (or, in the case of Loans denominated in Pounds Sterling, on the day of) the commencement of such Interest Period. 

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance,
charge or security interest in, on or of such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect
as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities. 

“Loan” means, with respect to a Lender, such Lender’s Revolving Credit Loans and Incremental Term Loans, and, with
respect to the Swing Lender, Swing Loans. 
 “Loan Documents” means this Agreement, the Notes, any Guaranties,
any Rate Hedging Agreements with any Lenders or their Affiliates and the other agreements, certificates and other documents contemplated hereby or executed or delivered pursuant hereto by any Borrower or any Guarantor at any time with or in favor of
the Administrative Agent or any Lender. 
 “Loan Party” means any Borrower or Guarantor. 

“Mandatory Costs” is defined on Exhibit G. 
 “Margin Stock” means “margin stock” as defined in Regulations U or X or “marginable OTC stock” or “foreign margin stock” within the meaning of Regulation T.

 “Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (i) the business, Property, operations or
condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (ii) the ability of the Borrowers and Guarantors, taken as a whole, to pay the Obligations under the Loan Documents, or (iii) the validity or
enforceability of any of the Loan Documents or the rights or remedies of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders thereunder. 

“Maximum Rate” is defined in Section 10.12. 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and any successor-in-interest thereto. 

“Multiemployer Plan” means a plan defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA to which the Company or any member of the
Controlled Group has an obligation to contribute. 
 “Net Worth” means, as of any date, the amount of any
capital stock, paid in capital and similar equity accounts plus (or minus in the case of a deficit) the capital surplus and retained earnings of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, all as determined in accordance with GAAP.

 “Non-U.S. Lender” means a Lender that is not a U.S. Person. 

“Notes” is defined in Section 2.2.3. 
 “Obligations” means collectively, the unpaid principal of and interest on the Loans, all obligations and liabilities pursuant to the Facility Letters of Credit, all Rate Hedging
Obligations of each Borrower and each Guarantor to the Administrative Agent, each Lender and their respective Affiliates, and all other obligations and liabilities of each Borrower and each Guarantor to the Administrative Agent

  
 14 

 
or the Lenders under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, interest accruing at the then applicable rate provided in this Agreement or any other applicable
Loan Document after the maturity of the Loans and interest accruing at the then applicable rate provided in this Agreement or any other applicable Loan Document after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency,
reorganization or like proceeding, relating to any Borrower or any Guarantor, as the case may be, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent,
due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any other document made, delivered or given in connection therewith, in each case whether
on account of principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses or otherwise (including, without limitation, all reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent or to the Lenders that are
required to be paid by any Borrower or any Guarantor pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document). 

“Off-Balance Sheet Liability” of a Person means (i) any obligation under a Sale and Leaseback Transaction which is
not a Capital Lease Obligation, (ii) any so-called “synthetic lease” or “tax ownership operating lease” transaction entered into by such Person, (iii) any factoring or similar sale of accounts receivable and related
rights (including without limitation pursuant to any Permitted Factoring, under an Integrated Service Contract, or otherwise in connection with the incurrence of Integrated Service Contract Debt, but excluding any Permitted Securitization), or
(iv) any other transaction (excluding operating leases for purposes of this clause (iv)) which is the functional equivalent of or takes the place of borrowing but which does not constitute a liability on the balance sheet of such Person; in all
of the foregoing cases, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the outstanding amount of any Off-Balance Sheet Liability shall be calculated based on the aggregate outstanding amount of obligations outstanding under the legal documents
entered into as part of any such transaction on any date of determination that would be characterized as principal if such transaction were structured as a secured lending transaction, whether or not shown as a liability on a consolidated balance
sheet of such Person, in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. 
 “Other Connection
Taxes” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Taxes (other than a connection arising from such Recipient having executed,
delivered, enforced, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, or engaged in any other transaction pursuant to, or enforced, any Loan Document, or sold or assigned
an interest in any Loan Document). 
 “Other Taxes” means any present or future stamp, court, documentary,
intangible, recording, filing or similar excise or property Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, or from the registration, receipt or perfection of a security
interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment under Section 3.5(b)). 

“Parent” means, with respect to any Lender, any Person as to which such Lender is, directly or indirectly, a subsidiary.

 “Participant” is defined in Section 13.1. 

“Payment Date” means the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December occurring after the Effective
Date, commencing September 30, 2011. 

  
 15 

 “PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or any successor
thereto. 
 “Permitted Encumbrances” means: 

(a) Liens imposed by law or any Governmental Authority for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies that
are not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which adequate reserves have been set aside in accordance with GAAP; 

(b) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and other like Liens
imposed by law, arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than 60 days or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which adequate reserves have been set
aside in accordance with GAAP; 
 (c) pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business in
compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations; 
 (d) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case in the
ordinary course of business; 
 (e) judgment liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute a Default
under Section 7.9; 
 (f) easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way and similar encumbrances on
real property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business that do not secure any monetary obligations and do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of the
Borrower or any Subsidiary; and 
 (g) precautionary financing statement filings in connection with operating
leases. 
 provided that the term “Permitted Encumbrances” shall not include any Lien securing Indebtedness. 

“Permitted Factoring” means a factoring or similar sale of accounts receivable and related rights and property on a
non-recourse basis by a Foreign Subsidiary which is not entered into in connection with or as part of a Permitted Securitization and is not Integrated Service Contract Debt, in each case pursuant to documentation reasonably customary for such
transactions. 
 “Permitted Securitization” means any receivables financing program providing for the sale of
accounts receivable and related rights and property by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to an SPC in transactions purporting to be sales (and treated as sales for GAAP purposes), which SPC shall finance the purchase of such assets by the sale,
transfer, conveyance, lien or pledge of such assets to one or more limited purpose financing companies, special purpose entities and/or other financial institutions, in each case pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and permitted under Section 6.20. 
 “Person” means any natural
person, corporation, firm, joint venture, limited liability company, partnership, association, enterprise, company or other entity or organization, or any government or political subdivision or any agency, department or instrumentality thereof.

  
 16 

 “Plan” means an employee pension benefit plan which is covered by Title IV
of ERISA or subject to the minimum funding standards under Section 412 of the Code as to which the Company or any member of the Controlled Group has any obligation to contribute to on or after the Effective Date. 

“Prime Rate” means the per annum rate announced or established by the Administrative Agent from time to time as its
“prime rate” (it being acknowledged that such announced rate may not necessarily be the lowest rate charged by the Administrative Agent to any of its customers) or the corporate base rate of interest announced or established by the
Administrative Agent or, when used in connection with any Advance denominated in any Eligible Currency, “Prime Rate” means the correlative floating rate of interest customarily applicable to similar extensions of credit to corporate
borrowers denominated in such currency in the country of issue, as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent, which Prime Rate shall change simultaneously with any change in such announced or established rates. 

“Pro Rata Share” means, for each Lender, the ratio of such Lender’s Commitment (calculated using the Dollar
Equivalent Amount thereof) to the Aggregate Commitments, provided that (a) with respect to Revolving Credit Loans, Facility Letters of Credit, Swing Loans and facility fees with respect to the Revolving Credit Commitment, Pro Rata Share
means, for each Lender, the ratio such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment bears to the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments, and (b) with respect to Incremental Term Loans, Pro Rata Share means, for each Lender, the ratio that such
Lender’s Incremental Term Loan bears to the aggregate amount of all Incremental Term Loans. If at any time the Commitments have been terminated, the amount of any Commitment for the purposes of this definition of “Pro Rata Share” only
shall be deemed equal to the amount of such Commitment immediately prior to its termination. 
 “Property” of a
Person means any and all property, whether real, personal, movable, immovable, tangible, intangible, or mixed, of such Person, or other assets owned, leased or operated by such Person. 

“Proposed New Lender” is defined in Section 2.19. 

“Rate Hedging Agreement” means an agreement, device or arrangement providing for payments which are related to
fluctuations of interest rates, exchange rates or forward rates, including, but not limited to, dollar-denominated or cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements, forward currency exchange agreements, interest rate cap or collar protection
agreements, forward rate currency or interest rate options, puts and warrants. 
 “Rate Hedging Obligations” of
a Person means any and all obligations of such Person, whether absolute or contingent and howsoever and whensoever created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and substitutions therefor),
under (a) any and all Rate Hedging Agreements, and (b) any and all cancellations, buy backs, reversals, terminations or assignments of any Rate Hedging Agreement. 
 “Receivables Indebtedness” means, at any time and without duplication, the aggregate amount of outstanding obligations incurred by the Company and its Subsidiaries (including any SPC) in
connection with a Permitted Securitization that would be characterized as principal if such Permitted Securitization in its entirety were structured as a secured lending transaction rather than a purchase (regardless, in either case, of whether any
liability of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof in respect of related accounts receivable and related rights and property would be required to be reflected on a balance sheet of such Person in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles). 
 “Recipient” means, as applicable, (a) the Administrative Agent, (b) the Swing Lender,
(c) any Lender and (d) any Issuer. 

  
 17 

 “Regulation D” means Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System as from time to time in effect and any successor thereto or other regulation or official interpretation of said Board of Governors relating to reserve requirements applicable to member banks of the Federal Reserve System. 

“Regulation T” means Regulation T of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect
and any successor or other regulation or official interpretation of said Board of Governors. 
 “Regulation U”
means Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect and any successor or other regulation or official interpretation of said Board of Governors. 

“Regulation X” means Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect
and any successor or other regulation or official interpretation of said Board of Governors. 
 “Reimbursement
Obligations” means, at any time, the aggregate of the obligations of the Borrowers to the Lenders and the Issuers in respect of all unreimbursed payments or disbursements made by the Issuers and the Lenders under or in respect of the
Facility Letters of Credit. 
 “Related Parties” means, with respect to any specified Person, such
Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates. 
 “Release” means any release, spill, leak, discharge or leaching of any Hazardous Substances into the environment in violation of any Environmental Law. 

“Remedial Action” means an action to address a Release or other violation of Environmental Laws required by any
Environmental Law. 
 “Reportable Event” means a reportable event as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA and
the regulations issued under such section with respect to a Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA, excluding, however, such events as to which the PBGC by regulation waived the requirement of Section 4043(a) of ERISA that it be notified within 30
days of the occurrence of such event, provided, however, that a failure to meet the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code and of Section 302 of ERISA shall be a Reportable Event regardless of the issuance of any such
waiver of the notice requirement in accordance with Section 4043(a) of ERISA or of the minimum funding standard under Section 412(c) of the Code. 
 “Required Lenders” means (a) at any time prior to the termination of the Commitments, Lenders holding greater than 50% of the Aggregate Commitments (with the amount of the
Incremental Term Loan Commitments after funding thereof based on the outstanding amount of the Incremental Term Loans); and (b) at any time after the termination of the Commitments, Lenders whose Aggregate Outstandings aggregate greater than
50% of the Aggregate Outstandings of all Lenders. 
 “Requirement of Law” means as to any Person, the
certificate of incorporation and by-laws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to
or binding upon such Person or any of its Property or to which such Person or any of its Property is subject 

  
 18 

 
(including without limitation any of the foregoing referenced in the Patriot Act Certificate of the Loan Parties dated the Effective Date). 

“Reserve Requirement” means, with respect to an Interest Period for Eurocurrency Loans, the maximum aggregate reserve
requirement (including all basic, supplemental, marginal and other reserves), assessments or similar requirements under any regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction with
respect thereto dealing with reserve requirements prescribed for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D). 
 “Revolving Credit Commitment” means, as to any Lender at any time, its obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans to the Borrowers under Section 2.1 in an aggregate amount not to
exceed at any time outstanding the Dollar Equivalent amount of the U.S. Dollar amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule 1.1(a) under the heading “Revolving Credit Commitment” or as otherwise established pursuant
to Section 13.1, as such amount may be reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to Sections 2.4, 2.19, 13.1 or any other applicable provisions hereof. 
 “Revolving Credit Commitment Increase” is defined in Section 2.19. 
 “Revolving Credit Lender” means any Lender with a Revolving Credit Commitment or, after the termination of all Revolving Credit Commitments, any Lender with any Aggregate Revolving Credit
Outstandings. 
 “Revolving Credit Loans” means, with respect to a Lender, such Lender’s revolving credit
loans made pursuant to Section 2.1. 
 “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, a
division of The McGraw Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor-in-interest thereto. 
 “Sale and Leaseback
Transaction” means any sale or other transfer of property by any Person with the intent to lease or use such Property as lessee or in any other similar capacity. 
 “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any governmental authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Section” means a numbered section of this Agreement, unless another document is specifically referenced. 

“Significant Subsidiary” means each present or future subsidiary of the Company which would constitute a
“significant subsidiary” within the meaning of Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X as currently in effect promulgated by the SEC. 
 “Single Employer Plan” means a Plan which is maintained by the Company or any member of the Controlled Group for employees of the Company or any member of the Controlled Group.

 “SPC” means a special purpose, bankruptcy-remote Person formed for the sole and exclusive purpose of
engaging in activities in connection with the purchase, sale and financing of accounts receivable and related rights and property in connection with and pursuant to a Permitted Securitization. 

  
 19 

 “Subsidiary” of a Person means (a) any corporation more than 50% of
the outstanding securities having ordinary voting power of which shall at the time be owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or by one or more of its Subsidiaries or by such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries, or
(b) any partnership, limited liability company, association, joint venture or similar business organization more than 50% of the ownership interests having ordinary voting power of which shall at the time be so owned or controlled. Unless
otherwise expressly provided, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of the Company. 

“Subsidiary Borrowers” means Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers and Domestic Subsidiary Borrowers. 

“Substantial Portion” means, with respect to the Property of the Company and its Subsidiaries, Property which
(a) represents more than 15% of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as would be shown in the consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the beginning of the twelve-month period ending
with the most recent month prior to such determination is made for which consolidated Company financial statements are available, (b) is responsible for more than 15% of the consolidated net sales of the Company and its Subsidiaries as
reflected in the financial statements referred to in clause (a) above, (c) represents more than 25% of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as would be shown in the consolidated financial statements of the Company
and its Subsidiaries as of the Effective Date or (d) is responsible for more than 25% of the consolidated net sales of the Company and its Subsidiaries as reflected in the financial statements referred to in clause (c) above. 

“Swing Lender” means JPMorgan Chase, together with its Lending Installations. 

“Swing Loan” is defined in Section 2.16. 
 “Syndication Agents” means PNC Bank, National Association and U.S. Bank National Association, in their capacities as syndication agents for the credit facility evidenced by this
Agreement. 
 “Tangible Net Worth” means, as of any date, the difference of (i) Net Worth, minus
(ii) to the extent included in determining the amount under the foregoing clause (i), the net book value of goodwill, cost in excess of fair value of net assets acquired, patents, trademarks, tradenames and copyrights, treasury stock and all
other assets which are deemed intangible assets under GAAP. 
 “Taxes” means any present or future taxes,
levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto. 

“Total Assets” means the total assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP.

 “Total Debt” as of any date, means all of the following for the Company and its Subsidiaries on a
consolidated basis and without duplication: (i) all debt for borrowed money and similar monetary obligations evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures, Capitalized Lease Obligations or otherwise, including without limitation obligations in respect
of the deferred purchase price of properties or assets, in each case whether direct or indirect (other than accounts payable and/or accrued expenses and commercial Letters of Credit with respect to the foregoing, in each case arising in the ordinary
course of such Person’s business payable in accordance with customary practices); (ii) all reimbursement obligations under outstanding Letters of Credit (other than commercial Letters of Credit referenced in clause (i) above) in
respect of drafts which (A) may be presented or (B) have been presented and have not yet been paid and are not included in clause (i) above; (iii) all Off-Balance Sheet Liabilities and Receivables Indebtedness; (iv) all
Guarantee Obligations of 

  
 20 

 
indebtedness or liabilities of the type described in the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) and (v) all obligations of the kind referred to in the foregoing clauses (i),
(ii) or (iii) secured by (or for which the holder of such obligation has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property (including accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, whether or not such
Person has assumed or become liable for the payment of such obligation, provided that, if such Person has not assumed such obligations, then the amount of debt of such Person for purposes of this clause (v) shall be equal
to the lesser of the amount of the obligations of the holder of such obligations and the fair market value of the assets of such Person which secure such obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) each of the following shall be excluded
from, and not considered part of, Total Debt: (1) money borrowed by the Company against the cash value of life insurance policies owned by the Company; (2) Integrated Service Contract Debt up to an aggregate amount at any time outstanding
not in excess of $125,000,000; (3) Indebtedness consisting of avals by any of the Company’s Subsidiaries for the benefit of, and with respect to obligations which are not classified as Indebtedness of, any of the Company’s other
Subsidiaries which are entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with standard business practices, (4) Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.14(x), and (5) any Off-Balance Sheet Liabilities arising in connection
with (x) any sale of accounts or lease receivables under an Integrated Service Contract to the extent relating to the product (as opposed to the service) portion of the Integrated Service Contract, or otherwise in connection with the incurrence
of Integrated Service Contract Debt, or (y) any other sale of accounts or lease receivables that is not part of an ongoing factoring or similar program (including a Permitted Factoring that is not part of an ongoing factoring or similar
program) and do not arise under an Integrated Service Contract or otherwise in connection with the incurrence of Integrated Service Contract Debt, in each case to the extent such transferred accounts or lease receivables are non-recourse to any of
the Company or its Subsidiaries; and (b) if the Company of any of its Subsidiaries purchases and is the holder of any Company Finance Bonds, (i) the Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries incurred in connection therewith
(such as pursuant to a loan of proceeds thereof to the Company or a Subsidiary or a Capitalized Lease of real property acquired and/or improved with the proceeds thereof) and (ii) the Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
incurred to purchase the Company Finance Bonds shall be deemed duplicative (and accordingly netted and not double counted in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Company and the Administrative Agent) for purposes of determining Total Debt.

 “Total Net Debt” means, at any time, Total Debt minus all Unencumbered Cash with maturities of less than one
year of the Company and its Subsidiaries calculated on a consolidated basis, as calculated in accordance with GAAP. 

“Total Net Debt to Capitalization Ratio” means the ratio of Total Net Debt to the sum of (a) Total Net Debt plus
(b) Net Worth, as calculated in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Transferee” is defined in Section 13.2.

 “Type” means, with respect to any Advance, its nature as a Floating Rate Advance or Eurocurrency Advance.

 “Unencumbered Cash” means all cash and Cash Equivalents owned by the Company or any Subsidiary free and
clear of any Lien (other than Liens permitted under Section 6.12(ix)), provided that (i) any cash and Cash Equivalents subject to any cash pooling arrangement or cash management in respect of netting services and similar arrangements shall
be considered Unencumbered Cash only to the extent, with respect to any such arrangements, that the total amount of cash and Cash Equivalent on deposit subject to such arrangements equals or exceeds the total amount of overdrafts or similar
obligations subject thereto and (ii) Company Finance Bonds shall in no event be considered Unencumbered Cash. 

  
 21 

 “Unfunded Liabilities” means the amount (if any) by which the actuarial
present value of all benefit liabilities under a Single Employer Plan exceeds the fair market value of all such Plan assets allocable to such benefit liabilities, all determined as of the then most recent valuation date for such Plan in accordance
with Section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA. 
 “Unmatured Default” means an event which but for the lapse of time
or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a Default. 
 “U.S. Dollar Loans” means any Loan denominated
in U.S. Dollars. 
 “U.S. Person” means a “United States person” within the meaning of
Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code. 
 “U.S. Tax Certificate” has the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 3.4(f)(ii)(D)(2). 
 “Voting Stock” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such Person
then outstanding and normally entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers, trustees or similar persons thereof. 

“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of a Person means any other Person of which 100% of the outstanding Voting Stock of which
shall at the time be owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person, or by such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person. 

“Withholding Agent” means, as applicable, any Loan Party or the Administrative Agent. 

1.2 Rules of Construction. All terms defined in Section 1.1 shall include both the singular and the plural forms thereof and
shall be construed accordingly. Use of the terms “herein”, “hereof”, and “hereunder” shall be deemed references to this Agreement in its entirety and not to the Section or clause in which such term
appears. References to “Sections” and “subsections” shall be to Sections and subsections, respectively, of this Agreement unless otherwise specifically provided. Notwithstanding anything herein, in any financial
statements of the Company or in GAAP to the contrary, for purposes of calculating the Applicable Margin and of calculating and determining compliance with the financial covenants in Sections 6.17 and 6.18, including defined terms used therein, any
Acquisitions made by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations and including the incurrence of all Indebtedness related thereto and any other related financial transactions, during the period for which such
financial covenants were calculated shall be deemed to have occurred on the first day of the relevant period for which such financial covenants and the Applicable Margin were calculated on a pro forma basis reasonably acceptable to the
Administrative Agent. 
 1.3 Accounting Terms; GAAP. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an
accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided that, if the Company notifies the Administrative Agent that the Company requests an amendment to any provision hereof to
eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Company that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any
provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP without giving effect to such change
in GAAP or in the application thereof that is the subject of such notice until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith. 

  
 22 

 1.4. Redenomination of Certain Foreign Currencies. (a) Each obligation of any
party to this Agreement to make a payment denominated in the national currency unit of any member state of the European Union that adopts the Euro as its lawful currency after the Effective Date shall be redenominated into Euro at the time of such
adoption (in accordance with the EMU Legislation). If, in relation to the currency of any such member state, the basis of accrual of interest expressed in this Agreement in respect of that currency shall be inconsistent with any convention or
practice in the London Interbank Market for the basis of accrual of interest in respect of the Euro, such expressed basis shall be replaced by such convention or practice with effect from the date on which such member state adopts the Euro as its
lawful currency; provided that if any Borrowing in the currency of such member state is outstanding immediately prior to such date, such replacement shall take effect, with respect to such Borrowing, at the end of the then current Interest Period.

 (b) Without prejudice and in addition to any method of conversion or rounding prescribed by any EMU Legislation and
(i) without limiting the liability of any Borrower for any amount due under this Agreement and (ii) without increasing any Commitment of any Lender, all references in this Agreement to minimum amounts (or integral multiples thereof)
denominated in the national currency unit of any member state of the European Union that adopts the Euro as its lawful currency after the Effective Date shall, immediately upon such adoption, be replaced by references to such minimum amounts (or
integral multiples thereof) as shall be specified herein with respect to Borrowings denominated in Euros. 
 (c) Each provision
of this Agreement shall be subject to such reasonable changes of construction as the Administrative Agent may with the Company’s agreement from time to time specify to be appropriate to reflect the adoption of the Euro by any member state of
the European Union and any relevant market conventions or practices relating to the Euro or any other Available Foreign Currency. 
 ARTICLE II 
 THE CREDITS 

2.1 Commitments. From and including the Effective Date and prior to the Facility Termination Date, each Lender severally agrees,
on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, to make Revolving Credit Loans in Agreed Currencies to the Borrowers from time to time so long as after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent repayment of Loans the Aggregate Revolving
Credit Outstandings of each Lender are equal to or less than its Revolving Credit Commitment. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Borrowers may borrow, repay and reborrow Revolving Credit Loans at any time prior to the Facility Termination
Date. The Revolving Credit Loans that are U.S. Dollar Loans may be Floating Rate Loans or Eurocurrency Loans, or a combination thereof selected in accordance with Sections 2.3 and 2.7. The Revolving Credit Loans that are Foreign Currency Loans
shall be Eurocurrency Loans selected in accordance with Sections 2.3 and 2.7. The Revolving Credit Commitments to lend hereunder shall expire on the Facility Termination Date. 
 2.2 Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt. 
 2.2.1 Each Borrower hereby each
unconditionally promise to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender in the relevant Agreed Currency the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Credit Loan of such Lender made to such Borrower (on a several, not joint
and several, basis, but subject, for the avoidance of doubt, to the Guarantee contained in Article IX) on the Facility Termination Date and on such other dates and in such other amounts as may be required from time to time

  
 23 

 
under the terms of this Agreement. Each Borrower hereby further agree to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender interest in the relevant Agreed Currency on the unpaid
principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loans made to such Borrower (on a several, not joint and several, basis, but subject, for the avoidance of doubt, to the Guarantee contained in Article IX) from time to time outstanding until payment thereof
in full at the rates per annum, and on the dates, set forth in Section 2.8. 
 2.2.2 The books and records of the
Administrative Agent and of each Lender shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrowers therein recorded; provided, however, that
the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain any such books and records or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrowers to repay (with applicable interest) the Loans made to such Borrowers by
such Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. 
 2.2.3 The Borrowers agree that, upon the request to the
Administrative Agent by any Lender from time to time and the subsequent request to the Company by the Administrative Agent, the relevant Borrowers will execute and deliver to such Lender promissory notes evidencing the Loans of any such requesting
Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit H with appropriate insertions as to date, currency and principal amount (each, a “Note”); provided, that the delivery of such Notes shall not be a condition precedent to the
Effective Date or any Advance. 
 2.3 Procedures for Borrowing. Each Borrower may borrow under the Revolving Credit
Commitments, in each case from time to time prior to the Facility Termination Date on any Business Day. The applicable Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice (which notice must be received by the Administrative Agent prior
to (a) if such Loan is denominated in any Available Foreign Currency, 11:00 a.m., London time three Business Days prior to the requested Borrowing Date, and (b) if such Loan is denominated in Dollars, 11:00 a.m., Chicago time three
Business Days prior to the requested Borrowing Date if all or any part of the requested Revolving Credit Loans are to be Eurocurrency Loans or one Business Day prior to the requested Borrowing Date if all or any part of the requested Revolving
Credit Loans are to be Floating Rate Loans) specifying in each case (i) the amount to be borrowed, (ii) the requested Borrowing Date, (iii) the Agreed Currency thereof, (iv) whether such Loan is a Floating Rate Loan or a
Eurocurrency Loan (and such Loan shall be a Eurocurrency Loan if it is denominated in any Available Foreign Currency), (v) if applicable, the length of the initial Interest Period therefor and (vi) the applicable Borrower. Each borrowing
shall be in an Agreed Currency. Each such borrowing shall be in an amount equal to an amount in the relevant Agreed Currency which is 5,000,000 units or a whole multiple of 1,000,000 units in excess thereof or such other amounts as may be agreed
upon between the applicable Borrower and the Administrative Agent. Upon receipt of any such notice from any such Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders with respect to such Borrowing. Not later than 1:00 p.m., local
time of the Administrative Agent’s funding office for such Borrower, on the requested Borrowing Date, each Lender shall make an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of the principal amount of such Revolving Credit Loans requested to be made on
such Borrowing Date available to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s funding office for such Borrower specified by the Administrative Agent from time to time by notice to the Lenders and in immediately available or other same
day funds customarily used for settlement in the relevant Agreed Currency. The amounts made available by each Lender will then be made available to the relevant Borrower at the funding office for such Borrower and in like funds as received by the
Administrative Agent. 
 2.4 Termination or Reduction. The Company may permanently reduce the Revolving Credit
Commitments, in whole or in part, ratably among the Lenders in integral multiples of $10,000,000, in each case upon at least three Business Days’ irrevocable written notice to the Administrative Agent, and which notice shall specify the amount
of any such reduction, provided, however, that (i) the Aggregate 

  
 24 

 
Revolving Credit Commitments may not be reduced below the Aggregate Revolving Credit Outstandings of all Lenders and (ii) a notice of termination of Revolving Credit Commitments may state
that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities, incurrence of other Indebtedness, or consummation of another transaction (such as a Change of Control), in which case such notice may be revoked (by notice to the
Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date if such date is not more than five Business Days after the date such notice is given) if such condition is not satisfied. In addition, all accrued facility fees shall be payable on the
effective date of any termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments. 
 2.5 Facility and Administrative Agent Fees.
(a) The Company agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender a facility fee (payable in Dollars) at the rate per annum set forth in the Pricing Schedule on Exhibit A attached hereto, on the average daily amount of
the Revolving Credit Commitment of such Lender, whether used or unused, from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the Facility Termination Date, and thereafter on the average daily amount of the Revolving Credit Loans and Pro Rata Share
of the Swing Loans and Facility Letters of Credit of such Lender, payable on each Payment Date hereafter and on the Facility Termination Date. 
 (b) The Company agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for its own account such other fees as agreed to in writing between the Company and the Administrative Agent. 

2.6 Optional and Mandatory Principal Payments on All Loans. 

2.6.1 Each Borrower may at any time and from time to time prepay Floating Rate Loans, in whole or in part, without penalty or premium,
upon at least one Business Day’s irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, specifying the date and amount of prepayment. If any such notice is given, the amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified
therein. Partial prepayment of Floating Rate Loans shall be in a minimum aggregate amount of $1,000,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof. 
 2.6.2 Each Borrower may at any time and from time to time prepay, without premium or penalty (but together with payment of any amount payable pursuant to Section 3.3), its Eurocurrency Loans in whole
or in part, upon at least three Business Days’ irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent specifying the date and amount of prepayment. Partial prepayments of Eurocurrency Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount in the relevant
Agreed Currency of 5,000,000 units or any integral multiple of 1,000,000 units in excess thereof, or such lesser principal amount as may equal the outstanding Eurocurrency Loans or such lesser amount as may be agreed to by the Administrative Agent.

 2.6.3 If the Aggregate Revolving Credit Outstandings of all Lenders exceed the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments at any
time the applicable Borrowers shall promptly prepay the Aggregate Revolving Credit Outstandings or cash collateralize Facility Letters of Credit in the amount of such excess; provided that it is understood that this Section 2.6.3 shall not
require any Foreign Subsidiary Borrower to prepay or cash collateralize amounts in excess of its then applicable Aggregate Revolving Credit Outstandings. 
 2.6.4 Each prepayment pursuant to this Section 2.6 and each conversion (other than a conversion of a Floating Rate Loan to a Eurocurrency Loan) pursuant to Section 2.7 shall be accompanied by
accrued and unpaid interest on the amount prepaid to the date of prepayment and any amounts payable under Section 3.4 in connection with such payment. 

  
 25 

 2.6.5 Prepayments pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall be applied as follows: (a) in
the case of prepayments of U.S. Dollar Loans, first to prepay Floating Rate Loans and second to prepay Eurocurrency Loans then outstanding in such order as the Company or such Borrower may direct and (b) in the case of prepayments of
Foreign Currency Loans, to prepay Foreign Currency Loans made to such Borrower in such order as the Company or such Borrower may direct, provided that all prepayments on any Loans to a Borrower shall be applied pro rata to the Loans owing by such
Borrower. 
 2.6.6 All Revolving Credit Loans prepaid may be reborrowed and successively repaid and reborrowed, subject to the
other terms and conditions in this Agreement. 
 2.7. Conversion and Continuation of Outstanding Advances. Floating Rate
Advances shall continue as Floating Rate Advances unless and until such Floating Rate Advances are converted into Eurocurrency Advances. Each Eurocurrency Advance shall continue as a Eurocurrency Advance until the end of the then applicable Interest
Period therefor, at which time such Eurocurrency Advance shall be automatically converted into a Floating Rate Advance in the case of U.S. Dollar Loans or automatically continued for an Interest Period of one month in the case of Foreign
Currency Loans, unless the applicable Borrower shall have given the Administrative Agent a Conversion/Continuation Notice requesting that, at the end of such Interest Period, such Eurocurrency Advance continue as a Eurocurrency Advance for the same
or another Interest Period. Subject to the terms hereof, any Borrower may elect from time to time to convert all or any part of an Advance of any Type into any other Type or Types of Advance (subject to, in the case of conversion of any Eurocurrency
Advance other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, payment of any amounts payable under Section 3.4 in connection therewith). The Company shall give the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice (a
“Conversion/Continuation Notice”) of each conversion of an Advance or continuation of a Eurocurrency Advance not later than 11:00 a.m. (Chicago time for U.S. Dollar Loans and London time for Foreign Currency Loans) at least one
Business Day, in the case of a conversion into a Floating Rate Advance, or three Business Days, in the case of a conversion into or continuation of a Eurocurrency Advance, prior to the date of the requested conversion or continuation, specifying:

 (a) the requested date, which shall be a Business Day, of such conversion or continuation, 

(b) the aggregate amount and Type of the Advance which is to be converted or continued (which shall be limited to Eurocurrency Loans in
the case of Foreign Currency Loans), and 
 (c) the amounts and Type(s) of Advance(s) into which such Advance is to be converted
or continued and, in the case of a conversion into or continuation of a Eurocurrency Advance, the duration of the Interest Period applicable thereto. 
 2.8 Interest Rates, Interest Payment Dates; Interest and Fee Basis. (a) Each Floating Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof, for each day from and including
the date such Loan is made or is converted from a Eurocurrency Loan into a Floating Rate Loan pursuant to Section 2.7 to but excluding the date it becomes due or is converted into a Eurocurrency Loan pursuant to Section 2.7 hereof, at a
rate per annum equal to the Floating Rate for such day. Each Eurocurrency Loan shall bear interest for each day during each Interest Period with respect thereto at a rate per annum equal to the Eurocurrency Rate determined for such Interest Period.
Each Swing Loan shall bear interest at such rate as is agreed upon between the applicable Borrower and the Swing Lender. 
 (b)
Interest accrued on each Floating Rate Advance shall be payable on each Payment Date, commencing with the first such date to occur after the Effective Date and at maturity. Interest accrued on each Eurocurrency Advance shall be payable on the last
day of its applicable Interest Period, on any 

  
 26 

 
date on which the Eurocurrency Advance is prepaid, whether by acceleration or otherwise, and at maturity. Interest accrued on each Eurocurrency Advance having an Interest Period longer than three
months shall also be payable on the last day of each three-month interval during such Interest Period. Interest accrued on each Swing Loan shall be payable on demand by the Swing Lender. 

(c) Interest shall be payable for the day an Advance is made but not for the day of any payment on the amount paid if payment is received
prior to 1:00 p.m. (local time) at the place of payment. If any payment of principal of or interest on an Advance shall become due on a day which is not a Business Day, except as otherwise provided in the definition of Interest Period, such payment
shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and, in the case of a principal payment, such extension of time shall be included in computing interest in connection with such payment. 

(d) All interest and fees shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days (including the first day but excluding the last
day) occurring during the period such interest or fee is payable over a year comprised of 360 days or, in the case of Floating Rate Loans based on the Prime Rate, 365/366 days, unless the Administrative Agent reasonably determines that it is market
practice to calculate such interest or fees on Foreign Currency Advances on a different basis. 
 (e) Changes in the rate of
interest on that portion of any Advance maintained as a Floating Rate Advance will take effect simultaneously with each change in the Alternate Base Rate. Each Eurocurrency Advance shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from
and including the first day of the Interest Period applicable thereto to (but not including) the last day of such Interest Period at the interest rate determined as applicable to such Eurocurrency Advance. 

2.9 Rates Applicable After Default. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, during the continuance
of a Default the Required Lenders may, at their option, by notice to the Borrowers (which notice may be revoked at the option of the Required Lenders notwithstanding any provision of Section 8.2 requiring unanimous consent of the Lenders to
changes in interest rates), declare that no Advance may be made as, converted into or continued (after the expiration of the then current Interest Period) as a Eurocurrency Advance, provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any outstanding
Foreign Currency Advance may be continued for an Interest Period not to exceed one month after such notice to the Borrowers by the Required Lenders. Upon and during the continuance of any Default under Section 7.2, the Required Lenders may, at
their option, by notice to the Company (which notice may be revoked at the option of the Required Lenders notwithstanding any provision of Section 8.2 requiring unanimous consent of the Lenders as to changes and interest rates) declare that
(i) each Eurocurrency Advance shall bear interest for the remainder of the applicable Interest Period at the rate otherwise applicable to such Interest Period plus 2% per annum, and (ii) each Floating Rate Advance and any other amount
due under this Agreement shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Floating Rate otherwise applicable to Floating Rate Loans plus 2% per annum, provided that, upon and during the continuance of any acceleration for any reason of any
of the Obligations, the interest rate set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) shall be applicable to all Advances without any election or action on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Lender. 

2.10 Pro Rata Payment, Method of Payment. Each borrowing of Loans from the Lenders shall be made pro rata according to the Pro
Rata Shares of the applicable Lenders in effect on the date of such borrowing. Each payment on account of any facility fee under Section 2.5(a) shall be allocated by the Administrative Agent among the Revolving Credit Lenders in accordance with
their respective Pro Rata Shares. Any reduction of the Commitments of the Lenders shall be allocated by the Administrative Agent among the Lenders pro rata according to the Pro Rata Shares of the Lenders with respect thereto. Except as otherwise
provided in this Agreement, each payment (including each prepayment) by a Borrower on 

  
 27 

 
account of principal or interest on its Loans shall be allocated by the Administrative Agent pro rata to the Lenders according to the respective outstanding principal amounts thereof. All
payments (including prepayments) to be made by a Borrower hereunder, whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise, shall be made, without setoff, deduction, or counterclaim, in immediately available funds to the Administrative Agent
for the account of the Lenders at the applicable payment office of the Administrative Agent for such payment specified from time to time in writing by the Administrative Agent to the Borrowers by 1:00 P.M. (local time) on the date when due. Each
payment delivered to the Administrative Agent for the account of any Lender shall be delivered promptly by the Administrative Agent to such Lender in the same type of funds received by the Administrative Agent. 

2.11 Telephonic Notices. Each Borrower hereby authorizes the Lenders and the Administrative Agent to extend, convert or continue
Advances, effect selections of Types of Advances and to transfer funds based on telephonic notices made by any Person or Persons the Administrative Agent or any Lender reasonably and in good faith believes to be an Authorized Officer, provided that
the Borrowers shall be required to make all requests for Loans denominated in any Available Foreign Currency in writing. Each Borrower agrees to deliver promptly to the Administrative Agent a written confirmation, if such confirmation is requested
by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, of each telephonic notice signed by an Authorized Officer. If the written confirmation differs in any material respect from the action taken by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, the records of the
Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall govern absent manifest error. 
 2.12 Notification of Advances, Interest Rates,
Prepayments and Commitment Reductions. Promptly after receipt thereof, the Administrative Agent will notify each Lender of the contents of each Revolving Credit Commitment reduction notice, Borrowing notice, Conversion/Continuation Notice, and
repayment notice received by it hereunder. The Administrative Agent will notify each Lender of the interest rate applicable to each Eurocurrency Advance promptly upon determination of such interest rate and will give each Lender prompt notice of
each change in the Alternate Base Rate. 
 2.13 Lending Installations. Each Lender may, subject to Section 3.5, make
and book its Loans at any Lending Installation(s) selected by such Lender and may change its Lending Installation(s) from time to time. All terms of this Agreement shall apply to any such Lending Installation(s) and the Notes, if any, shall be
deemed held by each Lender for the benefit of such Lending Installation(s). Each Lender may, by written or telex notice to the Administrative Agent and the applicable Borrower, designate one or more Lending Installations which are to make and book
Loans and for whose account Loan payments are to be made. 
 2.14 Non-Receipt of Funds by the Administrative Agent.
Unless a Borrower or a Lender, as the case may be, notifies the Administrative Agent prior to the date on which it is scheduled to make payment to the Administrative Agent of (a) in the case of a Lender, the proceeds of a Loan or (b) in
the case of a Borrower, a payment of principal, interest or fees to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders, that it does not intend to make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that such payment has been made. The
Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, make the amount of such payment available to the intended recipient in reliance upon such assumption. If such Lender or Borrower, as the case may be, has not in fact made such payment to the
Administrative Agent, the recipient of such payment shall, on demand by the Administrative Agent, repay to the Administrative Agent the amount so made available together with interest thereon in respect of each day during the period commencing on
the date such amount was so made available by the Administrative Agent until the date the Administrative Agent recovers such amount at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of payment by a Lender, the Federal Funds Effective Rate for the
first five days and the interest rate 

  
 28 

 
applicable to the relevant Loan for each day thereafter or (ii) in the case of payment by a Borrower, the interest rate applicable to the relevant Loan. 

2.15 Facility Letters of Credit. 
 2.15.1 Obligation to Issue. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and in reliance upon the representations and warranties of the Borrowers herein set forth, the Issuers hereby agree
to issue for the account of a Borrower through such of the Issuer’s Lending Installations or Affiliates as the Issuer may determine, one or more Facility Letters of Credit in accordance with this Section 2.15, from time to time during the
period commencing on the Effective Date and ending five Business Days prior to the Facility Termination Date. 
 2.15.2
Conditions for Issuance. In addition to being subject to the satisfaction of the conditions contained in Sections 4.1 and 4.2, the obligation of an Issuer to issue any Facility Letter of Credit is subject to the satisfaction in full of the
following conditions: 
 (a) the aggregate maximum amount then available for drawing under Facility Letters of Credit issued by
the Issuers, after giving effect to the Facility Letter of Credit requested hereunder, shall not exceed any limit imposed by law or regulation upon the Issuer; 
 (b) the requested Facility Letter of Credit shall not have an expiration date later than one year after the date of issuance of such Facility Letter of Credit, provided that any Facility Letter of
Credit with a one-year tenor may provide for the renewal thereof for additional one-year periods; 
 (c) immediately after
giving effect to the Facility Letter of Credit requested hereunder, the aggregate maximum amount then available for drawing under Facility Letters of Credit issued by the Issuers shall not exceed the Dollar Equivalent Amount of $100,000,000, and no
prepayment would as a result of such issuance then be required under this Agreement; 
 (d) the applicable Borrower shall have
delivered to the applicable Issuer at such times and in such manner as such Issuer may reasonably prescribe such documents and materials as may be required pursuant to the terms of the proposed Letter of Credit and the proposed Letter of Credit
shall be reasonably satisfactory to such Issuer as to form and content; and 
 (e) as of the date of issuance, no order,
judgment or decree of any Court, arbitrator or governmental authority shall purport by its terms to enjoin or restrain such Issuer from issuing the Facility Letter of Credit and no law, rule or regulation applicable to such Issuer and no request or
directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any governmental authority with jurisdiction over such Issuer shall prohibit or request that such Issuer refrain from the issuance of Letters of Credit generally or the issuance of that
Facility Letter of Credit. 
 2.15.3 Procedure for Issuance of Facility Letters of Credit. (a) The applicable
Borrower shall give one of the Issuers and the Administrative Agent three Business Days’ prior written notice of any requested issuance of a Facility Letter of Credit under this Agreement (except that, in lieu of such written notice, a Borrower
may give an Issuer (i) notice of such request by tested telex or other tested arrangement satisfactory to such Issuer or (ii) telephonic notice of such request if confirmed in writing by delivery to such Issuer (A) immediately
(x) of a telecopy of the written notice required hereunder which has been signed by an Authorized Officer of such Borrower or (y) of a telex containing all information required to be contained in such written notice and (B) promptly
(but in no event later than the requested time of issuance) of a copy of the written notice required hereunder containing the original signature of an 

  
 29 

 
Authorized Officer of such Borrower); such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the stated amount and Agreed Currency of the Facility Letter of Credit requested (which requested currency
shall be limited to an Agreed Currency), the effective date (which day shall be a Business Day) of issuance of such requested Facility Letter of Credit, the date on which such requested Facility Letter of Credit is to expire (which date shall be a
Business Day and shall in no event be later than the fifth day prior to the Facility Termination Date), the Person for whose benefit the requested Facility Letter of Credit is to be issued and such other information as may be reasonably requested by
the Issuer. The Administrative Agent shall give notice to each applicable Lender of the issuance of each Facility Letter of Credit reasonably promptly after such Facility Letter of Credit is issued. At the time such request is made, the requesting
Borrower shall also provide the applicable Issuer with all information necessary for the issuance of the Facility Letter of Credit it is requesting. Such notice, to be effective, must be received by such Issuer not later than 2:00 p.m. (local time)
or the time otherwise agreed upon by such Issuer and such Borrower on the last Business Day on which notice can be given under this Section 2.15.3. 
 (b) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 2.15.3 and provided that the applicable conditions set forth in Sections 4.1 and 4.2 hereof have been satisfied, the Issuer shall, on the
requested date, issue a Facility Letter of Credit on behalf of the applicable Borrower in accordance with such Issuer’s usual and customary business practices. 
 (c) The Issuers shall not extend or amend any Facility Letter of Credit unless the requirements of this Section 2.15 are met as though a new Facility Letter of Credit was being requested and issued.

 2.15.4 Reimbursement Obligations. (a) Each Borrower agrees to pay to the Issuer the amount of all Reimbursement
Obligations, interest and other amounts payable to the Issuer under or in connection with any Facility Letter of Credit issued on behalf of such Borrower immediately when due, irrespective of any claim, set-off, defense or other right that the
Borrower, the Company or any Subsidiary may have at any time against the Issuer or any other Person, under all circumstances, including without limitation, any of the following circumstances: 

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents; 

(ii) the existence of any claim, setoff, defense or other right that any Borrower or any Subsidiary may have at any time against a
beneficiary named in a Facility Letter of Credit or any transferee of any Facility Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such transferee may be acting), any Issuer, any Lender, or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement,
any Facility Letter of Credit, the transactions contemplated herein or any unrelated transactions (including any underlying transactions between any Borrower or any Subsidiary and the beneficiary named in any Facility Letter of Credit); 

(iii) any draft, certificate or any other document presented under the Facility Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent,
invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; 
 (iv) the surrender
or impairment of any security for the performance or observance of any of the terms of any of the Loan Documents; or 
 (v) the
occurrence of any Default or Unmatured Default. 

  
 30 

 (b) The Issuer shall promptly notify the applicable Borrower of any draw under a Facility
Letter of Credit. Such Borrower shall reimburse the applicable Issuer for drawings under a Facility Letter of Credit issued by it on behalf of such Borrower promptly after the payment by the Issuer. Any Reimbursement Obligation with respect to any
Facility Letter of Credit shall bear interest from the date of the relevant drawings under the pertinent Facility Letter of Credit at (i) in the case of such Obligations denominated in U.S. Dollars, the interest rate for Floating Rate Loans or
(ii) in the case of such Obligations denominated in an Available Foreign Currency, at the correlative floating rate of interest customarily applicable to similar extensions of credit to corporate borrowers denominated in such currency in the
country of issue of such currency, as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent. In addition to its other rights, the Issuers shall also have all rights for indemnification and reimbursement as each Lender is entitled under this Agreement.

 2.15.5 Participation. (a) Immediately upon issuance by an Issuer of any Facility Letter of Credit in accordance
with the procedures set forth in Section 2.15.3, each Revolving Credit Lender shall be deemed to have irrevocably and unconditionally purchased and received from such Issuer, without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation
equal to its Pro Rata Share of such Facility Letter of Credit (including, without limitation, all obligations of the applicable Borrower with respect thereto) and any security therefor or guaranty pertaining thereto; provided, that a Letter
of Credit issued by an Issuer shall not be deemed to be a Facility Letter of Credit for purposes of this Section 2.15.5 if such Issuer shall have received written notice from any Revolving Credit Lender on or before one Business Day prior to
the date of its issuance of such Letter of Credit that one or more of the conditions contained in Sections 4.1 or 4.2 are not then satisfied, and, if an Issuer receives such a notice, it shall have no further obligation to issue any Letter of Credit
until such notice is withdrawn by that Revolving Credit Lender or such condition has been effectively waived in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. 
 (b) If an Issuer makes any payment under any Facility Letter of Credit and the applicable Borrower shall not have repaid such amount to the Issuer pursuant to Section 2.15.4, the Issuer shall
promptly notify the Administrative Agent and each Lender participating in such Letter of Credit of such failure, and each Lender participating in such Letter of Credit shall promptly and unconditionally pay to the Administrative Agent for the
account of such Issuer the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the unreimbursed amount of any such payment in such currency. If any Lender participating in such Facility Letter of Credit fails to make available to such Issuer any amounts
due to such Issuer pursuant to this Section 2.15.5(b), such Issuer shall be entitled to recover such amount, together with interest thereon (i) in the case of amounts denominated in U.S. Dollars, at the Federal Funds Effective Rate, for
the first three Business Days after such Lender receives such notice and thereafter, at the Floating Rate, or (ii) in the case of amounts denominated in an Available Foreign Currency, at a local cost of funds rate for obligations in such
currency as determined by the Administrative Agent for the first three Business Days after such Lender receives such notice, and thereafter at the floating rate of interest correlative to the Floating Rate customarily applicable to similar
extensions of credit to corporate borrowers denominated in such currency in the country of issue of such currency, as determined by the Administrative Agent, in either case payable (i) on demand, (ii) by setoff against any payments made to
such Issuer for the account of such Lender or (iii) by payment to such Issuer by the Administrative Agent of amounts otherwise payable to such Lender under this Agreement. The failure of any Revolving Credit Lender to make available to the
Administrative Agent its Pro Rata Share of the unreimbursed amount of any such payment shall not relieve any other Revolving Credit Lender of its obligation hereunder to make available to the Administrative Agent its Pro Rata Share of the
unreimbursed amount of any payment on the date such payment is to be made, but no Revolving Credit Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Revolving Credit Lender to make available to the Administrative Agent its Pro Rata Share of
the unreimbursed amount of any payment on the date such payment is to be made. 

  
 31 

 (c) Whenever the Issuer receives a payment on account of a Reimbursement Obligation,
including any interest thereon, it shall promptly pay to each Lender that has funded its participating interest therein, in like funds as received an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof. 

(d) The obligations of a Revolving Credit Lender to make payments to the Administrative Agent with respect to a Facility Letter of Credit
shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, not subject to any counterclaim, set-off, qualification or exception whatsoever and shall be made in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement under all circumstances. 

(e) If any payment by a Borrower received by the Administrative Agent with respect to a Facility Letter of Credit and distributed by the
Administrative Agent to the Revolving Credit Lenders on account of their participations is thereafter set aside, avoided or recovered from the Administrative Agent in connection with any receivership, liquidation, reorganization or bankruptcy
proceeding, each Revolving Credit Lender that received such distribution shall, upon demand by the Administrative Agent, contribute such Revolving Credit Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the amount set aside, avoided or recovered together with
interest at the rate required to be paid by the Administrative Agent upon the amount required to be repaid by it. 
 2.15.6
Compensation for Facility Letters of Credit. The Issuer of a Facility Letter of Credit shall have the right to receive from the Borrower that requested issuance of such Facility Letter of Credit, solely for the account of such Issuer, a
fronting fee in an amount equal to 0.10% per annum as well as the Issuer’s reasonable and customary costs of issuing and servicing the Facility Letter of Credit. In addition, such Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the
account of each Lender participating in such Facility Letter of Credit a non-refundable fee at a per annum rate in the amount shown on the Pricing Schedule on Exhibit A applied to the face amount of the Facility Letter of Credit, payable quarterly
in arrears for the account of all Lenders participating in such Facility Letter of Credit ratably from the date such Facility Letter of Credit is issued until its stated expiry date or, if earlier, the date of its termination or drawdown (provided
that if such drawdown is a partial drawdown, such fee shall continue to accrue with respect to the face amount of such Facility Letter of Credit remaining available to be drawn). 

2.15.7 Letter of Credit Collateral Account. Each Borrower hereby agrees that it will, until the final expiry of any Facility
Letter of Credit issued on its account and thereafter as long as any amount is payable to the Revolving Credit Lenders in respect of any such Facility Letter of Credit, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, maintain a special collateral
account (the “Letter of Credit Collateral Account”) at the Administrative Agent’s office at the address specified pursuant to Article XIV, in the name of such Borrower but under the sole dominion and control of the
Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Revolving Credit Lenders and in which such Borrower shall have no interest other than as set forth in Section 8.1. The Administrative Agent will invest any funds on deposit from time to time in the
Letter of Credit Collateral Account in certificates of deposit of the Administrative Agent having a maturity not exceeding 30 days. Nothing in this Section 2.15.7 shall either obligate the Administrative Agent to require any Borrower to deposit
any funds in the Letter of Credit Collateral Account or limit the right of the Administrative Agent to release any funds held in the Letter of Credit Collateral Account other than as required by Section 8.1, and the Borrowers’ obligations
to deposit funds in the Letter of Credit Collateral Account are limited to the circumstances required by Section 8.1. 

2.15.8 Nature of Obligations. (a) As among the Borrowers, the Issuers and the Lenders, each Borrower assumes all risks of the
acts and omissions of, or misuse of the Facility Letters of Credit by, the respective beneficiaries of the Facility Letters of Credit requested by it. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the Issuers and the Lenders shall not be
responsible for (i) the form, validity, 

  
 32 

 
sufficiency, accuracy, genuineness or legal effect of any document submitted by any party in connection with the application for and issuance of any Facility Letter of Credit, even if it should
in fact prove to be in any or all respects invalid, insufficient, inaccurate, fraudulent or forged; (ii) the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Facility Letter of Credit or
the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason; (iii) failure of the beneficiary of a Facility Letter of Credit to comply fully with conditions required in
order to draw upon such Facility Letter of Credit; (iv) errors, omissions, interruptions or delays in transmission or delivery of any messages, by mail, cable, telegraph, telex or otherwise; (v) errors in interpretation of technical terms;
(vi) misapplication by the beneficiary of a Facility Letter of Credit of the proceeds of any drawing under such Facility Letter of Credit; or (vii) any consequences arising from causes beyond the control of the Issuers or the Lenders. In
addition to amounts payable as elsewhere provided in this Section 2.15, such Borrower hereby agrees to protect, indemnify, pay and save the Administrative Agent, each Issuer and each Lender harmless from and against any and all claims, demands,
liabilities, damages, losses, costs, charges and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising from the claims of third parties against the Administrative Agent or such Issuer in respect of any Facility Letter of Credit requested by
such Borrower. 
 (b) In furtherance and extension and not in limitation of the specific provisions hereinabove set forth, any
action taken or omitted by the Issuers or any Lender under or in connection with the Facility Letters of Credit or any related certificates, if taken or omitted in good faith, shall not put such Issuer or such Lender under any resulting liability to
any Borrower or relieve any Borrower of any of its obligations hereunder to the Issuers, the Administrative Agent or any Lender. 
 (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2.15.8, a Borrower shall not have any obligation to indemnify the Administrative Agent, any Issuer or any Lender under this
Section 2.15 in respect of any liability incurred by each arising out of the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of such Administrative Agent, Issuer or Lender, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, or out of the wrongful
dishonor by such Issuer of a proper demand for payment made under the Facility Letters of Credit issued by such Issuer as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, unless such dishonor was made at the request of such Borrower in writing, or
out of the wrongful honor by such Issuer of a demand for payment made under the Facility Letters of Credit issued by such Issuer which demand for payment does not comply with the conditions required in order to draw upon such Facility Letter of
Credit as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, unless such dishonor was made at the request of such Borrower in writing. 
 Section 2.16. Swing Loans. 
 (a) Making of Swing Loans. The
Swing Lender may elect in its sole discretion to make Swing Loans to any Borrower solely for the Swing Lender’s own account, from time to time prior to the Facility Termination Date up to an aggregate principal amount at any one time
outstanding not to exceed the lesser of (i) the Dollar Equivalent Amount of $50,000,000 and (B) the unused amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments (“Swing Loans”). The Swing Lender may make Swing Loans (subject to the
conditions precedent set forth in Article IV), provided that the Swing Lender has received a request in writing or, in the case of Swing Loans to the Company in Dollars only, via telephone from an Authorized Officer of such Borrower for
funding of a Swing Loan no later than such time required by the Swing Lender, on the Business Day on which such Swing Loan is requested to be made. The Swing Lender shall not make any Swing Loan in the period commencing one Business Day after the
Swing Lender receives written notice from the Company or a Lender that one or more of the conditions precedent contained in Section 4.2 are not satisfied and ending upon the satisfaction or waiver of such condition(s). Swing Loans may be made
by the Swing Lender in any freely traded currency requested by such Borrower and agreed to by the Swing Lender. 

  
 33 

 
Each outstanding Swing Loan shall be payable on the Business Day following demand therefor, with interest at such rate to which the Swing Lender and such Borrower shall agree from time to time,
and shall be subject to all the terms and conditions applicable to Loans, except that all interest thereon shall be payable to the Swing Lender solely for its own account. Notwithstanding provisions to the contrary in this Agreement, each Revolving
Credit Lender acknowledges and agrees that Swing Loans may be made under the Revolving Credit Commitment to any Borrower and each Borrower acknowledges and agrees that the availability under Section 2.1.1 may also be blocked by the
Administrative Agent in an amount equal to the approximate anticipated Swing Loan usage reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Company. 
 (b) Swing Loan Borrowing Requests. Each Borrower of a Swing Loan made pursuant to telephonic notice agrees to deliver promptly to the Swing Lender and each Revolving Credit Lender a written
confirmation thereof signed by an Authorized Officer. If the written confirmation differs in any material respect from the action taken by the Swing Lender, the records of the Swing Lender shall govern, absent manifest error. 

(c) Repayment of Swing Loans. At any time after making a Swing Loan, the Swing Lender may request the recipient Borrower to, and
upon request by the Swing Lender the recipient Borrower shall, promptly request an Advance from all Revolving Credit Lenders, and apply the proceeds of such Advance to the repayment of such Swing Loan not later than the Business Day following the
Swing Lender’s request. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the earlier to occur of (a) three Business Days after demand is made by the Swing Lender and (b) the Facility Termination Date, the Borrower agrees that each Swing Loan
outstanding in any currency other than Dollars shall be immediately and automatically converted to and redenominated in Dollars equal to the Dollar Equivalent Amount of each such Swing Loan determined as of the date of such conversion, and each
Revolving Credit Lender shall irrevocably and unconditionally purchase from the Swing Lender, without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation in such Swing Loan in an amount equal to such Revolving Credit Lender’s Pro Rata
Share of the Swing Loan and promptly pay such amount to such Swing Lender in immediately available funds (or, in the case of participations in Swing Loans denominated in an Available Foreign Currency other than Euros, same day funds). Such payment
shall be made by the other Revolving Credit Lenders whether or not a Default is then continuing or any other condition precedent set forth in Section 4.2 is then met and whether or not such Borrower has then requested an Advance in such amount.
If any Revolving Credit Lender fails to make available to such requesting Swing Lender any amounts due to the Swing Lender from such Revolving Credit Lender pursuant to this Section 2.16(c), the Swing Lender shall be entitled to recover such
amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate or such other local cost of funds rate determined by the Swing Lender with respect to any Swing Loan denominated in any Available Foreign Currency for the first three
Business Days after such Revolving Credit Lender receives notice of such required purchase and thereafter, at the rate applicable to such Loan, payable (i) on demand, (ii) by setoff against any payments made to the Swing Lender for the
account of such Revolving Credit Lender or (iii) by payment to the Swing Lender by the Administrative Agent of amounts otherwise payable to such Revolving Credit Lender under this Agreement. The failure of any Revolving Credit Lender to make
available to such Swing Lender its Pro Rata Share of any unpaid Swing Loan shall not relieve any other Revolving Credit Lender of its obligation hereunder to make available to the Swing Lender its Pro Rata Share of any unpaid Swing Loan on the date
such payment is to be made, but no Revolving Credit Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Revolving Credit Lender to make available to the Swing Lender its Pro Rata Share of any unpaid Swing Loan. 

2.17 Defaulting Lenders. 
 Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender:

  
 34 

 (a) fees shall cease to accrue pursuant to Section 2.5 on the Commitment of such
Defaulting Lender solely in respect of its unused Commitments; 
 (b) the Commitments and Aggregate Revolving Credit
Outstandings of such Defaulting Lender shall not be included in determining whether all Lenders or Required Lenders have taken or may take any action hereunder (including any consent to any amendment or waiver pursuant to Section 8.2), provided
that any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender which affects such Defaulting Lender differently than other affected Lenders (other than as a result of such Defaulting Lender having a greater
or lesser Aggregate Revolving Credit Outstandings or Commitment) or which increases the amount of any Commitment of such Defaulting Lender, forgives any principal amount of any Loans owing to such Defaulting Lender or any interest or fees owing to
such Defaulting Lender previously accrued at the time of such forgiveness or extends the Facility Termination Date or extends the final maturity beyond the Facility Termination Date of any Loan, Note or Reimbursement Obligation with respect to such
Defaulting Lender shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender; 
 (c) if any Swing Loans or Facility Letter of Credit
Obligations exist at the time a Revolving Credit Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender then: 
 (i) all or any part of such
Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such Swing Loans and Facility Letter of Credit Obligations shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders having a Revolving Credit Commitment in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares but
only to the extent the sum of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Aggregate Revolving Credit Outstandings plus such Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share of Swing Loans and Facility Letter of Credit Obligations does not exceed the total of all
non-Defaulting Lenders’ Revolving Credit Commitments; and 
 (ii) to the extent, if any, the reallocation described in
clause (i) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrowers shall within three Business Days following notice by the Administrative Agent (x) first, prepay such Swing Loans and (y) second, cash collateralize such
Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such Facility Letter of Credit Obligations (in each case after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (i) above) in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 8.1
for so long as such Facility Letter of Credit Obligations are outstanding and such Defaulting Lender remains a Defaulting Lender, provided that no Foreign Subsidiary Borrower shall be obligated to make any such payment in excess of, respectively,
the principal amount of any outstanding Swing Loans made to it or the amount of any Facility Letter of Credit Obligations in respect of Facility Letters of Credit issued for its account; 

(iii) if the Borrowers cash collateralize any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share of Facility Letter of Credit
Obligations pursuant to Section 8.1, no Borrower shall be required to pay any fees to such Defaulting Lender (or to the Administrative Agent or Issuer for the benefit thereof) pursuant to Section 2.15.6 with respect to such Defaulting
Lender’s Pro Rata Share of Facility Letter of Credit Obligations during the period such Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share of Facility Letter of Credit Obligations is cash collateralized; 

(iv) if the Pro Rata Share of Facility Letter of Credit Obligations of the non-Defaulting Lenders is reallocated pursuant to this
Section 2.17(c), then the fees payable to the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.5 and Section 2.15.6 shall be adjusted in accordance with such non-Defaulting Lenders’ Pro Rata Shares; or 

  
 35 

 (v) if any Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share of Facility Letter of Credit Obligations
is neither cash collateralized nor reallocated pursuant to this Section 2.17(c), then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies of the Issuer or any Lender hereunder, all facility fees that otherwise would have been payable to such
Defaulting Lender (solely with respect to the portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment that was utilized by such Pro Rata Share of Facility Letter of Credit Obligations) and letter of credit fees payable under Section 2.15.6 with
respect to such Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share of Facility Letter of Credit Obligations shall be payable to the Issuer until such Pro Rata Share of Facility Letter of Credit Obligations is cash collateralized and/or reallocated; 

(d) so long as any Revolving Credit Lender is a Defaulting Lender, the Swing Lender shall not be required to fund any Swing Loan and the
Issuer shall not be required to issue, amend or increase any Facility Letter of Credit, unless it is reasonably satisfied that the related exposure will be 100% covered by the Commitments of the non-Defaulting Lenders and/or cash collateral will be
provided by the Borrowers in accordance with this Section 2.17 and Section 8.1, and participating interests in any such newly issued or increased Facility Letter of Credit or newly made Swing Loan shall be allocated among non-Defaulting
Lenders in a manner consistent with Section 2.17(c)(i) (and Defaulting Lenders shall not participate therein); and 
 (e)
any amount payable to such Defaulting Lender hereunder (whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise and including any amount that would otherwise be payable to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.17 but excluding
Section 3.5) shall, in lieu of being distributed to such Defaulting Lender, be retained by the Administrative Agent in a segregated account and, subject to any applicable requirements of law, be applied at such time or times as may be
determined by the Administrative Agent (i) first, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder, (ii) second, pro rata, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to
the Issuer or Swing Lender hereunder, (iii) third, to the funding of any Loan or the funding or cash collateralization of any participating interest in any Swing Loan or Facility Letter of Credit in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has
failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent, (iv) fourth, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers, held in such account as cash collateral for future funding
obligations of the Defaulting Lender under this Agreement, (v) fifth, pro rata, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrowers or the Lenders as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrowers or
any Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement and (vi) sixth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction;
provided that if such payment is (x) a prepayment of the principal amount of any Loans or reimbursement obligations in respect of Reimbursement Obligations for which a Defaulting Lender has funded its participation obligations and (y) made
at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 4.2 are satisfied, such payment shall be applied solely to prepay the Loans of, and reimbursement obligations owed to, all non-Defaulting Lenders pro rata prior to being applied to the
prepayment of any Loans, or reimbursement obligations owed to, any Defaulting Lender. 
 In the event that the Administrative
Agent, the Borrowers, the Issuer and the Swing Lender each agrees that a Defaulting Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused such Lender to be a Defaulting Lender, then the Pro Rata Shares of Swing Loans and Facility Letter of Credit
Obligations of the Lenders shall be readjusted to reflect the inclusion of such Lender’s Commitment and on such date such Lender shall purchase at par such of the Loans of the other Lenders (other than Swing Loans) as the Administrative Agent
shall determine may be necessary in order for such Lender to hold such Loans in accordance with its Pro Rata Share. 

  
 36 

 2.18 Guaranties. The Company shall execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and
delivered, to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent from time to time Guaranties of certain present and future Domestic Subsidiaries such that, at all times, all Domestic Subsidiaries which are not Guarantors do not, if considered in the
aggregate as a single Subsidiary, constitute a Significant Subsidiary. For purposes of making the determination required under the preceding sentence, it is acknowledged that, as provided in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X as currently in effect
promulgated by the SEC, the investment in and advances to, and share of total assets and income of, any Domestic Subsidiary shall be determined based on the investment in and advances to, and share of total assets and income of, such Domestic
Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. In connection with the delivery of any such Guaranties, Company shall provide such other documentation to the Administrative Agent, including, without limitation, one or more opinions of
counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, corporate documents and resolutions, which in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent is necessary or advisable in connection therewith. Notwithstanding anything herein to the
contrary, Securitization Entities shall not be required to be Guarantors. 
 2.19 Incremental Credit Extensions.

 (a) At any time and subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 2.19, the Company may request (i) one or
more tranches of term loans (the “Incremental Term Loans”) and/or (ii) one or more increases in the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments (each such increase, a “Revolving Credit Commitment Increase”) with the
consent of the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) but without the consent of any Lender not providing such Incremental Term Loans or Revolving Credit Commitment Increases, as the case may be;
provided that the aggregate amount of all Incremental Term Loans and Revolving Credit Commitment Increases made during the term of this Agreement shall not exceed the Dollar Equivalent of $250,000,000. Any tranche of Incremental Term Loans
(A) shall be available to the Company in Dollars and (B) shall rank pari passu in right of payment and security, if any, with the Revolving Credit Loans, (C) shall not mature earlier than the Revolving Facility Termination Date (but
may have amortization prior to such date, may be required to be mandatorily prepaid in full or in part prior to prepayment of the Revolving Credit Loans, and may permit voluntary prepayments thereof) and (D) except as set forth above, shall be
treated substantially the same as (and in any event no more favorably than) the Revolving Credit Loans; provided that (1) the terms and conditions applicable to the pricing, fees, amortization and mandatory prepayments regarding any
tranche of Incremental Term Loans may differ from those applicable to Revolving Credit Loans. 
 (b) Each tranche of Incremental
Term Loans and each Revolving Credit Commitment Increase shall be in a minimum amount of $25,000,000 and integral multiples of $5,000,000. A commitment to make Incremental Term Loans shall become an “Incremental Term Loan
Commitment” under this Agreement, and a commitment to participate in a Revolving Credit Commitment Increase shall become a “Revolving Credit Commitment” (or in the case of a Revolving Credit Commitment Increase to be provided by
an existing Revolving Lender, an increase in such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment) under this Agreement, in any such case, pursuant to a “Commitment and Acceptance” substantially in the form of Exhibit I (a “Commitment
and Acceptance”). Any request for a tranche of Incremental Term Loans or a Revolving Credit Commitment Increase shall be made in a written notice (an “Increase Notice”) given to the Administrative Agent by the Company not
less than ten Business Days (or such shorter period agreed to between the Administrative Agent and the Company) prior to the proposed effective date therefor, which Increase Notice shall specify the amount of the proposed tranche of Incremental
Term Loans or the Revolving Credit Commitment Increase, as the case may be, and the proposed effective date thereof. Incremental Term Loans may be made, and Revolving Credit Commitment Increases may be provided, by any existing Lender or by any
other bank or other financial institution or other Person engaged in the business of making commercial loans (any such other bank or 

  
 37 

 
other financial institution or other Person, a “Proposed New Lender”) as determined by the Administrative Agent and the Company; provided that any Proposed New Lender in
the case of a Revolving Credit Commitment Increase shall be consented to by the Issuer (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld conditioned or delayed). The Administrative Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders on or before the Business
Day immediately prior to the proposed effective date of the tranche of Incremental Term Loan Commitments (and the related Incremental Term Loans) or the Revolving Credit Commitment Increase, of the amount of each Lender’s and Proposed New
Lender’s Incremental Term Loan Commitment or new or increased Revolving Credit Commitment, as applicable, and the resulting aggregate amount of the tranche of Incremental Term Loan Commitments (and the related Incremental Term Loans) or the
amount of the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments, as the case may be, which amount shall be effective on the following Business Day, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions described in clause (c) below. 

(c) Without limiting the applicability of any conditions to Advances set forth in this Agreement, the effectiveness of any tranche of
Incremental Term Loan Commitments (and the corresponding availability of the related Incremental Term Loans) and the effectiveness of each Revolving Credit Commitment Increase shall be subject to the following conditions precedent: 

(i) As of the proposed effective date of such Incremental Term Loan Commitments (and related Incremental Term Loans) or
Revolving Credit Commitment Increase, (x) all representations and warranties under Article V and the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects as though made on such date (except with respect to any representation
or warranty expressly stated to have been made as of a specific date which shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such specified date), (y) no event shall have occurred and then be continuing which constitutes an
Unmatured Default or a Default and (z) the Company shall have demonstrated to the Administrative Agent’s reasonable satisfaction that, as of the proposed effective date of the Revolving Credit Commitment Increase or Incremental Term Loan
Commitments, as the case may be, after giving effect thereto, the Company and its Subsidiaries are in compliance on a pro forma basis with the covenants contained in Sections 6.17 and 6.18 recomputed as of the last day of the most recently
ended fiscal quarter of the Company for which financial statements are available, as if such Revolving Credit Commitment Increase or Incremental Term Loan Commitments, as applicable, had been effective as of the first day of each relevant period for
testing such compliance; 
 (ii) the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and each Proposed New Lender or Lender
that shall have agreed to provide a “Commitment” in support of such Incremental Term Loans or Revolving Credit Commitment Increase shall have executed and delivered a Commitment and Acceptance; 

(iii) counsel for the Borrowers and the Guarantors shall have provided to the Administrative Agent supplemental opinions
in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; 
 (iv) the Borrowers, the Guarantors
and the Proposed New Lenders shall otherwise have executed and delivered such other instruments and documents as may be required under Article IV or that the Administrative Agent shall have reasonably requested in connection with such increase
(including, in the case of a tranche of Incremental Term Loans, an amendment to, or amended and restatement of, this Agreement and, as appropriate, the other Loan Documents (an “Incremental Term Loan Amendment”), executed by the
Borrowers, each Lender agreeing to provide such Incremental Term Loans, if any, each Proposed New Lender, if any, and the Administrative Agent, which amendment or amendments may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to
this Agreement and the other Loan 

  
 38 

 
Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent, to effect such Incremental Term Loans in accordance with this Section 2.19), and each
Loan Party shall have reaffirmed its obligations, and the Liens granted, under the Loan Documents; and 
 (v) in
the case of a Revolving Credit Commitment Increase, the Administrative Agent shall have administered the reallocation of the Aggregate Revolving Credit Outstandings on the effective date of such increase ratably among the Revolving Lenders
(including new Lenders) after giving effect to such increase; provided, that (1) the Borrowers hereby agree to compensate the Lenders for all losses, expenses and liabilities incurred by any Lender in connection with the sale or assignment of
any Eurocurrency Loan resulting from such reallocation on the terms and in the manner set forth in Section 3.3, and (2) the Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby agree that the minimum borrowing, pro rata borrowing and pro rata
payment requirements contained elsewhere in this Agreement shall not apply to the reallocations effected pursuant to this clause (v). 
 Upon
satisfaction of the conditions precedent to any tranche of Incremental Term Loans or Revolving Credit Commitment Increase, the Administrative Agent shall promptly advise the Company and each Lender of the effective date thereof (each such effective
date, an “Increase Effective Date”). Upon any Increase Effective Date that is supported by a Proposed New Lender, such Proposed New Lender shall become a party to this Agreement as a Lender and shall have the rights and obligations
of a Lender hereunder. Nothing contained herein shall constitute, or otherwise be deemed to be, a commitment or other requirement on the part of any Lender to make Incremental Term Loans or increase its Revolving Credit Commitment at any time.

 ARTICLE III 
 CHANGE IN CIRCUMSTANCES, TAXES 
 3.1 Alternate Rate of
Interest. If prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurocurrency Advance: 
 (a) the Administrative Agent
determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate, as applicable, for such Interest Period; or 

(b) the Administrative Agent is advised by the Required Lenders that the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such Interest Period will not adequately
and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (or Lender) of making or maintaining their Loans (or its Loan) included in such Advance for such Interest Period; 
 then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the applicable Borrower and the Lenders by telephone or telecopy as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent
notifies the applicable Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist (which it agrees to promptly do if such is the case), (i) any request that requests the conversion of any Advance to, or
continuation of any Advance as, a Eurocurrency Advance shall be ineffective and any such Eurocurrency Loan shall be repaid on the last day of the then current Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) if any request for an Advance requests a
Eurocurrency Advance such request shall be ineffective, and (iii) if any request for an Advance requests a Eurocurrency Advance, if such Advance is a U.S. Dollar Loan then such Advance shall be made as an Alternate Base Rate Advance and if
such Advance is a Foreign Currency Loan then such Advance shall not be made unless the applicable Borrower and the Lenders agree upon an acceptable alternate interest rate; provided that if the

  
 39 

 
circumstances giving rise to such notice affect only one Type of Advances, then the other Type of Advances shall be permitted. 

3.2 Increased Costs. (a) If any Change in Law shall: 

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with
or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate) or the Issuer; 
 (ii) impose on any Lender or the Issuer or the London interbank market any other condition affecting this Agreement or Eurocurrency Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation
therein; or 
 (iii) subject any Recipient to any Taxes on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit,
commitments, or other obligations hereunder, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes; (B) Excluded Taxes and (C) Other Connection Taxes on gross or net income,
profits or revenue (including value-added or similar Taxes)); 
 and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such
Lender or such other Recipient of making or maintaining any Eurocurrency Loan or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan or to increase the cost to such Lender (including, without limitation, pursuant to any conversion of any Advance
denominated in an Agreed Currency into an Advance denominated in any other Agreed Currency), the Issuer or such other Recipient of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit or to reduce the amount of any sum received or
receivable by such Lender, the Issuer or such other Recipient hereunder, whether of principal, interest or otherwise (including, without limitation, pursuant to any conversion of any Advance denominated in an Agreed Currency into an Advance
denominated in any other Agreed Currency), then the Company will pay to such Lender, the Issuer or such other Recipient, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender, the Issuer or such other Recipient, as the
case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes; (B) Excluded Taxes and (C) Other Connection Taxes on gross or net income, profits or revenue (including value-added or similar
Taxes)). 
 (b) If any Change in Law regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return
on such Lender’s or the Issuer’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or the Issuer’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such
Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by the Issuer, to a level below that which such Lender or the Issuer or such Lender’s or the Issuer’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such
Lender’s or the Issuer’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or the Issuer’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time the Company will pay to such Lender or the Issuer, as the case may be,
such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuer or such Lender’s or the Issuer’s holding company for any such reduction suffered. 
 (c) A certificate of a Lender or the Issuer setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or the Issuer or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in
paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 3.2 shall be delivered to the Company and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Subject to paragraph (d) of this Section the Company shall pay such Lender or the Issuer, as the case may
be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate, absent manifest error, within 30 days after receipt thereof. 

  
 40 

 (d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the Issuer to demand compensation pursuant
to this Section 3.2 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or the Issuer’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Company shall not be required to compensate a Lender or the Issuer pursuant to this
Section 3.2 for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender or the Issuer, as the case may be, notifies the Company of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and
of such Lender’s or the Issuer’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided further that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 180-day period referred to
above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof. 
 3.3 Break Funding Payments. In the event
of (a) the payment of any principal of any Eurocurrency Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of a Default), (b) the conversion of any Eurocurrency Loan other than on the last day
of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (c) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Eurocurrency Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice may be revoked and is
revoked), or (d) the assignment of any Eurocurrency Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by the Company pursuant to Section 3.5, then, in any such event, the Company (or the
applicable Borrower) shall compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense (excluding loss of anticipated profits due to the addition of the Applicable Margin to the Adjusted LIBO Rate) attributable to such event. In the case of a Eurocurrency
Loan, such loss, cost or expense to any Lender shall be deemed to include an amount reasonably determined by such Lender to be the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the principal amount of such Loan had
such event not occurred, at the Adjusted LIBO Rate that would have been applicable to such Loan, for the period from the date of such event to the last day of the then current Interest Period therefor (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert
or continue, for the period that would have been the Interest Period for such Loan), over (ii) the amount of interest which would accrue on such principal amount for such period at the interest rate which such Lender would bid were it to bid,
at the commencement of such period, for dollar deposits of a comparable amount and period from other banks in the eurodollar market. A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to
this Section 3.3 shall be delivered to the Company and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Company shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 30 days after receipt thereof. 

3.4 (a) Withholding of Taxes; Gross-Up. Each payment by any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall be made without
withholding for any Taxes, unless such withholding is required by any law. If any Withholding Agent determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it is so required to withhold Taxes, then such Withholding Agent may so withhold and
shall timely pay the full amount of withheld Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law. If such Taxes are Indemnified Taxes, then the amount payable by such Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that, net
of such withholding (including such withholding applicable to additional amounts payable under this Section), the applicable Recipient receives the amount it would have received had no such withholding been made. 

(b) Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrowers. Each applicable Borrower shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant
Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law. 
 (c) Evidence of Payments. As soon as practicable after any
payment of Indemnified Taxes by any Loan Party to a Governmental Authority, such Loan Party shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such

  
 41 

 
payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. 

(d) Indemnification by the Loan Parties. Each applicable Loan Party shall indemnify each Recipient for any Indemnified Taxes that
are paid or payable by such Recipient in connection with any Loan Document (including amounts paid or payable under this Section 3.4(d)) and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified
Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. The indemnity under this Section 3.4(d) shall be paid within 30 days after the Recipient delivers to the applicable Loan Party a certificate stating the
amount of any Indemnified Taxes so paid or payable by such Recipient and describing in reasonable detail the basis for the indemnification claim. Such certificate shall be conclusive of the amount so paid or payable absent manifest error. Such
Recipient shall deliver a copy of such certificate to the Administrative Agent. 
 (e) Indemnification by the Lenders.
Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent for any Taxes (but, in the case of any Indemnified Taxes, only to the extent that any Loan Party has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and
without limiting the obligation of the Loan Parties to do so) attributable to such Lender that are paid or payable by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect
thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. The indemnity under this Section 3.4(e) shall be paid within 30 days after the Administrative Agent delivers to the
applicable Lender a certificate stating the amount of Taxes so paid or payable by the Administrative Agent. Such certificate shall be conclusive of the amount so paid or payable absent manifest error. 

(f) Status of Lenders. (i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from, or reduction of, any applicable withholding Tax
with respect to any payments under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Company and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Company or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation
prescribed by applicable law or as reasonably requested by the Company or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without, or at a reduced rate of, withholding. In addition, any Lender, if requested by the Company or the
Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by law or reasonably requested by the Company or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Company or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is
subject to any withholding (including backup withholding) or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such
documentation set forth in Section 3.4(f)(ii)(A) through (E) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or
would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender. Upon the reasonable request of such Borrower or the Administrative Agent, any Lender shall update any form or certification previously delivered pursuant to this
Section 3.4(f). If any form or certification previously delivered pursuant to this Section expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect with respect to a Lender, such Lender shall promptly (and in any event within 10 days after
such expiration, obsolescence or inaccuracy and prior to the next payment date under any of the Loan Documents) notify such Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of such expiration, obsolescence or inaccuracy and update the form or
certification if it is legally eligible to do so. 
 (ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if
the Borrower is a U.S. Person, any Lender with respect to such Borrower shall, if it is legally eligible to do so, deliver to such Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies reasonably requested by such

  
 42 

 
Borrower and the Administrative Agent) on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a party hereto, duly completed and executed copies of whichever of the following is applicable:

 (A) in the case of a Lender that is a U.S. Person, IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is
exempt from U.S. Federal backup withholding tax; 
 (B) in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming the
benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (1) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding
Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (2) with respect to any other applicable payments under this Agreement, IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding
Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty; 
 (C)
in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender for whom payments under this Agreement constitute income that is effectively connected with such Lender’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States, IRS Form W-8ECI; 

(D) in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under
Section 881(c) of the Code both (1) IRS Form W-8BEN and (2) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit J (a “U.S. Tax Certificate”) to the effect that such Lender is not (a) a “bank”
within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (b) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code (c) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in
Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and (d) conducting a trade or business in the United States with which the relevant interest payments are effectively connected; 

(E) in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender that is not the beneficial owner of payments made under any Loan Document
(including a partnership or a participating Lender) (1) an IRS Form W-8IMY on behalf of itself and (2) the relevant forms prescribed in clauses (A), (B), (C), (D) and (F) of this paragraph (f)(ii) and in
paragraph (f)(iii) that would be required of each such beneficial owner or partner of such partnership if such beneficial owner or partner were a Lender; provided, however, that if the Lender is a partnership and one or more of its
partners are claiming the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, such Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Certificate on behalf of such partners; or 

(F) any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from, or a reduction of,
U.S. Federal withholding Tax together with such supplementary documentation necessary to enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the amount of Tax (if any) required by law to be withheld. 

(iii) If a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. Federal withholding Tax imposed
by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Withholding Agent, at the
time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Withholding Agent, such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional
documentation reasonably requested by the Withholding Agent as may be necessary for the Withholding Agent to comply with its 

  
 43 

 
obligations under FATCA, to determine that such Lender has or has not complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA and, as necessary, to determine the amount to deduct and withhold
from such payment. Solely for purposes of this Section 3.4(f)(iii), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement. 
 (g) Treatment of Certain Refunds. If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to
this Section 3.4 (including additional amounts paid pursuant to this Section 3.4), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section with
respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including any Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such
refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid to such indemnified party pursuant to the previous sentence (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by
the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3.4(g), in no event will any indemnified party be
required to pay any amount to any indemnifying party pursuant to this Section 3.4(g) if such payment would place such indemnified party in a less favorable position (on a net after-Tax basis) than such indemnified party would have been in if
the indemnification payments or additional amounts giving rise to such refund had never been paid. This Section 3.4(g) shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating
to its Taxes which it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person. 
 (h) Survival. Each
party’s obligations under this Section 3.4 shall survive any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other obligations under any Loan
Document. 
 (i) Issuer. For purposes of Section 3.4(e) and (f), the term “Lender” includes any Issuer.

 3.5 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders. 

(a) If any Recipient requests compensation under Section 3.2, or if any Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any
Recipient or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Recipient pursuant to Section 3.4, then such Recipient shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign
its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Recipient, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 3.2 or 3.4, as
the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Recipient to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Recipient. The Company hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses
incurred by any Recipient in connection with any such designation or assignment including the $3,500 fee contemplated by Section 13.1(b). 
 (b) If any Lender (i) shall become affected by any of the changes or events described in Section 3.2 or 3.4 and a Borrower is required to pay additional amounts or make indemnity payments with
respect to the Lender thereunder, (ii) is a Defaulting Lender, (iii) is a Lender described in the ultimate sentence of Section 8.2.2(iii) and is thus prohibiting the joinder of a Foreign Subsidiary as a Foreign Subsidiary Borrower
thereunder, or (iv) has failed to consent to a proposed amendment, waiver, discharge or termination which pursuant to the terms of Section 8.2 or any other provision of any Loan Document requires the consent of all affected Lenders and
with respect to which the Required Lenders shall have granted their consent (any such Lender being hereinafter referred to as a “Departing Lender”), then in such case, the Borrowers may, upon at least five Business Days’ notice to the
Administrative Agent and 

  
 44 

 
such Departing Lender (or such shorter notice period specified by the Administrative Agent), designate a replacement lender reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (a “Replacement
Lender”) to which such Departing Lender shall, subject to its receipt (unless a later date for the remittance thereof shall be agreed upon by the Borrowers and the Departing Lender) of all amounts owed to such Departing Lender under Sections
3.2 or 3.4, if any, assign all (but not less than all) of its interests, rights, obligations, Loans and Commitments hereunder; provided, that the Departing Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its
Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder, from the Replacement Lender (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and
fees) or the Borrowers (in the case of all other amounts). Upon any assignment by any Lender pursuant to this Section 3.5 becoming effective, the Replacement Lender shall thereupon be deemed to be a “Lender” for all purposes of this
Agreement (unless such Replacement Lender was, itself, a Lender prior thereto) and such Departing Lender shall thereupon cease to be a “Lender” for all purposes of this Agreement and shall have no further rights or obligations hereunder
(other than pursuant to Section 3.2 or 3.4 and Section 10.6). 
 (c) Notwithstanding any Departing Lender’s
failure or refusal to assign its rights, obligations, Loans and Commitments under this Section 3.5, the Departing Lender shall cease to be a “Lender” for all purposes of this Agreement and the Replacement Lender shall be substituted
therefor upon payment to the Departing Lender by the Replacement Lender of all amounts set forth in paragraph (b) of Section 3.5 without any further action of the Departing Lender. 

ARTICLE IV 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT 
 4.1 Closing Conditions. On the date hereof, the Borrowers shall furnish, or shall cause to be furnished, to the Administrative Agent, each of the following: 

 

	 	(a)	Copies of the articles of incorporation or similar organizational documents of each Borrower and Guarantor, together with all amendments thereto, and a certificate of
good standing or similar governmental evidence of corporate existence (to the extent applicable in the case of Foreign Subsidiaries), certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or other duly authorized representative of such Borrower or
Guarantor, as the case may be, or of the Company. 

  

	 	(b)	Copies of the by-laws and Board of Directors’ resolutions (and resolutions of other bodies, if any are reasonably deemed necessary by counsel for the
Administrative Agent) of each Borrower and Guarantor authorizing the execution of the Loan Documents, certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or other duly authorized representative of such Borrower or Guarantor, as the case may be, or
of the Company. 

  

	 	(c)	An incumbency certificate of each Borrower and Guarantor, which shall identify by name and title and bear the signature of the officers of such Borrower or such
Guarantor authorized to sign the applicable Loan Documents and to make borrowings hereunder, upon which certificate the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely until informed of any change in writing by such Borrower, such
Guarantor or the Company. 

  
 45 

	 	(d)	A written opinion or opinions of the Borrowers’ and Guarantors’ counsel, addressed to the Administrative Agent and Lenders, in substantially the form of
Exhibit K hereto. 

  

	 	(e)	Written money transfer instructions, as described on Exhibit L hereto, addressed to the Administrative Agent and signed by two Authorized Officers, together with such
other related money transfer authorizations as the Administrative Agent may have reasonably requested. 

  

	 	(f)	The Guaranty executed by all of the Guarantors. 

  

	 	(g)	Payment of all fees owing to the Administrative Agent or any Lender under any Loan Document by the Borrowers and the Guarantors as of the Effective Date.

  

	 	(h)	Evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that, since December 31, 2010, there has been no change in the business, property, condition
(financial or otherwise) or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

 

	 	(i)	All obligations under the Existing Loan Agreement shall be paid in full and all commitments of each of the lenders thereunder shall be terminated.

  

	 	(j)	Such other agreements and documents, and the satisfaction of such other conditions, as may be reasonably required by the Administrative Agent, including without
limitation the delivery of all Loan Documents contemplated to be executed and delivered on the Effective Date executed by all applicable parties and such funding instructions as may be required by the Administrative Agent. 

4.2 Each Advance. The Lenders shall not be required to make any Loans nor shall any Issuer be required to issue any Letter of
Credit, unless on the applicable Borrowing Date, both before and after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Loan or Letter of Credit: 
 (a) There exists no Default or Unmatured Default. 
 (b) The
representations and warranties contained in Article V are true and correct as of such Borrowing Date except to the extent any such representation or warranty relates solely to an earlier date, in which case such representation or warranty shall be
true and correct on and as of such earlier date. 
 (c) If such Loan is an initial Loan to a Subsidiary Borrower,
the Administrative Agent shall have received a Foreign Subsidiary Opinion or Domestic Subsidiary Opinion, as the case may be, in respect of such Subsidiary Borrower and such other documents reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent.

 Each Borrowing notice with respect to each borrowing by a Borrower hereunder or each request for an issuance of a Facility
Letter of Credit shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Company and such Borrower that the conditions contained in Sections 4.2(a), (b) and (c) have been satisfied. 

  
 46 

 ARTICLE V 
 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 
 Each of the Company and the
Subsidiary Borrowers (insofar as the representations and warranties set forth below relate to such Subsidiary Borrower) represents and warrants to the Lenders that: 
 5.1 Corporate Existence and Standing. Each Borrower and Guarantor is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other organization, duly organized and validly existing under the laws
of its jurisdiction of organization and has all requisite corporate, partnership, company or similar authority to conduct its business as presently conducted (in each case, in the case of Foreign Subsidiaries, to the extent such legal concepts are
applicable thereto). 
 5.2 Authorization and Validity. Each Borrower has the corporate or other power and authority and
legal right to execute and deliver the Loan Documents and to perform its obligations thereunder. The execution and delivery by each of the Borrowers of the Loan Documents and the performance of their obligations thereunder have been duly authorized
by proper corporate or other applicable company proceedings, and the Loan Documents to which they are a party constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrowers enforceable against the Borrowers in accordance with their terms, except
as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity. 
 5.3 No Conflict; Government Consent. Neither the execution and delivery by the Borrowers of the Loan Documents, nor the consummation of the transactions therein contemplated, nor compliance with
the provisions thereof will violate any law, rule, regulation, order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree or award binding on the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s constitutive documents or the
provisions of any indenture, instrument or agreement to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or is subject, or by which it, or its Property, is bound, or conflict with or constitute a default thereunder, or result in the creation
or imposition of any Lien (other than any Lien permitted by Section 6.12) in, of or on the Property of the Company or a Subsidiary pursuant to the terms of any such indenture, instrument or agreement. Other than those that have been obtained,
no order, consent, approval, license, authorization, or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by, or other action in respect of any governmental or public body or authority, or any subdivision thereof, is required to
authorize, or is required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of, or the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of, any of the Loan Documents. 

5.4 Financial Statements. The Company has heretofore furnished to the Lenders its consolidated balance sheet and statements of
income, stockholders equity and cash flows (i) as of and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, reported on by KPMG, independent public accountants, and (ii) as of and for the fiscal quarter and the portion of the fiscal year
ended March 31, 2011, certified by its chief financial officer. Such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries
as of such dates and for such periods in accordance with GAAP, subject to year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes in the case of the statements referred to in clause (ii) above. All financial statements of the Company and its
Subsidiaries delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) of Section 6.1 on and after the Effective Date were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in effect on the date such
statements were prepared and fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial condition and operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries (other 

  
 47 

 
than in the case of annual financial statements, subject to the absence of footnotes and year-end audit adjustments). 
 5.5 Material Adverse Change. Since December 31, 2010 or, after the first financial statements are delivered under Sections 6.1(i) or (ii), since the date of the financial statements most
recently delivered under Section 6.1(i) or (ii), there has been no change in the business, Property, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, which could reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect. 
 5.6 Taxes. The Company and its Subsidiaries have filed all United States federal tax
returns and all other material tax returns that are required to be filed with any Governmental Authority and have paid all taxes shown as due pursuant to said returns or pursuant to any assessment received by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
by any Governmental Authority, except such taxes, if any, as are being contested in good faith and as to which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP and as to which no Lien (other than as permitted by Section 6.12) exists
except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No tax liens have been filed and no claims are being asserted with respect to any such taxes, other than as permitted by Section 6.12.
The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Company and its Subsidiaries in respect of any taxes or other governmental charges are adequate. 
 5.7 Litigation and Guarantee Obligations. Except as set forth on Schedule 5.7 hereto, there is no litigation, arbitration or proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of any of the Company’s
executive officers, any governmental investigation or inquiry pending or any litigation, arbitration, governmental investigation, proceeding or inquiry threatened against or affecting the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or which seeks to prevent, enjoin or delay the making of the Loans or Advances. Other than any liability incident to such litigation, arbitration or proceedings listed on Schedule 5.7, the Company and its
Subsidiaries have no material Guarantee Obligations not provided for or disclosed in financial statements referred to in Section 5.4 that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

5.8 Subsidiaries. Schedule 5.8 hereto contains an accurate list of all Subsidiaries of the Company as of the Effective Date,
setting forth their respective jurisdictions of incorporation or organization and the percentage of their respective Capital Stock owned by the Company or other Subsidiaries. All of the issued and outstanding shares of Capital Stock of such
Subsidiaries held by the Company have been duly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable (to the extent such concepts are applicable). 
 5.9 ERISA. Except where noncompliance could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each member of the Controlled Group has fulfilled its obligations under the minimum funding
standards of ERISA and the Code with respect to each Single Employer Plan. Each member of the Controlled Group is in material compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code with respect to each Plan except where such non compliance
would not have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each Single Employer Plan complies in all material respects with all applicable requirements of law and regulations, no
Reportable Event which has or may result in any liability has occurred with respect to any Single Employer Plan, and no steps have been taken to terminate any Single Employer Plan. No member of the Controlled Group has (i) sought a waiver of
the minimum funding standard under Section 412 of the Code in respect of any Plan, (ii) failed to make any contribution or payment to any Single Employer Plan or Multiemployer Plan, or made any amendment to any Plan, which has resulted or
could result in the imposition of a Lien or the posting of a bond or other security under ERISA or the Code or (iii) incurred 

  
 48 

 
any actual liability under Title IV of ERISA that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, other than a liability to the PBGC for premiums under Section 4007 of ERISA
or a liability that has been satisfied. 
 5.10 Accuracy of Information. No information, exhibit or report furnished by
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in writing to the Administrative Agent or to any Lender in connection with the negotiation of the Loan Documents contained any material misstatement of fact or omitted to state a material fact or any fact
necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which made, as of the date thereof; provided, however, that with respect to projected financial information and information of a general
economic or industry specific nature, the Company represents only that such information has been prepared in good faith based on assumptions believed by the Company to be reasonable. 

5.11 Regulations T, U and X. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries extends or maintains, in the ordinary course of
business, credit for the purpose, whether immediate, incidental, or ultimate, of buying or carrying Margin Stock, and no part of the proceeds of any Advance will be used for the purpose, whether immediate, incidental, or ultimate, of buying or
carrying any such Margin Stock or maintaining or extending credit to others for such purpose in any way that would violate Regulation T, U or X. After applying the proceeds of each Advance, Margin Stock will not constitute more than 25% of the value
of the assets (either of the Company alone or of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis) that are subject to any provisions of any Loan Document that may cause the Advances to be deemed secured, directly or indirectly, by Margin
Stock. The Company and its Subsidiaries are in compliance with Section 6.2. 
 5.12 Material Agreements. Neither the
Company nor any Subsidiary is a party to any agreement or instrument or subject to any charter or other corporate restriction which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is in default
in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any of the obligations, covenants or conditions contained in any agreement to which it is a party (including any agreement or instrument evidencing or governing Indebtedness), which default could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 
 5.13 Compliance With Laws; Properties. The Company and its
Subsidiaries have complied with all applicable statutes, rules, regulations, orders and restrictions of any domestic or foreign government or any instrumentality or agency thereof having jurisdiction over the conduct of their respective businesses
or the ownership of their respective Property (including without limitation any of the foregoing referenced in the Patriot Act Certificate of the Loan Parties dated the Effective Date), failure to comply with which could reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect. 
 5.14 Plan Assets; Prohibited Transactions. The Company and its Subsidiaries have not
engaged in any non-exempt prohibited transaction within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and neither the execution of this Agreement nor
the making of Loans (assuming the accuracy of the following representations and warranties which the Lenders hereby make for the benefit of the Borrowers: (i) that no part of the funds to be used by the Lenders for funding any of the Loans
shall constitute assets of an “employee benefit plan” within the meaning of ERISA or the assets of a “plan” as defined in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code and (ii) that no Lender will transfer its interest herein unless
the prospective transferee makes the representations and warranties set forth in this parenthetical phrase as if had originally been a party to this agreement) hereunder will constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction within the meaning of
Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code. 

  
 49 

 5.15 Environmental Matters. In the ordinary course of its business, the officers of
the Company consider the effect of Environmental Laws on the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, in the course of which they identify and evaluate potential risks and liabilities accruing to the Company and its Subsidiaries due to
Environmental Laws. On the basis of this consideration, the Company has reasonably concluded that the Company and its Subsidiaries are not in violation of any Environmental Laws in such a fashion that could reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received any written notice to the effect that its operations are not in material compliance with any of the requirements of applicable Environmental Laws or, to the knowledge of any
Borrower, are the subject of any federal or state investigation evaluating whether any Remedial Action is required to be performed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, which non-compliance or Remedial Action could reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect. 
 5.16 Investment Company Act. No Borrower is an “investment company” or a
company “controlled” by an “investment company”, within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. 
 5.17 Subsidiary Borrowers. (a) Except as described on Schedule 5.8, each Subsidiary Borrower is a direct or indirect Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company (excluding director qualifying
shares and the like); and 
 (b) Each Subsidiary Borrower will have, upon becoming a party hereto, all right and authority to
enter into this Agreement and each other Loan Document to which it is a party, and to perform all of its obligations under this and each other Loan Document to which it is a party; all of the foregoing actions will have been taken prior to any
request for Loans by such Borrower, duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of such Borrower, and when such Subsidiary Borrower becomes a party hereto, this Agreement and each other Loan Document to which it is a party will constitute
valid and binding obligations of such Borrower enforceable in accordance with their respective terms except as such terms may be limited by the application of bankruptcy, moratorium, insolvency and similar laws affecting the rights of creditors
generally and by general principles of equity. 
 5.18 Insurance. The Company and its Subsidiaries maintain insurance
with financially sound and reputable insurance companies (or self-insurance programs) on their Property in such amounts (with such customary deductibles, exclusions and self-insurance) and covering such risks as management of the Company reasonably
considers consistent with sound business practice. 
 5.19 Ownership of Properties. On the Effective Date, the Company
and its Subsidiaries will have good title, free of all Liens (other than as permitted by Section 6.12), to all Property and assets reflected in their financial statements for such date as owned by them. 

5.20 Labor Controversies. There are no labor controversies pending or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, threatened
against the Company or any Subsidiary, that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 
 5.21
Burdensome Obligations. The Company does not presently anticipate that future expenditures needed to meet the provisions of federal or state statutes, orders, rules or regulations will be so burdensome as to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

  
 50 

 ARTICLE VI 
 COVENANTS 
 During the term of this Agreement, unless the Required
Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing: 
 6.1 Financial Reporting. The Company will maintain, for itself and each
Subsidiary, a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with GAAP, and furnish to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders: 

(i) Within 90 days (or such earlier date as the Company may be required to file its applicable annual report on Form 10-K
by the rules and regulations of the SEC) after the close of each of its fiscal years, an audit report (without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit)
certified by independent certified public accountants reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, prepared in accordance with GAAP on a consolidated basis for itself and its Subsidiaries, including balance sheets as of the end of such period,
related profit and loss statements, and a statement of cash flows, accompanied by a certificate of said accountants that, in the course of their examination necessary for their certification of the foregoing, they have obtained no knowledge of any
Default or Unmatured Default, or if, in the opinion of such accountants, any Default or Unmatured Default shall exist, stating the nature and status thereof. 
 (ii) Within 45 days (or such earlier date as the Company may be required to file its applicable quarterly report on Form 10-Q by the rules and regulations of the SEC) after the close of each of the first
three quarterly periods of each fiscal year, for itself and its Subsidiaries, consolidated unaudited balance sheets as at the close of each such period and consolidated unaudited profit and loss statements and a consolidated unaudited statement of
cash flows for the period from the beginning of such fiscal year to the end of such quarter, all certified by a Designated Financial Officer. 
 (iii) Together with the financial statements required under Sections 6.1(i) and (ii), a compliance certificate in substantially the form of Exhibit M (a “Compliance Certificate”) signed
by a Designated Financial Officer and stating that no Default or Unmatured Default exists, or if any Default or Unmatured Default exists, stating the nature and status thereof. 

(iv) As soon as possible and in any event within 30 Business Days after the Company knows that any Reportable Event has
occurred with respect to any Plan, a statement, signed by a Designated Financial Officer of the Company, describing said Reportable Event and the action which the Company proposes to take with respect thereto. 

(v) As soon as possible and in any event within 15 Business Days after receipt by the Company, a copy of (a) any
written notice or claim to the effect that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is or may be liable to any Person as a result of the Release by the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, or any other Person of any Hazardous Substances into the
environment, and (b) any written notice alleging any violation of any Environmental Law by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, which, in either case, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

(vi) Promptly after the sending or filing thereof, copies of all reports, proxy statements and financial statements that
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries sends to or files with any of their respective securities holders (other than the Company or another Subsidiary) or any securities exchange or the SEC pertaining to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as the
issuer of securities. 

  
 51 

 (vii) Such other information (including non-financial information) as the
Administrative Agent or any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) may from time to time reasonably request. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing
clauses (i) and (ii) above, as to any information contained in materials furnished pursuant to clause (vi) above, the Company shall not be separately required to furnish such information under the clauses (i) or (ii) above,
provided the foregoing shall not be in derogation of the obligation of the Company to furnish the information and materials described in the above clauses (i) and (ii) above at the times specified therein. Materials required to be
delivered pursuant to any of clauses (i) through (vi), inclusive, above (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and shall be deemed to have been delivered on the
date (i) on which the Company posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Company’s website on the Internet, and gives written notice thereof to the Administrative Agent; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the
Company’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which the Administrative Agent has access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent), and the Administrative Agent shall have
received written notice of such posting. 
 6.2 Use of Proceeds. The Company will, and will cause each Subsidiary to, use
the proceeds of the Advances for general corporate purposes, including Acquisitions and commercial paper back up. The Company will not, nor will it permit any Subsidiary to, use any of the proceeds of the Advances to purchase or carry any Margin
Stock in any way in violation of Regulation T, U or X. 
 6.3 Notice of Default. The Company will, and will cause each
Borrower and Subsidiary to, give prompt notice in writing to the Administrative Agent of the occurrence of any Default or Unmatured Default and of any other development, financial or otherwise, which could reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect. 
 6.4 Conduct of Business. The Company will, and will cause each Subsidiary to, carry on and conduct its
business in substantially the same fields of enterprise as it is presently conducted or fields related thereto or extensions thereof (taking the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis) and do all things necessary to remain duly
incorporated or organized, validly existing and (to the extent such concept applies to such entity) in good standing as a domestic corporation, partnership or limited liability company in its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization, as the
case may be (unless, with respect to Subsidiaries other than Subsidiary Borrowers, the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect), and maintain all requisite authority to conduct its business in each
jurisdiction in which its business is conducted, unless the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 
 6.5 Taxes. The Company will, and will cause each Subsidiary to, timely file complete and correct United States federal and applicable foreign, state and local tax returns required by law and pay
when due all taxes, assessments and governmental charges and levies upon it or its income, profits or Property, except those that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which adequate reserves have been set
aside in accordance with GAAP, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 
 6.6 Insurance. The Company will, and will cause each Subsidiary to, maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies insurance on all their Property in such amounts (with such
customary deductibles, exclusions and self-insurance) and covering such risks as is consistent with sound business practice. 

  
 52 

 6.7 Compliance with Laws. The Company will, and will cause each Subsidiary to, comply
with all Requirements of Law, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 
 6.8 Properties; Inspection. The Company will, and will cause each Subsidiary to, do all things necessary to maintain, preserve, protect and keep its material Property in good repair, working order
and condition, and make all necessary and proper repairs, renewals and replacements to the extent the Company reasonably deems consistent with sound business practice. The Company will, and will cause each Subsidiary to, permit the Administrative
Agent and the Lenders, by their respective representatives and agents, to reasonably inspect any of the Property of the Company and each Subsidiary, the financial or accounting records of the Company and each Subsidiary and other documents of the
Company and each Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent any of the foregoing is reasonably related to the credit evaluation by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement, to examine and make copies of such records and
documents of the Company and each Subsidiary, and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company and each Subsidiary with, and to be advised as to the same by, their respective officers upon reasonable prior notice at such reasonable
times and intervals as the Administrative Agent may designate. 
 6.9 Merger. The Company will not, nor will it permit
any Subsidiary to, merge or consolidate with or into any other Person, except that, provided that no Default or Unmatured Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom on a pro forma basis reasonably acceptable to the
Administrative Agent, the Company may merge or consolidate with any other U.S. corporation and each Subsidiary may merge or consolidate with any other Person, provided, further, that (i) in the case of any such merger or consolidation involving
the Company, the Company is the surviving corporation and (ii) in the case of any such merger or consolidation involving a Subsidiary which is a Subsidiary Borrower, the surviving corporation assumes all of such Borrower’s obligations
under this Agreement and remains or becomes a Subsidiary Borrower. 
 6.10 Sale of Assets. The Company will not, nor will
it permit any Subsidiary to, lease, sell or otherwise dispose of its Property, to any other Person (other than to the Company or a Guarantor or between Foreign Subsidiaries), except: 

(i) Sales and leases of inventory in the ordinary course of business. 

(ii) Dispositions of obsolete or worn out property or surplus equipment, in each case in the ordinary course of business. 

(iii) Dispositions of machinery, equipment or other fixed assets to the extent that (i) such assets are exchanged for credit against
the purchase price of similar replacement assets that are purchased within 180 days or (ii) the proceeds of such disposition are applied to the purchase price of replacement assets within 180 days. 

(iv) Dispositions of Cash Equivalents and the like in the ordinary course of business in connection with cash management activities.

 (v) Discounts, adjustments or forgiveness of accounts receivable and other contract claims in the ordinary course of business
or in connection with collection or compromise thereof and sales of accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business and at the request of the account debtor thereon to facilitate the processing and payment thereof. 

  
 53 

 (vi) Dispositions resulting from any taking or condemnation of any property of the Company
or any Subsidiary by any Governmental Authority or any assets subject to a casualty. 
 (vii) (x) The lease or sublease of
real property in the ordinary course of business and not constituting a sale and leaseback and (y) the sale and leaseback of real property provided any Indebtedness arising from such sale and leaseback is not prohibited hereunder. 

(viii) Assignments and licenses of intellectual property of the Company and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business.

 (ix) Sales of accounts receivable (and rights and property ancillary thereto) pursuant to, and in accordance with the terms
of, a Permitted Securitization. 
 (x) Sales, assignments or other transfers of accounts or lease receivables (and rights and
property ancillary thereto) (x) pursuant to, and in accordance with, the terms of a Permitted Factoring that is part of an ongoing factoring or similar program, or (y) arising under an Integrated Service Contract or otherwise in connection
with the incurrence of Integrated Service Contract Debt. 
 (xi) Lease, sale (including a sale-leaseback) or other disposition
of its current headquarters location in North Canton, Ohio. 
 (xii) Sales and other dispositions of Property permitted under
Section 6.19. 
 (xiii) Other leases, sales (including sale-leasebacks) or other dispositions of its Property that,
together with all other Property of the Company and its Subsidiaries previously leased, sold or disposed of in reliance upon this clause (xiii) during the twelve-month period ending with the most recent month prior to the month in which any
such lease, sale or other disposition occurs for which financial statements of the Company have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(i) or (ii), did not constitute a Substantial Portion of the Property of the Company and its Subsidiaries as
of the end of such most recent prior month. 
 Notwithstanding anything in this Section 6.10 to the contrary, no such leases, sales or
other dispositions of property may be made (other than pursuant to clause (i) above) if any Default or, in the case of clauses (ix), (xii) and (xiii), Unmatured Default has occurred and is continuing. 

6.11 Investments and Acquisitions. The Company will not, nor will it permit any Subsidiary to, make or suffer to exist any
Investments, or commitments therefor, or to make any Acquisition of any Person, except, so long as no Default or Unmatured Default exists or would be caused thereby: 
 (i) Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents. 
 (ii) Investments in Guarantors.

 (iii) (a) Investments in existence on December 31, 2010 and (b) Investments in an SPC in connection with a
Permitted Securitization and in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed (x) 10% of the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred in respect of Permitted Securitizations plus (y) the aggregate amount of
accounts and notes receivables and related rights and property transferred to an SPC in connection with Permitted Securitizations plus (z) the aggregate amount of capital contributions and loans made or deemed made by the transferor to the SPC
in respect of a portion of the purchase price for such transferred assets not paid in cash. 

  
 54 

 (iv) Investments by Foreign Subsidiaries that are not Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers in other
Foreign Subsidiaries. 
 (v) The Company and its Subsidiaries may make intercompany loans between and among one another
(collectively, “Intercompany Loans”); provided that at no one time shall the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Intercompany Loans made in reliance on this clause (v) by Loan Parties to External Subsidiaries or by Domestic
Loan Parties to Foreign Loan Parties, exceed the Dollar Equivalent Amount of $100,000,000 (determined without regard to any write-downs or write-offs of such Intercompany Loans); 

(vi) Investments received as part of the settlement of litigation or in satisfaction of extensions of credit to any Person pursuant to
the reorganization, bankruptcy or liquidation of such Person or a good faith settlement of debts with such Person. 
 (vii)
Investments received in settlement of amounts due to the Company or any Subsidiary effected in the ordinary course of business. 

(viii) Other Investments provided that the aggregate amount of such Investments made (net of any return in cash (including via book
entry) of the principal amount thereof) in any consecutive four fiscal quarter period does not exceed 10% of Total Assets as of the beginning of such period, as set forth on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company included in the financial
statements of the Company delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(i) or (ii) for the most recently ended fiscal quarter (or fiscal year if such fiscal quarter is the fourth fiscal quarter of the Company’s fiscal year) prior to such period.

 (ix) Any Acquisition so long as the aggregate amount of consideration (including without limitation any payments in cash,
Capital Stock or other consideration, any direct or deferred payments (to the extent such deferred payments should be shown as a liability on a balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP) and the amount of any
Indebtedness (other than Letters of Credit incurred in the ordinary course of business) assumed or otherwise incurred in connection with such Acquisition) paid or payable by the Company or any Subsidiary in connection with any such Acquisition does
not exceed the aggregate of 15% of Total Assets (as set forth on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company included in the most recent financial statements of the Company delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(i) or (ii), prior to giving effect
to such Acquisition) and, if any, the available amount of the basket provided under clause (viii) above and applied towards such Investment and such Acquisition is not a Hostile Acquisition, and any Investments acquired in connection with such
permitted Acquisition (provided that such Investments were not made in connection with the anticipation of such Acquisition). 

(x) Investments permitted under Section 6.19. 
 6.12 Liens. The Company will not, nor will it permit any Subsidiary to, create, incur, or suffer to exist any Lien in, of or on the Property of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, except:

 (i) Permitted Encumbrances. 
 (ii) Liens existing on the date hereof and described on Schedule 6.12, but not including any subsequent increase in the principal amount secured thereby. 

(iii) Any extension, renewal or replacement (or successive extensions, renewals or replacements) in whole or in part of any Lien referred
to in the foregoing clauses, provided, however, that the principal amount of Indebtedness secured thereby shall not exceed the principal amount of Indebtedness so secured prior to such extension, renewal or replacement and that such extension,
renewal 

  
 55 

 
or replacement Lien shall be limited to all or a part of the assets that secured the Lien so extended, renewed or replaced (plus improvements and construction on such real property). 

(iv) Liens upon assets of an SPC granted in connection with a Permitted Securitization permitted hereunder and customary backup Liens
granted by the transferor in accounts receivable and related rights and property transferred to an SPC; 
 (v) Liens arising out
of or related to the rights of buyers of accounts under any Permitted Factoring or Integrated Service Contract or otherwise in connection with the incurrence of Integrated Service Contract Debt permitted hereunder. 

(vi) Liens in favor of financial institutions against cash pooling arrangements or bank account deposits in foreign bank accounts at such
financial institution granted in the ordinary course of business and consistent with standard business practices in such foreign jurisdiction, provided that any such deposit account is not a dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to
restrictions against access by the Company or its Subsidiaries. 
 (vii) Liens on the Company’s contemplated new
headquarters related to the acquisition, construction and/or financing thereof. 
 (viii) Liens permitted under
Section 6.19. 
 (ix) Liens customary in the banking industry constituting a right of set-off, revocation, refund or
chargeback under a customary deposit agreement or under the Uniform Commercial Code of a bank or other financial institution (or similar Liens of non-U.S. financial institutions) incurred in the ordinary course of business where deposits are
maintained by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company. 
 (x) Liens not otherwise permitted by the foregoing provisions of
this Section 6.12, provided that the aggregate outstanding amount secured by all such Liens shall not at any time exceed 15% of Tangible Net Worth as shown on or determined in accordance with the most recent financial statements of the Company
delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(i) or (ii). 
 6.13 Affiliates. The Company will not, and will not permit any
Subsidiary to, enter into any transaction (including, without limitation, the purchase or sale of any Property or service) with, or make any payment or transfer to, any Affiliate unless such transaction is (a) otherwise permitted under this
Agreement, (b) in the ordinary course of business of the Company and/or such Subsidiary, (c) solely among the Company and the other Guarantors, or (d) upon fair and reasonable terms (taken as a whole) not materially less favorable to
the Company or such Subsidiary than the Company or such Subsidiary would obtain in a comparable arms-length transaction. 
 6.14
Indebtedness of certain Subsidiaries. The Company will not permit any Subsidiary which is not a Guarantor to create, incur or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except: 
 (i) The Loans, the Facility Letters of Credit and the other Obligations. 
 (ii)
Indebtedness in an aggregate amount at any one time up to the amount of the Indebtedness of the Company’s Subsidiaries as of the Effective Date, which amount for purposes of this clause (ii) is deemed to be $70,000,000 (and a statement of
which Indebtedness as of the Effective Date has been provided to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders). 

  
 56 

 (iii) Indebtedness consisting of avals by any of the Company’s Subsidiaries for the
benefit of, and with respect to obligations which are not classified as Indebtedness of, any of the Company’s other Subsidiaries which are entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with standard business practices.

 (iv) Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary after the date hereof; provided that such Indebtedness existed at
the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary and was not created in contemplation of or in connection with such Person becoming a Subsidiary. 
 (v) Any refunding or refinancing of any Indebtedness referred to in clauses (ii) and (iii) above, provided that any such refunding or refinancing does not increase the principal amount thereof.

 (vi) Indebtedness arising from (a) the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar
transactions in the ordinary course of business, or (b) the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in
the ordinary course of business. 
 (vii) Receivables Indebtedness (excluding any intercompany Indebtedness among the Company
and its Subsidiaries) permitted under Section 6.20. 
 (viii) Indebtedness resulting from an Investment permitted under
Section 6.11. 
 (ix) Integrated Service Contract Debt. 

(x) Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with cash pooling arrangements and cash management incurred in
the ordinary course of business in respect of netting services and similar arrangements in each case in connection with cash management and deposit accounts, but only to the extent, with respect to any such arrangements, that the total amount of
deposits subject to such arrangements equals or exceeds the total amount of overdrafts or similar obligations subject thereto. 

(xi) Indebtedness in respect of performance, surety, customs and appeal bonds, or any indemnity agreement related thereto, arising in the
ordinary course of business. 
 (xii) Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.19. 

(xiii) Other Indebtedness; provided that, at the time of the creation, incurrence or assumption of such other Indebtedness and after
giving effect thereto, the aggregate amount of all such other Indebtedness of such Subsidiaries does not exceed an amount equal to 15% of Tangible Net Worth as shown on or determined in accordance with the most recent financial statements of the
Company delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(i) or (ii). 
 (xiv) Guarantee Obligations in respect of Indebtedness permitted
under any of the foregoing clauses in this Section 6.14. 
 6.15 Limitation on Restrictions on Subsidiary
Distributions. The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, enter into or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Subsidiary of the Company to (i) pay dividends or
make any other distributions in respect of any Capital Stock of such Subsidiary held by, or pay any Indebtedness owed to, the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) make loans or advances to the Company or any other Subsidiary of
the Company or (iii) transfer any of its assets to the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company, except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or 

  
 57 

 
by reason of (a) any restrictions existing under the Loan Documents, (b) any restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement which has been entered into in
connection with the disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary, (c) any restrictions with respect to assets encumbered by a Lien permitted by Section 6.12 so long as such restriction applies
only to the assets encumbered by such permitted Lien, (d) to the extent required by the minority shareholders thereof, any restriction with respect to a Foreign Subsidiary of which less than 90% of the Voting Stock is owned by the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries, (e) customary restrictions in connection with Permitted Securitizations, (f) applicable Requirements of Law, (g) customary restrictions and conditions contained in any agreement relating to the disposition of
any property not prohibited by Section 6.10 pending the consummation of such disposition, (h) any agreement in effect at the time a Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary of the Company, so long as such agreement was not entered into in
connection with or in contemplation of such person becoming a Subsidiary of the Company, (i) any instrument governing Indebtedness assumed in connection with any permitted Acquisition and permitted pursuant to Section 6.14, which
encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person or the properties or assets of the Person so acquired; or (h) any encumbrances or restrictions imposed by any
amendments or refinancings that are otherwise permitted by the Loan Documents of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (b), (h) or (i) above; provided that such amendments or refinancings are no more materially
restrictive with respect to such encumbrances and restrictions than those prior to such amendment or refinancing; provided further that this Section 6.15 shall not apply to encumbrances or restrictions (x) arising by reason of customary
non-assignment or no-subletting clauses in leases or other contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices or (y) pursuant to the terms governing Indebtedness of any Foreign Subsidiary provided that
such encumbrances or restrictions shall be limited to the assets of such Foreign Subsidiary. 
 6.16 Financial Contracts.
The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, enter into or remain a party to any Financial Contract for purposes of financial speculation. 
 6.17 Total Net Debt to Capitalization Ratio. The Company shall not permit its Total Net Debt to Capitalization Ratio to exceed 50% at any time. 

6.18 Interest Coverage Ratio. The Company shall not permit its Interest Coverage Ratio to be less than 5.0 to 1.0 as of the last
day of any fiscal quarter, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2011. 
 6.19 New Headquarters. The
Company and its Subsidiaries may make Investments related to the financing of the Company’s contemplated new headquarters, including the purchase of bonds and the like related to the same, enter into any lease, sale (including a sale-leaseback)
or other disposition of such contemplated new headquarters, and grant Liens and incur Indebtedness in connection with financing the acquisition and construction of such contemplated new headquarters; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to
the contrary, the aggregate amount of all Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries incurred, directly or indirectly, in connection with financing the acquisition and construction of such contemplated new headquarters shall not exceed the sum
of $125,000,000 and the then outstanding amount of Company Finance Bonds owned by the Company or a Subsidiary at such time. 

6.20 Receivables Indebtedness. The Company and its Subsidiaries shall not permit the aggregate outstanding amount of Receivables
Indebtedness at any one time to exceed the Dollar Equivalent Amount of $200,000,000. 

  
 58 

 ARTICLE VII 
 DEFAULTS 
 The occurrence of any one or more of the following events
shall constitute a Default: 
 7.1 Any representation or warranty made, including without limitation those deemed made pursuant
to Section 4.2, by or on behalf of the Company or its Subsidiaries to the Lenders or the Administrative Agent in any Loan Document, in connection with any Loan or Facility Letter of Credit, or in any certificate or information delivered in
writing in connection with any Loan Document or in any certificate or information delivered in writing in connection with any Loan Document shall be false in any material respect on the date as of which made. 

7.2 Nonpayment of principal of any Loan when due, or nonpayment of interest on any Loan or of any facility fee within five Business Days
after written notice from the Administrative Agent that the same has become due, or nonpayment of any other obligations under any of the Loan Documents within five Business Days after written notice from the Administrative Agent that the same has
become due. 
 7.3 The breach by any Borrower of any of the terms or provisions in Sections 6.2, 6.3, 6.9, 6.10, 6.11, 6.12,
6.13, 6.14, 6.15, 6.16, 6.17, 6.18, 6.19 or 6.20. 
 7.4 The breach by any Borrower or Guarantor of, or other default by any
Borrower or Guarantor under, any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than a breach or default which constitutes a Default under Section 7.1, 7.2 or 7.3) which is not remedied within 30 days after
written notice from the Administrative Agent. 
 7.5 Failure of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to pay when due any
Indebtedness or Rate Hedging Obligations aggregating in excess of $25,000,000 (“Material Indebtedness”); or the default by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the performance of any term, provision or condition contained in
any agreement under which any such Material Indebtedness was created or is governed, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Material Indebtedness to cause, such
Material Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; or any Material Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall be declared to be due and payable or required to be prepaid or repurchased (other than by a regularly
scheduled payment) prior to the stated maturity thereof; or the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall not pay, or admit in writing its inability to pay, its debts generally as they become due. 

7.6 The Company or any of its Subsidiaries, shall (i) voluntarily have an order for relief entered with respect to it under any
existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, (ii) make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (iii) apply for, seek, consent to, or acquiesce
in, the appointment of a receiver, custodian, trustee, examiner, liquidator or similar official for it or any Substantial Portion of its Property, (iv) institute any proceeding seeking an order for relief under any existing or future law of any
jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking dissolution, winding up, liquidation, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or
composition of it or its debts or seeking similar relief under any law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors or similar proceeding or fail to file an answer or other
pleading denying the material allegations of any 

  
 59 

 
such proceeding filed against it, (v) take any corporate, company or other action to authorize or effect any of the foregoing actions set forth in this Section 7.6 or (vi) fail to
contest in good faith any appointment or proceeding described in Section 7.7. 
 7.7 Without its application, approval or
consent, a receiver, trustee, examiner, liquidator or similar official shall be appointed for the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any Substantial Portion of their respective Property, or a proceeding described in Section 7.6(iv) shall be
instituted against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and such appointment continues undischarged or such proceeding continues undismissed or unstayed for a period of 60 consecutive days. 

7.8 Any court, government or governmental agency shall without appropriate compensation condemn, seize or otherwise appropriate, or take
custody or control of (each a “Condemnation”), all or any portion of the Property of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries which, when taken together with all other Property of the Company and its Subsidiaries so condemned, seized,
appropriated, or taken custody or control of, during the twelve-month period ending with the month in which any such Condemnation occurs, constitutes a Substantial Portion and is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

7.9 One or more judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $25,000,000 (other than judgments covered by
insurance issued by an insurer that has accepted coverage and has the ability to pay such judgments) shall be rendered against the Company, any Subsidiary or any combination thereof and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of
90 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to enforce any such judgment which is
not effectively stayed for a period of 30 consecutive days; 
 7.10 Any member of the Controlled Group shall fail to pay
when due an amount or amounts aggregating in excess of $25,000,000 which it shall have become liable to pay under Title IV of ERISA; or notice of intent to terminate a Single Employer Plan with Unfunded Liabilities in excess of $25,000,000 (a
“Material Plan”) shall be filed under Section 4041(c) of ERISA by any member of the Controlled Group, any plan administrator or any combination of the foregoing; or the PBGC shall institute proceedings under Title IV of ERISA
to terminate, to impose liability (other than for premiums under Section 4007 of ERISA) in excess of $25,000,000 in respect of, or to cause a trustee to be appointed to administer any Material Plan; or a condition shall exist that could
reasonably be expected to result in PBGC obtaining a decree adjudicating that any Material Plan must be terminated; or the determination by the PBGC of liability in excess of $25,000,000 on any member of the Controlled Group pursuant to
Section 4062(e) or 4069 of ERISA or by reason of the application of Section 4212(c) of ERISA; or there shall occur a complete or partial withdrawal from, or a default, within the meaning of Section 4219(c)(5) of ERISA, with respect to
one or more Multiemployer Plans which causes one or more members of the Controlled Group to incur a current payment obligation in excess of $25,000,000. 
 7.11 The Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall be the subject of any proceeding or investigation pertaining to the Release by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any other Person of any Hazardous
Substance, or any violation of any applicable Environmental Law, which, in either case, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 
 7.12 The occurrence of any Change of Control. 
 7.13. Any Guaranty shall fail to
remain in full force or effect or any action shall be taken to discontinue or assert the invalidity or unenforceability of any Guaranty by any Guarantor, or any Guarantor shall fail to comply with any of the terms or provisions of any Guaranty to
which it is a party, 

  
 60 

 
or any Guarantor denies that it has any further liability under any Guaranty to which it is a party, or gives notice to such effect (other, in each case, then pursuant to Section 8.2.1(e)).

 ARTICLE VIII 
 ACCELERATION, WAIVERS, AMENDMENTS AND REMEDIES 
 8.1
Acceleration. (a) If any Default described in Section 7.6 or 7.7 occurs, (i) the obligations of the Lenders to make Loans hereunder and the obligations of the Issuers to issue Facility Letters of Credit shall automatically
terminate and the Obligations shall immediately become due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind, all of which the Borrowers hereby expressly waive and without any election or action on the part of the Administrative
Agent or any Lender and (ii) each Borrower will be and become thereby unconditionally obligated, without the need for demand or the necessity of any act or evidence, to deliver to the Administrative Agent, at its address specified pursuant to
Article XIV, for deposit into the Letter of Credit Collateral Account, an amount (the “Collateral Shortfall Amount”) equal to the excess, if any, of 
 (A) 100% of the sum of the aggregate maximum amount remaining available to be drawn under the Facility Letters of Credit requested by such Borrower (assuming compliance with all conditions for drawing
thereunder) issued by an Issuer and outstanding as of such time, over 
 (B) the amount on deposit for such Borrower in
the Letter of Credit Collateral Account at such time that is free and clear of all rights and claims of third parties (other than the Administrative Agent and the Lenders) and that has not been applied by the Lenders against the Obligations of such
Borrower. 
 (b) If any Default occurs and is continuing (other than a Default described in Section 7.6 or 7.7),
(i) the Required Lenders may terminate or suspend the obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and the obligation of the Issuers to issue Facility Letters of Credit hereunder, or declare the Obligations to be due and payable, or both, whereupon
(if so declared) the Obligations shall become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind, all of which the Borrowers hereby expressly waive and (ii) the Required Lenders may, upon notice delivered to
the Borrowers with outstanding Facility Letters of Credit and in addition to the continuing right to demand payment of all amounts payable under this Agreement, make demand on each such Borrower to deliver (and each such Borrower will, forthwith
upon demand by the Required Lenders and without necessity of further act or evidence, be and become thereby unconditionally obligated to deliver), to the Administrative Agent, at its address specified pursuant to Article XIV, for deposit into the
Letter of Credit Collateral Account an amount equal to the Collateral Shortfall Amount payable by such Borrower. 
 (c) If at
any time while any Default is continuing or the Facility Termination Date has occurred, the Administrative Agent determines that the Collateral Shortfall Amount at such time is greater than zero, the Administrative Agent may make demand on the
Borrowers with outstanding Facility Letters of Credit to deliver (and each such Borrower will, forthwith upon demand by the Administrative Agent and without necessity of further act or evidence, be and become thereby unconditionally obligated to
deliver), to the Administrative Agent as additional funds to be deposited and held in the Letter of Credit Collateral Account an amount equal to such Collateral Shortfall Amount payable by such Borrower at such time. 

  
 61 

 (d) The Administrative Agent may at any time or from time to time after funds are deposited
in the Letter of Credit Collateral Account, apply such funds to the payment of the Obligations of the relevant Borrowers and any other amounts as shall from time to time have become due and payable by the relevant Borrowers to the Lenders under the
Loan Documents. 
 (e) Neither the Borrowers nor any Person claiming on behalf of or through the Borrowers shall have any right
to withdraw any of the funds held in the Letter of Credit Collateral Account. After all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full or upon the request of the Company if no Default has occurred and is continuing, any funds remaining in
the Letter of Credit Collateral Account shall be returned by the Administrative Agent to the applicable Borrower(s) or paid to whoever may be legally entitled thereto at such time. 

(f) The Administrative Agent shall exercise reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any funds held in the Letter of Credit
Collateral Account and shall be deemed to have exercised such care if such funds are accorded treatment substantially equivalent to that which the Administrative Agent accords its own property, it being understood that the Administrative Agent shall
not have any responsibility for taking any necessary steps to preserve rights against any Persons with respect to any such funds. 
 8.2 Amendments. 
 8.2.1 Subject to the provisions of this Article VIII, the
Required Lenders (or the Administrative Agent with the consent in writing of the Required Lenders) and the Borrowers may enter into agreements supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding or modifying any provisions to the Loan Documents or
changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or the Borrowers hereunder or waiving any Default hereunder; provided, however, no such supplemental agreement shall, (i) without the consent of the Administrative Agent, modify any
rights or obligations of any kind of the Administrative Agent, (ii) without the consent of the Swing Lender, modify any rights or obligations of any kind of the Swing Lender, and (iii) without the consent of the Issuer, modify any rights
or obligations of any kind of the Issuer, and provided further, that no such supplemental agreement shall, without the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby: 

(a) Extend the final maturity of any Loan, Commitment, Note or Reimbursement Obligation or forgive all or any portion of the principal
amount thereof, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest or fees thereon (other than, with respect to Swing Loans only, any reduction of the rate or extension of the time of payment of principal, interest or fees thereon (if such
extension is not beyond the Facility Termination Date) or forgiveness of all or any portion of the principal amount thereof, which shall require the consent of the Swing Lender only). 

(b) Reduce the percentage specified in the definition of Required Lenders. 

(c) Extend the Facility Termination Date, or reduce the amount or extend the payment date for, the mandatory payments required under
Section 2.6, or increase the amount of any Commitment of any Lender hereunder other than as allowed hereunder, or permit any Borrower to assign its rights under this Agreement. 

(d) Amend this Section 8.2.1 or Section 12.2 (including defined terms used therein) in a manner that would alter the manner in
which payments are shared (it being understood and agreed that (i) any amendments or other modifications permitted by Section 2.19 or 8.2.4 shall not be deemed to alter the manner in which payments are shared or alter any other pro rata
sharing of payments and (ii) any 

  
 62 

 
“amend-and-extend” transaction that extends the Facility Termination Date only for those Lenders that agree to such an extension shall not be deemed to alter the manner in which
payments are shared or alter any other pro rata sharing of payments). 
 (e) Release any Guarantor which is the Company or a
Significant Subsidiary, provided that all parties hereto agree that the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to release any Guarantor (other than the Company) if (i) 100% of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor is, directly or indirectly, sold
or otherwise transferred in a transaction permitted hereunder or (ii) the Guarantee of such Guarantor is no longer required for compliance by the Company with Section 2.18. 

(f) increase any Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender. 

8.2.2 In addition to amendments effected pursuant to the foregoing, Schedule 1.1(c) may be amended as follows: 

(i) Schedule 1.1(c) will be automatically amended to add Subsidiaries of the Company as additional Subsidiary Borrowers
upon the satisfaction of each of the following conditions: (a) the execution and delivery by the Company, any such Subsidiary Borrower and the Administrative Agent, of a Joinder Agreement providing for any such Subsidiary to become a Subsidiary
Borrower, (b) the delivery to the Administrative Agent of (A) a Domestic Subsidiary Opinion or Foreign Subsidiary Opinion, as the case may be, in respect of such additional Subsidiary Borrower and (B) such other documents and
information with respect thereto as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request (including without limitation organizational documents, resolutions (if applicable), incumbency certificates and any other documents and information required by
the Act (as defined in Section 10.11)), (c) the making of Loans by the applicable Lenders to, and the issuance of Facility Letters of Credit by the applicable Issuer for the benefit of, such additional Subsidiary Borrower would not violate
any applicable law, rule, regulation, or directive, whether or not having the force of law, as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent in consultation with the applicable Lenders, and (d) the written approval of the Administrative
Agent in its sole discretion. 
 (ii) Schedule 1.1(c) will be automatically amended to remove any Subsidiary as a
Subsidiary Borrower upon (A) written notice by the Company to the Administrative Agent to such effect and (B) repayment in full of all outstanding Loans, and all other obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations in
respect of which no claim has been made) pursuant to any Loan Document, of such Subsidiary Borrower. 
 (iii) It
is acknowledged and agreed that there may be more than one Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, provided that there may not be a number thereof more than reasonably allowed by the Administrative Agent. In addition, no Foreign Subsidiary may become a Foreign
Subsidiary Borrower if any Lender that as a result thereof would be obligated to lend to it may not at such time legally lend to such Foreign Subsidiary unless other arrangements in respect thereof have been made that are acceptable to such Lender.

 8.2.3 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Defaulting Lenders shall not be entitled to vote (whether to consent
or to withhold its consent) with respect to any amendment, modification, termination or waiver and, for purposes of determining the Required Lenders, the Commitments and the Loans of such Defaulting Lender shall be disregarded except as provided in
Section 2.17(b). 

  
 63 

 8.2.4 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document,
(a) this Agreement and any other Loan Document may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers to each relevant Loan Document (i) to add one or more
credit facilities (in addition to the Incremental Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.19) to this Agreement and to permit extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share
ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the Revolving Credit Loans, Incremental Term Loans and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof and (ii) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such
credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders and Lenders; and (b) Incremental Term Loan Amendments may be executed and shall be effective in accordance with the terms of Section 2.19 when signed by the parties required
under Section 2.19. 
 8.2.5 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, the
Administrative Agent may, with the consent of the Company only, amend, modify or supplement this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents as may be reasonably necessary or advisable to cure any error, ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency
in order to more accurately reflect the intent of the parties, provided that (x) prior written notice of such proposed cure shall be given to the Lenders and (y) the Required Lenders do not object to such cure in writing to the
Administrative Agent within five Business Days of such notice. 
 8.2.6 No modification or waiver of any provision of this
Agreement relating to the Administrative Agent shall be effective without the written consent of the Administrative Agent. No modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement relating to the Swing Lender shall be effective without the
written consent of the Swing Lender. No modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement relating to any Issuer shall be effective without the written consent of such Issuer. The Administrative Agent may waive payment of the fee required
under Section 13.1 without obtaining the consent of any other party to this Agreement. 
 8.3 Preservation of
Rights. No delay or omission of the Lenders or the Administrative Agent to exercise any right under the Loan Documents shall impair such right or be construed to be a waiver of any Default or an acquiescence therein, and the making of a Loan
notwithstanding the existence of a Default or the inability of the Borrowers to satisfy the conditions precedent to such Loan shall not constitute any waiver or acquiescence. Any single or partial exercise of any such right shall not preclude other
or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, and no waiver, amendment or other variation of the terms, conditions or provisions of the Loan Documents whatsoever shall be valid unless in writing signed by the Lenders required
pursuant to Section 8.2, and then only to the extent in such writing specifically set forth. All remedies contained in the Loan Documents or by law afforded shall be cumulative and all shall be available to the Administrative Agent and the
Lenders until the Obligations have been paid in full. 
 ARTICLE IX 

GUARANTEE 
 9.1 Guarantee. (a) The Company hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and their respective successors, endorsees, transferees and
assigns, the prompt and complete payment and performance by the Subsidiary Borrowers when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Obligations owing by such Subsidiary Borrowers. 

  
 64 

 (b) The Company further agrees to pay any and all reasonable expenses (including, without
limitation, all reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) which are paid or incurred by the Administrative Agent, or any Lender in enforcing any rights with respect to, or collecting, any or all of the Obligations and/or enforcing any rights
with respect to, or collecting against, the Company under this Section or, in the case of the Administrative Agent, obtaining advice of counsel in respect thereof. This Section shall remain in full force and effect until the Obligations are paid in
full and the Commitments are terminated, notwithstanding that from time to time prior thereto the Borrowers may be free from any Obligations. 
 (c) No payment or payments made by any Borrower or any other Person or received or collected by the Administrative Agent or any Lender from any Borrower or any other Person by virtue of any action or
proceeding or any set-off or appropriation or application, at any time or from time to time, in reduction of or in payment of the Obligations shall be deemed to modify, reduce, release or otherwise affect the liability of the Company hereunder,
which shall, notwithstanding any such payment or payments, remain liable hereunder for the Obligations until the Obligations are paid in full and the Commitments are terminated. 

(d) The Company agrees that whenever, at any time, or from time to time, it shall make any payment to the Administrative Agent or any
Lender on account of its liability under this Section, it will notify the Administrative Agent and such Lender in writing that such payment is made under this Section for such purpose. 

9.2 No Subrogation. Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by the Company hereunder, or any set-off or application of funds
of the Company by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, the Company shall not be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of the Administrative Agent or any Lender against the Borrowers or against any guarantee or right of offset held by the
Administrative Agent or any Lender for the payment of the Obligations, nor shall the Company seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from the Borrowers in respect of payments made by the Company hereunder, until all amounts
owing to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders by the Borrowers on account of the Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations in respect of which no claim has been made) are paid in full and the Commitments are terminated. If
any amount shall be paid to the Company on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of the Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations in respect of which no claim has been made) shall not have been paid in full,
such amount shall be held by the Company in trust for the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, segregated from other funds of the Company, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by the Company, be turned over to the Administrative Agent in the exact
form received by the Company (duly endorsed by the Company to the Administrative Agent, if required), to be applied against the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in such order as Administrative Agent may determine. The provisions of this
paragraph shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of the Commitments. 
 9.3 Amendments, etc. with respect to the Obligations; Waiver of Rights. The Company shall remain obligated hereunder notwithstanding that, without any reservation of rights against the Company, and
without notice to or further assent by the Company, any demand for payment of any of the Obligations made by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may be rescinded by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, and any of the
Obligations continued, and the Obligations, or the liability of any other party upon or for any part thereof, or any guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto, may, from time to time, in whole or in part be renewed, extended,
amended, modified, accelerated, compromised, waived, surrendered or released by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, and any Loan Documents and any other documents executed and delivered in

  
 65 

 
connection therewith may be amended, modified, supplemented or terminated, in whole or in part, in accordance with the provisions thereof as the Administrative Agent (or the Required Lenders, as
the case may be) may deem advisable from time to time, and any guarantee or right of offset at any time held by the Administrative Agent or any Lender for the payment of the Obligations may be sold, exchanged, waived, surrendered or released. None
of the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall have any obligation to protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien at any time held by it as security for the Obligations or for this Agreement or any property subject thereto. When making any demand
hereunder against the Company, the Administrative Agent or any Lender may, but shall be under no obligation to, make a similar demand on any other Borrower or any other guarantor, and any failure by the Administrative Agent or any Lender to make any
such demand or to collect any payments from any other Borrower or any such other guarantor or any release of the Borrowers or such other guarantor shall not relieve the Company of its obligations or liabilities hereunder, and shall not impair or
affect the rights and remedies, express or implied, or as a matter of law, of the Administrative Agent or any Lender against the Company. For the purposes hereof “demand” shall include the commencement and continuance of any legal
proceedings. 
 9.4 Guarantee Absolute and Unconditional. The Company waives any and all notice of the creation, renewal,
extension or accrual of any of the Obligations and notice of or proof of reliance by the Administrative Agent or any Lender upon this Agreement or acceptance of this Agreement; the Obligations, and any of them, shall conclusively be deemed to have
been created, contracted or incurred, or renewed, extended, amended or waived, in reliance upon this Agreement; and all dealings among the Borrowers, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, on the other, shall likewise be
conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon this Agreement. The Company waives diligence, presentment, protest, demand for payment and notice of default or nonpayment to or upon the Subsidiary Borrowers and the Company
with respect to the Obligations. This Article IX shall be construed as a continuing, absolute and unconditional guarantee of payment without regard to (a) the validity, regularity or enforceability of this Agreement, any other Loan Document,
any of the Obligations or any guarantee or right of offset with respect thereto at any time or from time to time held by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, (b) any defense, set-off or counterclaim (other than a defense of payment or
performance by any Borrower) which may at any time be available to or be asserted by any Borrower against the Administrative Agent or any Lender, or (c) any other circumstance whatsoever (with or without notice to or knowledge of any Borrower)
that constitutes, or might be construed to constitute, an equitable or legal discharge of the Borrowers for the Obligations, or of the Company under this Section 9.4, in bankruptcy or in any other instance (other than a defense of payment or
performance by the Borrowers). When pursuing its rights and remedies hereunder against the Company, the Administrative Agent and any Lender may, but shall be under no obligation to, pursue such rights and remedies as it may have against any Borrower
or any other Person or against any guarantee for the Obligations or any right of offset with respect thereto, and any failure by the Administrative Agent or any Lender to pursue such other rights or remedies or to collect any payments from the
Borrowers or any such other Person or to realize upon any such guarantee or to exercise any such right of offset, or any release of the Borrowers or any such other Person or of any such guarantee or right of offset, shall not relieve the Company of
any liability hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, whether express, implied or available as a matter of law, of the Administrative Agent or any Lender against the Company. This Article IX shall remain in full force and
effect and be binding in accordance with and to the extent of its terms upon the Company and its successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and their respective successors, indorsees,
transferees and assigns, until all the Obligations have been satisfied by payment in full and the Commitments shall be terminated, notwithstanding that from time to time during the term of this Agreement the Borrowers may be free from any
Obligations. The obligations of the Company under this Article IX shall be joint and several with all obligations of all other Guarantors under any Guaranty at any 

  
 66 

 
time (provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, any Guarantor that is a Foreign Subsidiary shall not be liable under any Guaranty for the Obligations of the Company or any Domestic Subsidiary
Borrower), and the Administrative Agent shall have the right, in its sole discretion to pursue its remedies against any Guarantor without the need to pursue its remedies against any other Guarantor, whether now or hereafter in existence, or against
any one or more Guarantors separately or against any two or more jointly, or against some separately and some jointly. 
 9.5
Reinstatement. This Article IX shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any of the Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by the
Administrative Agent or any Lender upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of any Borrower or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or Trustee or similar officer for,
any Borrower or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made. 
 9.6
Payments. The Company hereby agrees that all payments required to be made by it hereunder will be made to the Administrative Agent without set-off or counterclaim in accordance with the terms of the Obligations, including, without limitation,
in the currency in which payment is due. 
 ARTICLE X 

GENERAL PROVISIONS 
 10.1 Survival of Representations. All representations and warranties of the Borrowers contained in this Agreement shall survive delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of the Loans herein
contemplated. 
 10.2 Governmental Regulation. Anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, no
Lender shall be obligated to extend credit to a Borrower in violation of any limitation or prohibition provided by any applicable statute or regulation. 
 10.3 Headings. Section headings in the Loan Documents are for convenience of reference only, and shall not govern the interpretation of any of the provisions of the Loan Documents. 

10.4 Entire Agreement. The Loan Documents embody the entire agreement and understanding among the Borrowers, the Administrative
Agent and the Lenders and supersede all prior agreements and understandings among the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders relating to the subject matter thereof other than any fee letters among any Borrowers and either of the
Administrative Agent and any other agreements of any of the Borrowers with the Administrative Agent which survive the execution of the Loan Documents. 
 10.5 Several Obligations; Benefits of this Agreement. The respective obligations of the Lenders hereunder are several and not joint and no Lender shall be the partner or agent of any other (except
to the extent to which the Administrative Agent is authorized to act as such). The failure of any Lender to perform any of its obligations hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender from any of its obligations hereunder. This Agreement shall not
be construed so as to confer any right or benefit upon any Person other than the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns. 
 10.6 Expenses; Indemnification. (i) The Borrowers shall reimburse the Administrative Agent for any reasonable costs and out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable external attorneys’
fees) paid 

  
 67 

 
or incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery, syndication, review, amendment, modification, and administration (including, without
limitation, preparation of the reports described below) of the Loan Documents. The Borrowers also agree to reimburse the Administrative Agent and the Lenders for any reasonable costs and out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable external
attorneys’ fees) paid or incurred by the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the collection and enforcement of the Loan Documents. The Borrowers acknowledge and agree that from time to time the Administrative Agent may prepare
and may distribute to the Lenders (but shall have no obligation or duty to prepare or to distribute to the Lenders) certain audit reports (the “Reports”) pertaining to any Borrower’s and Guarantors’ assets for internal use
by the Administrative Agent from information furnished to it by or on behalf of the Borrowers, after the Administrative Agent has exercised its rights of inspection pursuant to this Agreement; provided that, if any Lender requests copies of any
future similar Reports which the Administrative Agent has prepared, then the Administrative Agent will provide such reports to such Lender provided that such Lender has executed an indemnity agreement acceptable to the Administrative Agent. For the
avoidance of doubt, such reports are subject to the confidentiality requirements of Section 10.10. The Borrowers further acknowledge and agree that the Administrative Agent or any of its agents or representatives may conduct reasonable
comprehensive field audits of the Property of the Company and each Subsidiary, financial or accounting records of the Company and each Subsidiary and other documents of the Company and each Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent any of the
foregoing is reasonably related to the credit evaluation by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement, provided that (x) other than after the occurrence and during continuance of a Default, no more than one such
comprehensive field audit shall be conducted in any fiscal year and (y) only after the occurrence and during continuance of a Default shall such field audits be at the Company’s expense. 

(ii) The Borrowers hereby further agree to indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Lender, and their respective
directors, officers and employees against all losses, claims, damages, penalties, judgments, liabilities and reasonable expenses (including, without limitation, all reasonable expenses of litigation or preparation therefor whether or not the
Administrative Agent or any Lender is a party thereto) which any of them may pay or incur at any time arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the transactions contemplated hereby or the direct or indirect application
or proposed application of the proceeds of any Loan or Facility Letters of Credit hereunder except to the extent that they are determined in a final non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross
negligence or wilful misconduct of the party seeking indemnification or a claim by any Borrower for breach in bad faith of such indemnified party’s contractual obligations. The obligations of the Borrowers under this Section 10.6 shall
survive the termination of this Agreement. 
 10.7 Severability of Provisions. Any provision in any Loan Document that is
held to be inoperative, unenforceable, or invalid in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be inoperative, unenforceable, or invalid without affecting the remaining provisions in that jurisdiction or the operation, enforceability, or
validity of that provision in any other jurisdiction, and to this end the provisions of all Loan Documents are declared to be severable. 
 10.8 Nonliability of Lenders. The relationship between the Borrowers and the Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall be solely that of borrower and lender. Neither the Administrative Agent nor
any Lender shall have any fiduciary responsibilities to any Borrower. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender undertakes any responsibility to any Borrower to review or inform any Borrower of any matter in connection with any phase of such
Borrower’s business or operations. Each Borrower agrees that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have liability to any Borrower (whether sounding in tort, contract or otherwise) for losses suffered by any Borrower in
connection with, arising out of, or in any way related to, the transactions contemplated and the relationship established by the 

  
 68 

 
Loan Documents, or any act, omission or event occurring in connection therewith, unless it is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable order that such losses
resulted from the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of, or violation of applicable laws or any of the Loan Documents by, the party from which recovery is sought. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any liability with
respect to, and each Borrower hereby waives, releases and agrees not to sue for, any special, indirect or consequential damages suffered by the Borrowers in connection with, arising out of, or in any way related to the Loan Documents or the
transactions contemplated thereby. 
 10.9 Confidentiality. (a) Each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuers and
the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (i) to its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees and agents, including accountants, legal
counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and be instructed and agree to keep such Information confidential), (ii) to the
extent requested by any regulatory authority or by applicable laws or regulations, (iii) to the extent required by any subpoena or similar legal process, provided, however, to the extent permitted by applicable law and if
practical to do so under the circumstances, that the Person relying on this clause (iii) shall provide the Company with prompt notice of any such required disclosure so that the Company may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy,
and in the event that such protective order or other remedy is not obtained, such Person will furnish only that portion of the Information which is legally required, (iv) to any other party to this Agreement, (v) in connection with the
exercise of any remedies hereunder or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the enforcement of rights hereunder, (vi) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to any
actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrowers and their obligations, (vii) as permitted by Section 13.2 hereof, (viii) with the consent of the Company or
(ix) to the extent such Information (1) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or any agreement contemplated by this Section or (2) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, the Issuers or
any Lender on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Company (and not in breach of this Section or any agreement contemplated by this Section). For the purposes of this Section, “Information” means all information
received from the Company or any Subsidiary relating to the Company or any Subsidiary or their business, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, any Issuer or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to
disclosure by the Company or any Subsidiary. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same
degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information. 
 (b) EACH LENDER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT INFORMATION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 10.10(a) FURNISHED TO IT PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY INCLUDE MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION CONCERNING THE COMPANY AND ITS
RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES, AND CONFIRMS THAT IT HAS DEVELOPED COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES REGARDING THE USE OF MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION AND THAT IT WILL HANDLE SUCH MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THOSE
PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW, INCLUDING FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS. 
 (c) ALL INFORMATION,
INCLUDING REQUESTS FOR WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS, FURNISHED BY THE COMPANY OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO, OR IN THE COURSE OF ADMINISTERING, THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE SYNDICATE-LEVEL INFORMATION, WHICH MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC

  
 69 

 
INFORMATION ABOUT THE COMPANY AND ITS RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES. ACCORDINGLY, EACH LENDER REPRESENTS TO THE COMPANY AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT THAT IT HAS IDENTIFIED IN ITS
ADMINISTRATIVE QUESTIONNAIRE A CREDIT CONTACT WHO MAY RECEIVE INFORMATION THAT MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW. 

10.10 Nonreliance. Each Lender hereby represents that it is not relying on or looking to any Margin Stock for the repayment of the
Loans provided for herein. 
 10.11 USA PATRIOT Act. Each Lender that is subject to the requirements of the USA Patriot
Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Act”) hereby notifies the Borrowers that pursuant to the requirements of the Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that
identifies the Borrowers, which information includes the name and address of the Borrowers and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrowers in accordance with the Act. 

10.12 Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to
any Loan, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Loan under applicable law (collectively the “Charges”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “Maximum Rate”)
which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect
thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated and the
interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of
repayment, shall have been received by such Lender. 
 ARTICLE XI 

THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT 
 Each of the Lenders and the Issuers hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent as its agent and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers
as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. 
 The bank serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the
Administrative Agent, and such bank and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with the Company or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if it were not the Administrative Agent
hereunder. 
 The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein. Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) the Administrative Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default or Unmatured Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) the
Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise in writing
as directed by the 

  
 70 

 
Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as required hereunder), and (c) except as expressly set forth herein, the
Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is communicated to or obtained by the bank serving as
Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the
Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 8.2.1) or in the absence of its own gross negligence or wilful misconduct. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default or Unmatured
Default unless and until written notice thereof is given to the Administrative Agent by a Borrower or a Lender, and the Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty
or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or in connection herewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants,
agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth
in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent. 
 The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing
believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to be made by the proper Person, and shall not incur
any liability for relying thereon. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for a Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it
in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts. 
 The Administrative Agent may perform any and all
its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers
through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of the preceding paragraphs shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective
activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent. Without limiting the foregoing, J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent, or any
successor-in-interest-thereto, may perform the Administrative Agent’s functions with respect to Loans denominated in any Available Foreign Currency, including Swing Loans. 

Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Administrative Agent as provided in this paragraph, the Administrative Agent may
resign at any time by notifying the Lenders, the Issuers and the Company. Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Company, to appoint a successor. If no successor shall have been so appointed by
the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuers, appoint
a successor Administrative Agent which shall be a bank with an office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such bank. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed to
and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. The fees payable by the Borrowers to a

  
 71 

 
successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Company and such successor. After the Administrative Agent’s
resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article and Section 9.03 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or
omitted to be taken by any of them while it was acting as Administrative Agent. 
 Each Lender acknowledges that it has,
independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also
acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking
or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder. 
 Neither any of the Lenders identified in this Agreement as a Syndication Agent, Documentation Agent, Managing Agent, Joint Lead Arranger, Bookrunner nor co-agent shall have any right, power, obligation,
liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement other than those applicable to all Lenders as a Lender. Without limiting the foregoing, none of such Lenders shall have or be deemed to have a fiduciary relationship with any Lender. 

ARTICLE XII 
 SETOFF; ADJUSTMENTS AMONG LENDERS 
 12.1 Setoff. In addition
to, and without limitation of, any rights of the Lenders under applicable law, if any Default occurs and is continuing, any and all deposits (including all account balances, whether provisional or final and whether or not collected or available) and
any other Indebtedness at any time held or owing by any Lender to or for the credit or account of any Borrower may be offset and applied toward the payment of the Obligations owing to such Lender by such Borrower. 

12.2 Ratable Payments. If any Lender, whether by setoff or otherwise, has payment made to it upon its Obligations owing from a
Borrower (other than payments received pursuant to Section 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4 or 10.6) in a greater proportion than that received by any other Lender on its Obligations owing from such Borrower, such Lender agrees, promptly upon demand, to
purchase a portion of the Advances to such Borrower held by the other Lenders so that after such purchase each Lender will hold its ratable proportion of Advances to such Borrower. If any Lender, whether in connection with setoff or amounts which
might be subject to setoff or otherwise, receives any protection for its Obligations or such amounts which may be subject to setoff from or with respect to any Borrower, such Lender agrees, promptly upon demand, to take such action necessary such
that all Lenders share in the benefits of such protection ratably in proportion to their Obligations owing by such Borrower. In case any such payment is disturbed by legal process, or otherwise, appropriate further adjustments shall be made.

 ARTICLE XIII 
 BENEFIT OF AGREEMENT; ASSIGNMENTS; PARTICIPATIONS 
 13.1
Successors and Assigns. (a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby,

  
 72 

 
except that (i) no Borrower may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or
transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or
implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants (to the extent provided in paragraph (c) of this Section) and, to the extent expressly
contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuers and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement. 

(b)(i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more assignees all
or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of any of its Commitments and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of:

 (A) the Borrowers, provided that no consent of the Borrowers shall be required for an assignment to a
Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund or, if a Default has occurred and is continuing, any other assignee; 
 (B) the Administrative Agent and the Issuers, provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment of any Commitment to an assignee that is a Lender with a
Commitment of same Class immediately prior to giving effect to such assignment. 
 (ii) Assignments shall be
subject to the following additional conditions: 
 (A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an
Affiliate of a Lender or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans of any Class, the amount of such Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of
the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $5,000,000, unless each of the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent, provided that no
such consent of the Borrowers shall be required if a Default has occurred and is continuing or if the assignment is to another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender; 

(B) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s
rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to any Class of Commitments or Loans; 
 (C) the parties
to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; and 

(D) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent any tax forms required by
Section 3.4(f) and an Administrative Questionnaire in which the assignee designates one or more credit contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about the Borrowers and their related
parties or their respective securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and state securities laws. 

  
 73 

 For the purposes of this Section 13.1, the term “Approved
Fund” has the following meaning: 
 “Approved Fund” means any Person (other than a
natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a
Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender. 
 (iii) Subject
to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(iv) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest
assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, subject to paragraph (d) of this Section, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such
Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be
a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4 (subject to the requirements of Section 3.4) and 10.6 and the obligations of Section 10.10 with respect to Information (as defined in such
Section) received by it while a Lender). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 13.1 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender
of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section. 
 (iv)
The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrowers, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the
Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal amount of the Loans and Reimbursement Obligations owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive
absent manifest error, and the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Issuer and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement,
notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrowers, the Issuer and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. 

(v) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the
assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire and any tax forms required by Section 3.4(f) (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section
and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register; provided that if
either the assigning Lender or the assignee is a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information therein in the Register unless and until such payment shall
have been made in full, together with all accrued interest thereon. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph. 

(c) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Issuer or the Swing Lender, sell
participations to one or more banks or other entities (a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it);
provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this 

  
 74 

 
Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) the Borrowers, the
Administrative Agent, the Issuer and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a
Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or
instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in the second proviso to Section 8.2.1 that affects such Participant. Subject to paragraph
(d) of this Section, the Borrowers agree that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3 and 3.4 (subject to the requirements and limitations therein, including the requirements under Section 3.4(f)) to
the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 12.1 as though
it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 12.2 as though it were a Lender. Each Lender shall maintain at one of its offices a record for the recordation of the names and addresses of its Participants and the
amount and terms of the participations of its Participants (the “Participant Register”). 
 (d) No
assignee or Participant shall be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 3.1, 3.2 or 3.4 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the assignment to such assignee or participation sold to such
Participant, unless the assignment to such assignee or the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrowers’ prior written consent, and shall not be entitled to any amount it would not be entitled to if it were a Lender
hereunder and complied with all provisions required of it hereunder. 
 (e) Any Lender may at any time pledge or
assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including without limitation any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section shall
not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for
such Lender as a party hereto. 
 13.2 Dissemination of Information. Each Borrower authorizes each Lender to disclose to
any Participant or potential assignee or any other Person acquiring an interest in the Loan Documents by operation of law (each a “Transferee”) and any prospective Transferee any and all information in such Lender’s possession
concerning the creditworthiness of the Company and its Subsidiaries, provided that each Transferee and prospective Transferee agrees to be bound by Section 10.10. 
 13.3 Tax Treatment. If any interest in any Loan Document is transferred to any Transferee the transferor Lender shall cause such Transferee, concurrently with the effectiveness of such transfer, to
comply with the provisions of Section 3.4 and to be subject to Section 13.1(d). 
 ARTICLE XIV 

NOTICES 
 14.1 Notices. Except as otherwise permitted by Section 2.11 with respect to borrowing notices, all notices, requests and other communications to any party hereunder shall be in writing
(including electronic transmission, facsimile transmission or similar writing) and shall be given to such 

  
 75 

 
party: (x) in the case of a Borrower or the Administrative Agent, at its address, facsimile number or e-mail address set forth on the signature pages hereof, (y) in the case of any
Lender, at its address, facsimile number or e-mail address set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire or as otherwise established pursuant to an Assignment (and the related Administrative Questionnaire) or (z) in the case of any party, at
such other address, facsimile number or e-mail address as such party may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers in accordance with the provisions of this Section 14.1. Each such notice, request
or other communication shall be effective (i) if given by facsimile transmission, when transmitted to the facsimile number specified in this Section and confirmation of receipt is received and during normal business hours, (ii) if given by
mail, 72 hours after such communication is deposited in the mails with first class postage prepaid, addressed as aforesaid, (iii) if given by electronic transmission, when transmitted and received (with an appropriate confirmation of receipt of
delivery and during normal business hours), all pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that the approval of such procedures may be modified or revoked by the Administrative Agent from time to time with reasonable prior
notice to the Company and may be limited to particular notices or other communications, or (iv) if given by any other means, when delivered at the address specified in this Section; provided that notices to the Administrative Agent under
Article II shall not be effective until received. 
 14.2 Change of Address. Any Borrower, the Administrative Agent and
any Lender may each change the address for service of notice upon it by a notice in writing to the other parties hereto. 

ARTICLE XV 

COUNTERPARTS 
 This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one agreement, and any of the parties hereto may execute this Agreement by signing any such
counterpart. Except as provided in Section 4.1, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken
together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature
page of this Agreement by telecopy or electronic mail message shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement. 
 ARTICLE XVI 
 CHOICE OF LAW, CONSENT TO JURISDICTION,

 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL, JUDGMENT CURRENCY 

16.1 Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.

 16.2 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY
RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY

  
 76 

 
HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK
TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION. 

16.3 Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers. (a) Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally: 

(i) submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York
sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or for recognition or
enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted
by law, in such Federal court; 
 (ii) waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any
objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any court referred to in paragraph (i) of this Section; 

(iii) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by
registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to its address specified in Section 14.1, or (in the case of the Borrowers) at such other address of which the Administrative Agent shall have been
notified pursuant thereto; 
 (iv) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process
in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction in which the defendant is domiciled; and 
 (v) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this subsection any special, exemplary, punitive or
consequential damages. 
 (b) Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be
conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that any party hereto may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding
relating to this Agreement against any other party or the property thereof in the courts of any jurisdiction where such party is domiciled. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of
an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court. 
 (c) Each Subsidiary Borrower hereby
irrevocably appoints the Company as its agent for service of process in any proceeding referred to in Section 16.3(i) and agrees that service of process in any such proceeding may be made by mailing or delivering a copy thereof to it care of
Company at its address for notices set forth in Section 14.1. 

  
 77 

 16.4 Acknowledgments. Each Borrower hereby acknowledges that: 

(a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents; 
 (b) none of the Administrative Agent or any Lender has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to
such Borrower arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and the relationship between the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, on the one hand, and the Borrowers, on the other hand, in connection
herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor; and 
 (c) no joint venture is created hereby or by
the other Loan Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Lenders or among the Borrowers and the Lenders. 
 16.5 Power of Attorney. Each Subsidiary Borrower hereby grants to the Company an irrevocable power of attorney to act as its attorney-in-fact with regard to matters relating to this Agreement and
each other Loan Document, including, without limitation, execution and delivery of any amendments, supplements, waivers or other modifications hereto or thereto, receipt of any notices hereunder or thereunder and receipt of service of process in
connection herewith or therewith. Each Subsidiary Borrower hereby explicitly acknowledges that the Administrative Agent and each Lender have executed and delivered this Agreement and each other Loan Document to which it is a party, and has performed
its obligations under this Agreement and each other Loan Document to which it is a party, in reliance upon the irrevocable grant of such power of attorney pursuant to this subsection. The power of attorney granted by each Subsidiary Borrower
hereunder is coupled with an interest. 
 16.6 Judgment. (a) If for the purpose of obtaining judgment in any court
it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder in one currency into another currency, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent that they may effectively do so, under applicable law that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in
accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase the first currency with such other currency in the city in which it normally conducts its foreign exchange operation for the first currency on the Business Day
preceding the day on which final judgment is given. 
 (b) The obligation of each Borrower in respect of any sum due from it to
any Lender hereunder shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the “Judgment Currency”) other than that in which such sum is denominated in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement (the “Agreement
Currency”), be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by such Lender of any sum adjudged to be so due in the Judgment Currency such Lender may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the
Agreement Currency with the Judgment Currency; if the amount of Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to such Lender in the Agreement Currency, such Borrower agrees notwithstanding any such judgment to indemnify such
Lender against such loss, and if the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased exceeds the sum originally due to any Lender, such Lender agrees to remit to such Borrower such excess. 

[Signatures on the following pages] 

  
 78 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrowers, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent have executed
this Agreement as of the date first above written. 
  

			
	DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED
		
	By:	 	/s/ Chad F. Hesse
	Print Name:	 	Chad F. Hesse
	Title:	 	Vice President, Interim General Counsel and Secretary
	
	 DIEBOLD SELF-SERVICE SOLUTIONS
 S.ar.l., as a Subsidiary Borrower

		
	By:	 	/s/ Chad F. Hesse
	Print Name:	 	Chad F. Hesse
	Title:	 	Authorized Signatory
	
	Address for notices for each Borrower:
	
	5995 Mayfair Road
	North Canton, Ohio 44720-1507
	Attention: Assistant Treasurer
	Fax: 330-490-6823
	E-mail: steve.wolgamott@diebold.com

 Signature Page to Credit Agreement 

 
			
	 JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
 as Administrative Agent and as a Lender

		
	By:	 	/s/ Robert S. Sheppard
	Print Name:	 	Robert S. Sheppard
	Title:	 	Vice President
	
	For matters other than Foreign Currency Advances:
	
	JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
	Loan and Agency Services Group
	10 S. Dearborn St., Floor 7
	Chicago, Illinois, 60603-2003
	Attention: Marlene Dill
	Telecopy No: 312-385-7096
	Telephone: 312-385-7071
	e-mail: marlene.z.dill@jpmchase.com
	
	For matters relating to Foreign Currency Advances:
	
	J.P. Morgan Europe Limited
	Loans Agency
	125 London Wall, London EC2Y 5AJ
	Attention: Lesley Pluck
	Telecopy No. +44 20 7777 2360
	Telephone: +44 20 7777 2940
	e-mail: lesley.x.pluck@jpmorgan.com

 Signature Page to Credit Agreement 

 
			
	 PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
 as a Syndication Agent and as a Lender

		
	By:	 	/s/ Joseph G. Moran
	Print Name: Joseph G. Moran
	Title: Senior Vice President

 Signature Page to Credit Agreement 

 
			
	U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Syndication Agent and as a Lender
		
	By:	 	/s/ Patrick McGraw
	Print Name: Patrick McGraw
	Title: Vice President

 Signature Page to Credit Agreement 

 
			
	BANK OF AMERICA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Documentation Agent and as a Lender
		
	By:	 	/s/ William M. Bulger, Jr.
	Print Name: William M. Bulger, Jr.
	Title: Vice President

 Signature Page to Credit Agreement 

 
			
	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Documentation Agent and as a Lender
		
	By:	 	/s/ Beth Rue
	Print Name: Beth Rue
	Title: Director

 Signature Page to Credit Agreement 

 
			
	THE BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI UFJ, LTD., as a Documentation Agent and as a Lender
		
	By:	 	/s/ Christine Howatt
	Print Name: Christine Howatt
	Title: Authorized Signatory

 Signature Page to Credit Agreement 

 
			
	THE GOVERNOR AND COMPANY OF THE BANK OF IRELAND
		
	By:	 	/s/ Aidan Brogman
	Print Name: Aidan Brogman
	Title: Relationship Manager

 Signature Page to Credit Agreement 

 
			
	HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
		
	By:	 	/s/ Robert J. McArdle
	Print Name: Robert J. McArdle
	Title: Senior Vice President, CE

 Signature Page to Credit Agreement 

 
			
	THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND plc
		
	By:	 	/s/ Robert J. Mitchell Jr.
	Print Name: Robert J. Mitchell
	Title: Managing Director

 Signature Page to Credit Agreement 

 
			
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
		
	By:	 	/s/ L. Peter Yetman
	Print Name: L. Peter Yetman
	Title: Director

 Signature Page to Credit Agreement 

 Schedule 1.1(a) 

Commitments 
  

							
	 Lender
	  	 Title
	  	Commitment	 
	 JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
	  	 Administrative Agent
	  	$	70,000,000	  
	 PNC Bank, N.A.
	  	 Co-Syndication Agent
	  	$	70,000,000	  
	 U.S. Bank National Association
	  	 Co-Syndication Agent
	  	$	70,000,000	  
	 Bank of America, N.A.
	  	 Co-Documentation Agent
	  	$	50,000,000	  
	 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
	  	 Co-Documentation Agent
	  	$	50,000,000	  
	 The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd.
	  	 Co-Documentation Agent
	  	$	50,000,000	  
	 The Governor and Company of the Bank of Ireland
	  	 Participant
	  	$	40,000,000	  
	 HSBC Bank USA, National Association
	  	 Participant
	  	$	40,000,000	  
	 The Bank of New York Mellon
	  	 Participant
	  	$	35,000,000	  
	 The Royal Bank of Scotland plc
	  	 Participant
	  	$	25,000,000	  
		  		  	 	 	 
	 Total
	  		  	$	500,000,000.00	  
		  		  	 	 	 

  
 1 

 Schedule 1.1(b) 

Integrated Service Contract Debt 
 Indebtedness incurred in connection with and for the primary purpose of financing the acquisition of equipment anticipated to become subject to an integrated service contract (i.e., a contract pursuant to
which the Company or a Subsidiary thereof provides both equipment and services to a customer). 

  
 2 

 Schedule 1.1(c) 

Subsidiary Borrowers 

Domestic Subsidiary Borrower: None. 

Domestic Subsidiary Borrower: 
 Diebold
Self-Service Solutions S.ar.l., a Swiss limited liability company, with the principal place of business at Route de Pré-Bois 29, Meyrin, Geneva 1217, Switzerland and identification number of CH-217-1000583-3 

  
 3 

 Schedule 5.7 
 Litigation 
 As disclosed in Part II, Item 1 of the Company’s quarterly report on
Form 10-Q For the fiscal quarter ended on March 31, 2011 and filed with the SEC on May 4, 2011. 

  
 4 

 Schedule 5.8 
 Subsidiaries 
 See attached. 

  
 5 

 Diebold, Incorporated & Subsidiaries 

DOMESTIC OPERATIONS 
 Revised March 31, 2011 
 Page 1 

 

	
	 Certified to be accurate to the best of my knowledge
 as of March 31, 2011

	
	/s/ Chad F. Hesse
	Chad F. Hesse, VP, Interim General Counsel and Secretary

 

 
  

 Diebold, Incorporated & Subsidiaries 

INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS 
 Revised March 31, 2011 
 Page 2 

 

	
	 Certified to be accurate to the best of my knowledge
 as of March 31, 2011

	
	/s/ Chad F. Hesse
	Chad F. Hesse, VP, Interim General Counsel and Secretary

 

 
  

 Diebold, Incorporated & Subsidiaries 

INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS 
 Revised March 31, 2011 
 Page 3 

 

	
	 Certified to be accurate to the best of my knowledge
 as of March 31, 2011

	
	/s/ Chad F. Hesse
	Chad F. Hesse, VP, Interim General Counsel and Secretary

 

 
  

 Diebold, Incorporated & Subsidiaries 

INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS 
 Revised March 31, 2011 
 Page 4 

 

	
	 Certified to be accurate to the best of my knowledge
 as of March 31, 2011

	
	/s/ Chad F. Hesse
	Chad F. Hesse, VP, Interim General Counsel and Secretary

 

 
  

 Diebold, Incorporated & Subsidiaries 

INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS 
 Revised March 31, 2011 
 Page 5 

 

	
	 Certified to be accurate to the best of my knowledge
 as of March 31, 2011

	
	/s/ Chad F. Hesse
	Chad F. Hesse, VP, Interim General Counsel and Secretary

 

 

 Schedule 6.12 
 Liens 
 Liens in respect of Industrial Revenue Bond issued by Danville, Virginia in the
principal amount of secured indebtedness not to exceed $5,800,000 encumbering the project assets. 
 Liens in respect of Industrial Revenue Bond
issued by Lexington, North Carolina in the principal amount of secured indebtedness not to exceed $7,500,000 encumbering the project assets. 

  
 6 

 EXHIBIT A 
 PRICING SCHEDULE 
 The Applicable Margin for Floating Rate Loans,
Eurocurrency Loans, the Facility Fee payable pursuant to Section 2.5 and the Letter of Credit Fee payable pursuant to Section 2.15.6 shall, subject to the last sentence of this Exhibit A, be determined in accordance with the Pricing Matrix
set forth below based on the Company’s Total Net Debt to Capitalization Ratio in effect from time to time. 
 Pricing Matrix (in basis
points) 
  

									
	 Level
	  	 Total Net Debt to

Capitalization Ratio
	  	 Facility Fee
	  	 Floating Rate

Margin for

Revolving
 Credit
Loans
	  	 Applicable

Eurocurrency Margin
 for Revolving Credit
 Loans and Letter of

Credit Fees

	 I
	  	< 15%	  	15.0 b.p.	  	0.0 b.p.	  	97.5 b.p.
	 II
	  	3 15% but < 25%	  	17.5 b.p.	  	7.5 b.p.	  	107.5 b.p
	 III
	  	3 25% but < 35%	  	20.0 b.p.	  	17.5 b.p.	  	117.5 b.p.
	 IV
	  	3 35% but < 45%	  	25.0 b.p.	  	37.5 b.p.	  	137.5 b.p.
	 V
	  	3 45%	  	30.0 b.p.	  	57.5 b.p.	  	157.5 b.p.

 Such Applicable Margin shall be determined in accordance with the foregoing Pricing Matrix based on the
Company’s level as reflected in the most recent financial statements of the Company delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(i) and (ii) of the Credit Agreement. Adjustments, if any, to the Applicable Margin shall be effective 50 days after
the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Company and 95 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, commencing with the first such day after the Effective Date. If the Company fails to deliver the
financial statements required pursuant to Section 6.1(i) or (ii) at the time required or any other Default has occurred and is continuing, then the Applicable Margin shall be the highest Applicable Margin set forth in the foregoing Pricing
Matrix until such Default is cured or waived under the Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Applicable Margin for the period from the Effective Date until it shall be adjusted for the first time shall be the Level II Applicable Margin
described above. 

  
 7 

 EXHIBIT B 
 ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION 
 This Assignment and Assumption (the
“Assignment and Assumption”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between [Insert name of Assignor] (the “Assignor”) and [Insert name of Assignee] (the
“Assignee”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement identified below (as amended, the “Credit Agreement”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby
acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto (the “Standard Terms and Conditions”) are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment
and Assumption as if set forth herein in full. 
 For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns
to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent
as contemplated below, (i) all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and
percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of the Assignor under the respective facilities identified below (including any letters of credit, guarantees, and swingline loans included in such facilities)
and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in
connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including contract claims, tort claims,
malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (i) and
(ii) above being referred to herein collectively as the “Assigned Interest”). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without
representation or warranty by the Assignor. 
  

			
	 1.      Assignor:
	  	___________________________________
		
	 2.      Assignee:
	  	 ___________________________________
 [and is an Affiliate/Approved Fund of [identify Lender]1]

		
	 3.      Borrowers:
	  	Diebold, Incorporated, an Ohio corporation (the “Company”), and the Subsidiary Borrowers from time to time parties to the Credit Agreement described below
(together with the Company, the “Borrowers”)
		
	 4.      Administrative Agent:
	  	JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement

  

	1 	 Select as applicable. 

  
 1 

			
	 5.      Credit Agreement:
	  	The Credit Agreement dated as of June 30, 2011, among Diebold, Incorporated, an Ohio corporation (the “Company”), the Subsidiary Borrowers from time to time
parties thereto (together with the Company, the “Borrowers”), the lenders from time to time parties thereto (the “Lenders”), and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., a national banking association, as Administrative
Agent.

  
 2 

	6.	Assigned Interest: 

  

													
	 Facility Assigned2
	  	Aggregate Amount 
of
Commitment/Loans for
all Lenders	 	  	Amount of
Commitment/Loans
Assigned	 	  	Percentage Assigned of
Commitment/Loans3	 
		  	$	 	  	  	$	 	  	  	 	 	% 
		  	$	 	  	  	$	 	  	  	 	 	% 

 Effective Date:
                    , 20         [TO BE INSERTED BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE
EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.] 
 The Assignee agrees to deliver (or has delivered) to the Administrative
Agent a completed Administrative Questionnaire in which the Assignee designates one or more credit contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about the Borrowers and their Related Parties or
their respective securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the Assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and state securities laws. The Assignee agrees to hold such
information confidential to the extent required by Sections 10.9 and 13.2 of the Credit Agreement. 
 The terms set forth in this Assignment and
Assumption are hereby agreed to: 
  

					
	ASSIGNOR
	
	[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Title:	 	
	
	ASSIGNEE
	
	[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Title:	 	

  

	2 	 Fill in the appropriate terminology for the types of facilities under the Credit Agreement that are being assigned under this Assignment (e.g.,
“Revolving Credit Commitment”) 

	3 	 Set forth, to at least 9 decimals, as a percentage of the Commitment/Loans of all Lenders thereunder. 

  
 3 

					
	[Consented to and]4 Accepted:
	
	 JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as
 Administrative Agent, Swing Lender and Issuer

		
	By	 	 
		 	Title:	 	
	
	[Consented to:]5
	
	DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED
		
	By	 	 
		 	Title:	 	

  

	4 	 To be added only if the consent of the Administrative Agent, Swing Lender or Issuer is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.

	5 	 To be added only if the consent of the Company is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement. 

  
 4 

 ANNEX 1 
 STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR 
 ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION 

1. Representations and Warranties. 
 1.1 Assignor. The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any
lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and
(b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability,
genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of the Borrowers, any of the Company’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan
Document or (iv) the performance or observance by any Borrower, any of the Company’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document. 

1.2. Assignee. The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all
action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it satisfies the requirements, if any, specified in the
Credit Agreement that are required to be satisfied by it in order to acquire the Assigned Interest and become a Lender, (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder
and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to
Section 6.1 thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest on the
basis of which it has made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and (v) attached to the Assignment and Assumption is any documentation required to be delivered by it
pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on
such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the
obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender. 
 2. Payments. From
and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding
the Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date. 
 3. General
Provisions. This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which
together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. This
Assignment and Assumption shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York. 

  
 1 

 EXHIBIT C 
 OPINIONS FOR 
 DOMESTIC SUBSIDIARY BORROWERS 

1. The Domestic Subsidiary Borrower is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of
                     [specify the jurisdiction of its organization] (the “Jurisdiction”). 

2. The Domestic Subsidiary Borrower has the power and authority, and the legal right, to make, deliver and perform its obligations under
the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party (collectively, the “Domestic Subsidiary Loan Documents”) and to borrow under the Credit Agreement. The Domestic Subsidiary Borrower has taken all necessary corporate
and other action to authorize the performance of its obligations under the Domestic Subsidiary Loan Documents and to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Domestic Subsidiary Loan Documents. 

3. Except for consents, authorizations, approvals, notices and filings described on the attached Schedule 1, if any, all of which have
been obtained, made or waived and are in full force and effect, no consent or authorization of, approval by, notice to, filing with or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority is required in connection with the borrowings by the
Domestic Subsidiary Borrower under the Domestic Subsidiary Loan Documents or with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of any of the Domestic Subsidiary Loan Documents. 

4. The Domestic Subsidiary Loan Documents have been duly executed and delivered on behalf of the Domestic Subsidiary Borrower.

 5. The execution and delivery of the Domestic Subsidiary Loan Documents by the Domestic Subsidiary Borrower, the performance
of its obligations thereunder, the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, the compliance by the Domestic Subsidiary Borrower with any of the provisions thereof, the borrowings under the Credit Agreement and the use of proceeds
thereof, all as provided therein, (a) will not violate, or constitute a default under, any Requirement of Law applicable to the Domestic Subsidiary Borrower and (b) will not result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien on
any of its properties or revenues pursuant to any such Requirement of Law. 
 6. In any action or proceeding arising out of or
relating to the Domestic Subsidiary Loan Documents in any court in the Jurisdiction, such court would recognize and give effect to the choice of law provisions in the Domestic Subsidiary Loan Documents wherein the parties thereto agree that the
Domestic Subsidiary Loan Documents shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. 
 7. The submission by the Domestic Subsidiary Borrower to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of
the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof is valid and binding under the laws of the Jurisdiction. 

  
 1 

 EXHIBIT D 
 OPINIONS FOR 
 FOREIGN SUBSIDIARY BORROWERS 

1. The Foreign Subsidiary Borrower is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of
                     [specify the jurisdiction of its organization] (the “Jurisdiction”). 

2. The Foreign Subsidiary Borrower has the power and authority, and the legal right, to make, deliver and perform its obligations under
the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party (collectively, the “Foreign Subsidiary Loan Documents”) and to borrow under the Credit Agreement. The Foreign Subsidiary Borrower has taken all necessary corporate
and other action to authorize the performance of its obligations under the Foreign Subsidiary Loan Documents and to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Foreign Subsidiary Loan Documents. 

3. Except for consents, authorizations, approvals, notices and filings described on the attached Schedule 1, all of which have been
obtained, made or waived and are in full force and effect, no consent or authorization of, approval by, notice to, filing with or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority is required in connection with the borrowings by the Foreign
Subsidiary Borrower under the Foreign Subsidiary Loan Documents or with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of any of the Foreign Subsidiary Loan Documents. 

4. The Foreign Subsidiary Loan Documents have been duly executed and delivered on behalf of the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower. 

5. The execution and delivery of the Foreign Subsidiary Loan Documents by the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, the performance of its
obligations thereunder, the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, the compliance by the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower with any of the provisions thereof, the borrowings under the Credit Agreement and the use of proceeds thereof, all
as provided therein, (a) will not violate, or constitute a default under, any Requirement of Law applicable to the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower and (b) will not result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien on any of its
properties or revenues pursuant to any such Requirement of Law. 
 6. There are no taxes imposed by the Jurisdiction (a) on
or by virtue of the execution, delivery, enforcement or performance of the Foreign Subsidiary Loan Documents and or (b) on any payment to be made by the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower pursuant to the Foreign Subsidiary Loan Documents other than
any Non-Excluded Taxes payable by the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower as provided in the Credit Agreement. 
 7. To ensure the
legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of the Foreign Subsidiary Loan Documents it is not necessary that any Foreign Subsidiary Loan Documents or any other document be filed, registered or recorded with, or executed or
notarized before, any court of other authority of the Jurisdiction or that any registration charge or stamp or similar tax be paid on or in respect of the Foreign Subsidiary Loan Documents, except for those described on Schedule 1 hereto, all of
which have been duly made. 

  
 1 

 8. The Foreign Subsidiary Loan Documents are in proper legal form under the laws of the
Jurisdiction for the enforcement thereof against the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower under the laws of the Jurisdiction. 
 9. In
any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Foreign Subsidiary Loan Documents in any court in the Jurisdiction, such court would recognize and give effect to the choice of law provisions in the Foreign Subsidiary Loan Documents
wherein the parties thereto agree that the Foreign Subsidiary Loan Documents shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. 

10. It is not necessary under the laws of the Jurisdiction (a) in order to enable the Administrative Agent and the Lenders or any of
them to enforce their respective rights of the Foreign Subsidiary Loan Documents or (b) by reason of the execution of the Foreign Subsidiary Loan Documents or the performance of the Foreign Subsidiary Loan Documents that any of them should be
licensed, qualified or entitled to carry on business in the Jurisdiction. 
 11. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of the
Lenders will be deemed to be resident, domiciled, carrying on business or subject to taxation in the Jurisdiction merely by reason of the execution of the Foreign Subsidiary Loan Documents or the performance or enforcement of any thereof. The
performance by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders or any of them of any action required or permitted under the Foreign Subsidiary Loan Documents will not violate any law or regulation, or be contrary to the public policy, of the Jurisdiction.

 12. If any judgment of a competent court outside the Jurisdiction were rendered against the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower in
connection with any action arising out of or relating to the Foreign Subsidiary Loan Documents, such judgment would be recognized and could be sued upon in the courts of the Jurisdiction, and such courts could grant a judgment which would be
enforceable against the Foreign Subsidiary Borrower in the Jurisdiction without any retrial unless it is shown that (a) the foreign court did not have jurisdiction in accordance with its jurisdictional rules, (b) the party against whom the
judgment of such foreign court was obtained had no notice of the proceedings or (c) the judgment of such foreign court was obtained through collusion or fraud or was based upon clear mistake of fact or law. 

13. The submission by the Domestic Subsidiary Borrower to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York
sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof is valid and binding under the laws of the Jurisdiction. 

  
 2 

 EXHIBIT E 
 GUARANTY AGREEMENT 
 PARTIES 

THIS GUARANTY AGREEMENT, dated as of June 30, 2011 (this “Guaranty”), is made by each of the undersigned (collectively,
the “Guarantors”) in favor of each of the Lenders as defined below. 
 RECITALS 

A. Diebold, Incorporated, an Ohio corporation (the “Company”), the Subsidiary Borrowers from time to time parties thereto (the
“Subsidiary Borrowers”, and together with the Company, the “Borrowers”), the lenders from time to time parties thereto (the “Lenders”), and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., a national banking association, as administrative
agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) have executed a Credit Agreement dated as of the date hereof (as amended or modified from time to time, and together with any agreement executed in replacement therefor
or otherwise refinancing such credit agreement, the “Credit Agreement”; and the Credit Agreement, any Rate Hedging Agreements (as defined in the Credit Agreement) among any Borrowers and any Lenders or their Affiliates, and all other Loan
Documents (as defined in the Credit Agreement), and any supplements or modifications thereof and any agreements or instruments issued in exchange or replacement therefor, collectively referred to as the “Agreements”). 

B. Pursuant to the terms of the Agreements the Lenders have agreed to make certain extensions of credit to the Borrowers. 

C. Each Guarantor is an affiliate of the Borrowers, the Borrowers and the Guarantors are engaged in related businesses, and the
Guarantors have derived or will derive substantial direct and indirect benefit from the making of the extensions of credit by the Lenders. 
 D. The obligation of the Lenders to make or continue to make certain extensions of credit under the Credit Agreement are conditioned upon, among other things, the execution and delivery by the Guarantors
of this Guaranty, and the extensions of credit under the Credit Agreement were made in reliance upon the issuance of this Guaranty. 
 AGREEMENT 
 In consideration of the premises and to induce the Lenders to
make loans, extend credit or make other financial accommodations, and to continue to keep such credit and other financial accommodations available to the Borrowers, each Guarantor hereby agrees with and for the benefit of the Lenders as follows:

 1. Defined Terms. As used in this Guaranty, terms defined in the first paragraph of this Guaranty and in the
recital paragraphs are used herein as defined therein, and the following terms shall have the following meanings: 

  
 1 

 “Cumulative Guarantors” shall mean the Guarantors and all other
future guarantors of the Guaranteed Obligations. 
 “Guaranteed Obligations” shall mean all
indebtedness, obligations and liabilities of any kind of each of the Borrowers to any of the Lenders or the Administrative Agent in connection with or pursuant to the Agreements, including without limitation, all principal, interest (including but
without limitation interest which, but for the filing of a bankruptcy petition, would have accrued on the principal amount of the Guaranteed Obligations), reimbursement obligations, indemnity obligations, charges, fees and costs and expenses,
including without limitation reasonable fees and expenses of counsel, in each case whether now existing or hereafter arising, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, joint and/or several, secured or unsecured, arising by operation of law or
otherwise. 
 All other capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Credit Agreement.

 2. Guarantee. (a) Each Guarantor hereby guarantees to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, irrevocably,
absolutely and unconditionally, as primary obligor and not as surety only, the prompt and complete payment of the Guaranteed Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else herein to the contrary, any Guarantor that is a Foreign
Subsidiary shall guarantee only the Guaranteed Obligations consisting of Obligations of Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers organized in the jurisdiction in which such Guarantor is organized. 

(b) All payments to be made under this Guaranty (except pursuant to paragraph (c) below) shall be made to the
Administrative Agent, for the benefit of itself and the Lenders, and applied first to all costs and expenses of and other Guaranteed Obligations owing to, the Administrative Agent, the Swing Lender and the Issuer and then to each Lender pro rata in
accordance with the unpaid amount of Guaranteed Obligations held by each Lender at the time of such payment, provided that any amount owing to any Defaulting Lender shall be subject to the provisions of Section 2.17(e) of the Credit Agreement
as if such amount were payable under the Credit Agreement. 
 (c) The Guarantors agree to make prompt payment, on
demand, of any and all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with enforcing the obligations of any of the Guarantors hereunder, including without limitation the reasonable fees and
disbursements of counsel. 
 (d) No general partner of any Guarantor that is a partnership, solely in its
capacity as a general partner of such partnership, shall have any liability for any failure by any such Guarantor to perform its obligations hereunder, and all such obligations are expressly non-recourse to any such Person unless, in each case, such
Person is also a Guarantor hereunder. 
 3. Consents to Renewals, Modifications and other Actions and Events. This
Guaranty and all of the obligations of the Guarantors hereunder shall remain in full force and effect without regard to and shall not be released, affected or impaired by: (a) any amendment, assignment, transfer, modification of or addition or
supplement to the Guaranteed Obligations or any Agreement; (b) any extension, indulgence, increase in the Guaranteed Obligations or other action or inaction in respect of any of the Agreements or otherwise with respect to the Guaranteed
Obligations, or any acceptance of security for, or other guaranties of, any of the Guaranteed Obligations or Agreements, or any surrender, release, exchange, impairment or alteration of any such security or guaranties including without limitation
the failing to perfect a security interest in any such security or abstaining from taking advantage of or realizing upon any other guaranties or upon any security interest in any such security; (c) any default by any Borrower under, or any lack
of due execution, invalidity 

  
 2 

 
or unenforceability of, or any irregularity or other defect in, any of the Agreements; (d) any waiver by any Lender or the Administrative Agent or any other person of any required
performance or otherwise of any condition precedent or waiver of any requirement imposed by any of the Agreements, any other guaranties or otherwise with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations; (e) any exercise or non-exercise of any right,
remedy, power or privilege in respect of this Guaranty, any other guaranty or any of the Agreements; (f) any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of the assets of any Borrower or any consolidation or merger of any Borrower with or into
any other person, corporation, or entity, or any transfer or other disposition of any shares of Capital Stock of any Borrower; (g) any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar proceedings involving or affecting any Borrower or any
other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations; (h) the release or discharge of any Borrower or Guarantor from the performance or observance of any agreement, covenant, term or condition under any of the Guaranteed Obligations or contained in
any of the Agreements, of any Cumulative Guarantor or of this Guaranty, by operation of law or otherwise (other than an express written release executed by the Administrative Agent of any Guarantor from this Guaranty); or (i) any other cause
whether similar or dissimilar to the foregoing which, in the absence of this provision, would release (other than an express written release executed by the Administrative Agent of any Guarantor from this Guaranty), affect or impair the obligations,
covenants, agreements and duties of any Guarantor hereunder, including without limitation any act or omission by any Lender or the Administrative Agent or any other any person which increases the scope of any Guarantor’s risk; and in each case
described in this paragraph whether or not any Guarantor shall have notice or knowledge of any of the foregoing, each of which is specifically waived by each Guarantor. Each Guarantor warrants to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent that it has
adequate means to obtain from each Borrower on a continuing basis information concerning the financial condition and other matters with respect to each Borrower and that it is not relying on any Lender or the Administrative Agent to provide such
information either now or in the future. 
 4. Waivers, Etc. Each Guarantor unconditionally waives: (a) notice
of any of the matters referred to in Paragraph 3 above; (b) all notices which may be required by statute, rule of law or otherwise to preserve any rights of any Lender or the Administrative Agent, including, without limitation, notice to
the Guarantors of default, presentment to and demand of payment or performance from any Borrower and protest for non-payment or dishonor; (c) any right to the exercise by any Lender or the Administrative Agent of any right, remedy, power or
privilege in connection with any of the Agreements; (d) any requirement of diligence or marshaling on the part of any Lender or the Administrative Agent; (e) any requirement that any Lender or the Administrative Agent, in the event of any
default by any Borrower, first make demand upon or seek to enforce remedies against, any Borrower or any other Cumulative Guarantor before demanding payment under or seeking to enforce this Guaranty; (f) any right to notice of the disposition
of any security which any Lender or the Administrative Agent may hold from any Borrower or otherwise and any right to object to the commercial reasonableness of the disposition of any such security; and (g) all errors and omissions in
connection with any Lender’s or the Administrative Agent’s administration of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, any of the Agreements or any other Cumulative Guarantor, or any other act or omission of any Lender or the Administrative Agent
which changes the scope of such Guarantor’s risk. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall be complete and binding forthwith upon the execution of this Guaranty by it and subject to no condition whatsoever, precedent or otherwise, and
notice of acceptance hereof or action in reliance hereon shall not be required. 
 5. Nature of Guaranty;
Payments. This Guaranty is an absolute, unconditional, irrevocable and continuing guaranty of payment and not a guaranty of collection, and is wholly independent of and in addition to other rights and remedies of any Lender or the
Administrative Agent with respect to any Borrower, any collateral, any Cumulative Guarantor or otherwise, and it is not contingent upon the pursuit by any Lender or the Administrative Agent of any such rights and remedies, such pursuit being hereby
waived by each Guarantor. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall be continuing and shall continue (regardless of any statute of limitations otherwise applicable) and cover and include all the Guaranteed Obligations of each

  
 3 

 
Borrower accruing or in the process of accruing to the Lenders or the Administrative Agent before the Administrative Agent delivers to the Guarantors a release of this Guaranty, which is in
writing and refers specifically to this Guaranty (or is a general release given in connection with termination of the Credit Agreement and payment in full thereof). Nothing shall discharge or satisfy the liability of any Guarantor hereunder except
such a release or the full and irrevocable payment and performance of all of the Guaranteed Obligations and the expiration or termination of all the Agreements. All payments to be made by the Guarantors hereunder shall be made without set-offs or
counterclaim, and each Guarantor hereby waives the assertion of any such set-offs or counterclaims in any proceeding to enforce its obligations hereunder. All payments to be made by each Guarantor hereunder shall be governed by the provisions of
Section 3.4 of the Credit Agreement as if payments by a Borrower thereunder. Each Guarantor agrees that, if at any time all or any part of any payment previously applied by any Lender or the Administrative Agent to any of the Guaranteed
Obligations must be returned by such Lender or the Administrative Agent for any reason, whether by court order, administrative order, or settlement and whether as a “voidable preference”, “fraudulent conveyance” or otherwise,
each Guarantor remains liable for the full amount returned as if such amount had never been received by such Lender or the Administrative Agent, notwithstanding any termination of this Guaranty or any cancellation of any of the Agreements and the
Guaranteed Obligations and all obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall be reinstated in such case. 
 6. Evidence of
Guaranteed Obligations. Each Lender’s and the Administrative Agent’s books and records showing the Guaranteed Obligations shall be admissible in any action or proceeding, shall be binding upon each Guarantor for the purpose of
establishing the Guaranteed Obligations due from the Borrowers and shall constitute prima facie proof, absent manifest error, of the Guaranteed Obligations of the Borrowers to such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as well as the obligations of
each Guarantor to such Lender or the Administrative Agent. 
 7. Subordination, Subrogation, Contribution, Etc. Each
Guarantor agrees that all present and future indebtedness, obligations and liabilities of the Borrowers to such Guarantor shall be fully subordinate and junior in right and priority of payment to any indebtedness of the Borrowers to the Lenders, and
no Guarantor shall have any right of subrogation, contribution (including but without limitation the contribution and subrogation rights granted below), reimbursement or indemnity whatsoever nor any right of recourse to security for the debts and
obligations of the Borrowers unless and until all Guaranteed Obligations shall have been paid in full, such payment is not subject to any possibility of revocation or rescission and all Agreements have expired or been terminated. Subject to the
preceding sentence, if any Guarantor makes a payment in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations it shall be subrogated to the rights of the payee against the Borrowers with respect to such payment and shall have the rights of contribution set forth
below against all other Cumulative Guarantors and each Guarantor agrees that all other Cumulative Guarantors shall have the rights of contribution against it set forth below. If any Guarantor makes a payment in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations
that is smaller in proportion to its Payment Share (as hereinafter defined) than such payments made by the other Cumulative Guarantors are in proportion to the amounts of their respective Payment Shares, such Guarantor shall, when permitted by the
first sentence of this Section 7, pay to the other Guarantors an amount such that the net payments made by the Cumulative Guarantors in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be shared among the Cumulative Guarantors pro rata in proportion
to their respective Payment Shares. If any Guarantor receives any payment by way of subrogation that is greater in proportion to the amount of its Payment Share than the payments received by the other Cumulative Guarantors are in proportion to the
amounts of their respective Payment Shares, such Guarantor shall, when permitted by the first sentence of this Section 7, pay to the other Cumulative Guarantors an amount such that the subrogation payments received by the Guarantors shall be
shared among the Cumulative Guarantors pro rata in proportion to their respective Payment Shares. 

  
 4 

 For purposes of this Guaranty, the “Payment Share” of any Cumulative Guarantor
shall be the sum of (a) the aggregate proceeds of the Guaranteed Obligations received by such Guarantor (and, if received subject to a repayment obligation, remaining unpaid on the Determination Date, as hereinafter defined), plus (b) the
product of (i) the aggregate Guaranteed Obligations remaining unpaid on the date such Guaranteed Obligations become due and payable in full, whether by stated maturity, acceleration or otherwise (the “Determination Date”) reduced by
the amount of such Guaranteed Obligations attributed to all of the Cumulative Guarantors pursuant to clause (a) above, times (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is such Guarantor’s net worth on the effective date of this Guaranty
(determined as of the end of the immediately preceding fiscal reporting period of the Guarantor), and the denominator of which is the aggregate net worth of all of the Cumulative Guarantors, determined for each Cumulative Guarantor on the respective
effective date of the guaranty signed by such Cumulative Guarantor. 
 8. Assignment. Each Lender’s and the
Administrative Agent’s successors and assigns (if pursuant to an assignment complying with Section 13.1 of the Credit Agreement) shall have the right to rely upon and enforce this Guaranty. 

9. Joint and Several Obligations. Subject, for the avoidance of doubt, to the last sentence of Section 2(a) hereof, the
obligations of the Guarantors hereunder and all other Cumulative Guarantors shall be joint and several and each Guarantor shall be liable for all of the Guaranteed Obligations to the extent provided herein regardless of any other Cumulative
Guarantors, and each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall have the right, in its sole discretion to pursue its remedies against any Guarantor without the need to pursue its remedies against any other Cumulative Guarantor, whether now or
hereafter in existence, or against any one or more Cumulative Guarantors separately or against any two or more jointly, or against some separately and some jointly. 
 10. Representations and Warranties. Each Guarantor hereby represents and warrants to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent that: 

(a) the execution, delivery and performance by the Guarantor of this Guaranty are within its corporate powers, have been
duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, require no action by or in respect of, or filing with, any governmental body, agency or official, and do not contravene or constitute a default under, any provision of applicable law or regulation
or of the articles of incorporation or other charter documents or bylaws of such Guarantor, or of any agreement, judgment, injunction, order, decree or other instrument binding upon such Guarantor, or result in the creation or imposition of any
lien, security interest or other charge or encumbrance on any asset of such Guarantor; 
 (b) this Guaranty
constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of each Guarantor, enforceable against the Guarantor in accordance with its terms; 
 (c) as of the date hereof, each of the following is true and correct for each Guarantor, after giving effect to Section 7: (i) the fair saleable value and the fair valuation of such
Guarantor’s property is greater than the total amount of its liabilities (including contingent liabilities) and greater than the amount that would be required to pay its probable aggregate liability on its existing debts as they become absolute
and matured, (ii) each Guarantor’s capital is not unreasonably small in relation to its current and/or contemplated business or other undertaken transactions, and (iii) each Guarantor does not intend to incur, or believe that it will
incur, debt beyond its ability to pay such debts as they become due; and 
 (d) the Borrowers, the Guarantors and
the other affiliates of the Borrowers are engaged as an integrated group in related businesses; that the integrated operation requires financing on such a basis that credit supplied to the Borrowers can be made available from time to time to various
subsidiaries of the 

  
 5 

 
Borrowers, as required for the continued successful operation of the integrated group as a whole; and that each Guarantor has requested the Lenders to continue to lend and to make credit
available to the Borrowers for the purpose of financing the integrated operations of the Borrowers and its subsidiaries, including each Guarantor, with each Guarantor expecting to derive benefit, direct or indirectly, from the loans and other credit
extended by the Lenders to the Borrowers, both in such Guarantor’s separate capacity and as a member of the integrated group, inasmuch as the successful operation and condition of each Guarantor is dependent upon the continued successful
performance of the functions of the integrated group as a whole. Each of the Guarantors hereby determines and agrees that the execution, delivery and performance of this Guaranty are necessary and convenient to the conduct, promotion or attainment
of the business of such Guarantor and in furtherance of the corporate purposes of such Guarantor. 
 11. Binding on
Successors and Assigns. This Guaranty shall be the valid, binding and enforceable obligation of the Guarantors and their successors and assigns. 
 12. Indemnity. As a separate, additional and continuing obligation, each Guarantor unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes and agrees with each Lender and the Administrative Agent that, should
the Guaranteed Obligations not be recoverable from any Guarantor as guarantor under this Guaranty for any reason whatsoever (including, without limitation, by reason of any provision of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or the Agreements being or
becoming void, unenforceable, or otherwise invalid under any applicable law) then, notwithstanding any knowledge thereof by any Lender or the Administrative Agent at any time, each Guarantor as original and independent obligor, upon demand by the
Administrative Agent, will make payment to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent of the Guaranteed Obligations by way of a full indemnity; provided that in no event shall any Guarantor that is a Foreign Subsidiary be obligated to make payments in
respect of any Guaranteed Obligations other than Guaranteed Obligations consisting of Obligations of Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers organized in the jurisdiction in which such Guarantor is organized. 

13. Cumulative Rights and Remedies, Etc. The obligations of each Guarantor under this Guaranty are continuing obligations and
a new cause of action shall arise in respect of each default hereunder. No course of dealing on the part of any Lender or the Administrative Agent, nor any delay or failure on the part of any Lender or the Administrative Agent in exercising any
right, power or privilege hereunder, shall operate as a waiver of such right, power, or privilege or otherwise prejudice the Lenders’ or the Administrative Agent’s rights and remedies hereunder; nor shall any single or partial exercise
thereof preclude any further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. No right or remedy conferred upon or reserved to any Lender or the Administrative Agent under this Guaranty is intended to be exclusive of any
other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right or remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing under any applicable law. Every right and remedy given by this Guaranty or by
applicable law to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent may be exercised from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient by any Lender or the Administrative Agent. 

14. Severability. If any one or more provisions of this Guaranty should be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the
validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not in any way be affected, impaired, prejudiced or disturbed thereby, and any provision hereunder found partially unenforceable shall be interpreted to be
enforceable to the fullest extent possible. If at any time all or any portion of the obligation of any Guarantor under this Guaranty would otherwise be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, unenforceable or avoidable under
Section 548 of the federal Bankruptcy Code or under any fraudulent conveyance or transfer laws or similar applicable law of any jurisdiction, then notwithstanding any other provisions of this Guaranty to the contrary such obligation or portion
thereof of such Guarantor under this Guaranty shall be limited to the greatest of (i) the value of any quantified economic benefits accruing to such Guarantor as a result of this Guaranty, (ii) an amount equal to

  
 6 

 
95% of the excess on the date the relevant Guaranteed Obligations were incurred of the present fair saleable value of the assets of such Guarantor over the amount of all liabilities of such
Guarantor, contingent or otherwise, and (iii) the maximum amount of which this Guaranty is determined to be enforceable. 

15. Merger; Amendments; Headings. This Guaranty is intended as a final expression of the subject matter hereof and is also
intended as a complete and exclusive statement of the terms hereof. Each Guarantor’s liability hereunder is independent of and in addition to its liability under any other guaranty previously of subsequently executed. No course of dealing,
course of performance or trade usage, and no parole evidence of any nature, shall be used to supplement or modify any terms hereof, nor are there any conditions to the full effectiveness of this Guaranty. None of the terms and provisions of this
Guaranty may be waived, altered, modified or amended in any way except by an instrument in writing executed by duly authorized officers of the Administrative Agent and the Guarantors. The headings of the various paragraphs hereof are for the
convenience of reference only and shall in no way modify any of the terms hereof. 
 16. CHOICE OF LAW. THIS GUARANTY
SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 17. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH
GUARANTOR, AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND EACH LENDER IN ACCEPTING THIS GUARANTY, HEREBY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING INVOLVING, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, ANY MATTER (WHETHER SOUNDING IN TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE) IN ANY WAY
ARISING OUT OF, RELATED TO, OR CONNECTED WITH THIS GUARANTY OR THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED HEREUNDER. 
 18. Submission To
Jurisdiction; Waivers. (a) Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally: 
 (i) submits for
itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Guaranty, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect hereof, to the non-exclusive general jurisdiction of any United States federal or New York state court
sitting in New York, New York and appellate courts from any thereof; 
 (ii) consents that any such action or
proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not
to plead or claim the same; 
 (iii) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be
effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such Guarantor at the address specified in Section 19, or at such other address of which the Administrative
Agent shall have been notified pursuant thereto; 
 (iv) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to
effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction where such Guarantor is domiciled; and 
 (v) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this subsection any special, exemplary, punitive or
consequential damages. 

  
 7 

 19. Notices. Any notice, demand, consent or request given or made to each Guarantor
by any Lender or the Administrative Agent shall be deemed to have been duly given or made if sent in accordance with the provisions set forth in Section 14.1 of the Credit Agreement, to such Guarantor to the address, facsimile number or email
address set forth below the name of such Guarantor on the signature page hereof, or at such other address, facsimile number or email address as such Guarantor may hereafter specify to the Administrative Agent in writing. 

[Signatures to Follow] 

  
 8 

 EXECUTED and effective as of the day and year first above written. 

 

			
	DIEBOLD SST HOLDING COMPANY, INC.
	DIEBOLD HOLDING COMPANY, INC.
	DIEBOLD GLOBAL FINANCE CORPORATION
	DIEBOLD LATIN AMERICA HOLDING COMPANY, LLC
	DIEBOLD SOUTHEAST MANUFACTURING, INC.
		
	By:	 	 
	Print Name:
                                         
                       
	Their: Authorized Signatory
	
	DIEBOLD SELF SERVICE SYSTEMS
		
	By:	 	 
	Print Name:
                                         
                       
	Its: Authorized Signatory
		
		 	c/o Diebold, Incorporated
		 	5995 Mayfair Road
		 	North Canton, Ohio 44720-1507

  
 9 

 EXHIBIT F 
 JOINDER AGREEMENT 
 THIS JOINDER AGREEMENT, dated as of
                ,         , is entered into by
                         (the “New Subsidiary Borrower”) pursuant to the Credit Agreement dated as of
June 30, 2011 (as amended or modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Diebold, Incorporated (the “Company”), the Subsidiary Borrowers party thereto, the Lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent. 
 WITNESSETH: 
 WHEREAS, the parties to this Joinder Agreement wish to designate the New Subsidiary Borrower as a Subsidiary Borrower under the Credit Agreement in the manner hereinafter set forth; and 

WHEREAS, this Joinder Agreement is entered into pursuant to the Credit Agreement; 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows: 

1. The New Subsidiary Borrower hereby acknowledges that it has received and reviewed a copy of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan
Documents and unconditionally agrees to: (a) join the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents as a Subsidiary Borrower, (b) be bound by, and hereby ratifies and confirms, all covenants, agreements, consents, submissions,
appointments, acknowledgments and other terms and provisions attributable to a Subsidiary Borrower in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents; and (c) perform all obligations required of it as a Subsidiary Borrower by the Credit
Agreement and the other Loan Documents. 
 2. The New Subsidiary Borrower hereby represents and warrants that the
representations and warranties with respect to it contained in, or made or deemed made by it in, the Credit Agreement and any other Loan Document are true and correct on the date hereof except to the extent any such representation or warranty
relates solely to an earlier date, in which case such representation or warranty shall have been true and correct on and as of such earlier date. 
 3. The address and jurisdiction of formation of the New Subsidiary Borrower is set forth in Schedule A to this Joinder Agreement. 
 4. The Company agrees that its guarantee contained in Article IX of the Credit Agreement shall remain in full force and effect after giving effect to this Joinder Agreement, including without limitation
after including the New Subsidiary Borrower as a Subsidiary Borrower under the Credit Agreement. 
 5. This Joinder Agreement
shall be construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, but giving effect to federal laws applicable to national banks. 
 6. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Credit Agreement. 

  
 1 

 7. This Joinder Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken
together shall constitute one agreement. 
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Joinder Agreement to be
duly executed and delivered as of the day and year set forth above. 
  

			
	______________________,
	as a Subsidiary Borrower

  

			
		
	By:	 	 
	Name:	 	 
	Title:	 	 
	
	DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED
		
	By:	 	 
	Name:	 	 
	Title:	 	 

  

			
	Accepted and Acknowledged:
	
	JPMORGAN CHASE, N.A.,
	as Administrative Agent
		
	By:	 	 
	Name:	 	 
	Title:	 	 

  
 2 

 Schedule A 
 New Subsidiary Borrower address: 
 New Subsidiary Borrower jurisdiction of formation:

  
 3 

 EXHIBIT G 
 MANDATORY COSTS 
  

	1.	The Mandatory Cost is an addition to the interest rate to compensate Lenders for the cost of compliance with (a) the requirements of the Bank of England and/or the
Financial Services Authority (or, in either case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) or (b) the requirements of the European Central Bank. 

 

	2.	On the first day of each Interest Period (or as soon as possible thereafter) the Administrative Agent shall calculate, as a percentage rate, a rate (the
“Additional Cost Rate”) for each Lender, in accordance with the paragraphs set out below. The Mandatory Cost will be calculated by the Administrative Agent as a weighted average of the Lenders’ Additional Cost Rates
(weighted in proportion to the percentage participation of each Lender in the relevant Loan) and will be expressed as a percentage rate per annum. 

  

	3.	The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a Facility Office in a Participating Member State will be the percentage notified by that Lender to the
Administrative Agent. This percentage will be certified by that Lender in its notice to the Administrative Agent to be its reasonable determination of the cost (expressed as a percentage of that Lender’s participation in all Loans made
from that Facility Office) of complying with the minimum reserve requirements of the European Central Bank in respect of loans made from that Facility Office. 

 

	4.	The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a Facility Office in the United Kingdom will be calculated by the Administrative Agent as follows:

  

	 	(a)	in relation to a sterling Loan: 

  

			
	AB + C(B - D) + E x 0.01	  	per cent. per annum
	100 - (A+C)	  	

  

	 	(b)	in relation to a Loan in any currency other than sterling: 

  

			
	E x 0.01	  	per cent. per annum.
	300	  	

 Where: 
  

	 	A	is the percentage of Eligible Liabilities (assuming these to be in excess of any stated minimum) which that Lender is from time to time required to maintain as an
interest free cash ratio deposit with the Bank of England to comply with cash ratio requirements. 

  

	 	B	is the percentage rate of interest (excluding the Applicable Margin and the Mandatory Cost and, if the Loan is an Unpaid Sum, the additional rate of interest specified
in Section 2.9 of the Credit Agreement) payable for the relevant Interest Period on the Loan. 

  

	 	C	is the percentage (if any) of Eligible Liabilities which that Lender is required from time to time to maintain as interest bearing Special Deposits with the Bank of
England. 

  
 1 

	 	D	is the percentage rate per annum payable by the Bank of England to the Administrative Agent on interest bearing Special Deposits. 

 

	 	E	is designed to compensate Lenders for amounts payable under the Fees Rules and is calculated by the Administrative Agent as being the average of the most recent rates
of charge supplied by the Reference Banks to the Administrative Agent pursuant to paragraph 7 below and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000. 

  

	5.	For the purposes of this Exhibit G: 

 (a) “Eligible Liabilities” and “Special Deposits” have the meanings given to them from time to time under or pursuant to the Bank of England Act 1998 or (as may be appropriate) by
the Bank of England. 
 (b) “Facility Office” means the office or offices notified by a Lender to the Administrative
Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than five Business Days’ written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement. 

(c) “Fees Rules” means the rules on periodic fees contained in the Financial Services Authority Fees Manual or such other
law or regulation as may be in force from time to time in respect of the payment of fees for the acceptance of deposits. 

(d) “Fee Tariffs” means the fee tariffs specified in the Fees Rules under the activity group A.1 Deposit acceptors
(ignoring any minimum fee or zero rated fee required pursuant to the Fees Rules but taking into account any applicable discount rate). 
 (e) “Participating Member State” means any member state of the European Union that adopts or has adopted the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union
relating to economic and monetary union. 
 (f) “Reference Banks” means, in relation to Mandatory Cost, the principal
London offices of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. 
 (g) “Tariff Base” has the meaning given to it in, and will be
calculated in accordance with, the Fees Rules. 
 (h) “Unpaid Sum” means any sum due and payable but unpaid by any
Borrower under the Loan Documents. 
  

	6.	In application of the above formulae, A, B, C and D will be included in the formulae as percentages (i.e. 5 per cent. will be included in the formula as 5 and not
as 0.05). A negative result obtained by subtracting D from B shall be taken as zero. The resulting figures shall be rounded to four decimal places. 

 

	7.	If requested by the Administrative Agent, each Reference Bank shall, as soon as practicable after publication by the Financial Services Authority, supply to the
Administrative Agent, the rate of charge payable by that Reference Bank to the Financial Services Authority pursuant to the Fees Rules in respect of the relevant financial year of the Financial Services Authority (calculated for this purpose by that
Reference Bank as being the average of the Fee Tariffs applicable to that Reference Bank for that financial year) and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000 of the Tariff Base of that Reference Bank. 

  
 2 

	8.	Each Lender shall supply any information required by the Administrative Agent for the purpose of calculating its Additional Cost Rate. In particular, but without
limitation, each Lender shall supply the following information on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Lender: 

 (a) the jurisdiction of its Facility Office; and 
 (b) any other
information that the Administrative Agent may reasonably require for such purpose. 
 Each Lender shall promptly notify the
Administrative Agent of any change to the information provided by it pursuant to this paragraph. 
  

	9.	The percentages of each Lender for the purpose of A and C above and the rates of charge of each Reference Bank for the purpose of E above shall be determined by the
Administrative Agent based upon the information supplied to it pursuant to paragraphs 7 and 8 above and on the assumption that, unless a Lender notifies the Administrative Agent to the contrary, each Lender’s obligations in relation to cash
ratio deposits and Special Deposits are the same as those of a typical bank from its jurisdiction of incorporation with a Facility Office in the same jurisdiction as its Facility Office. 

 

	10.	The Administrative Agent shall have no liability to any person if such determination results in an Additional Cost Rate which over or under compensates any Lender and
shall be entitled to assume that the information provided by any Lender or Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 7 and 8 above is true and correct in all respects.

 

	11.	The Administrative Agent shall distribute the additional amounts received as a result of the Mandatory Cost to the Lenders on the basis of the Additional Cost Rate for
each Lender based on the information provided by each Lender and each Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 7 and 8 above. 

  

	12.	Any determination by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Exhibit G in relation to a formula, the Mandatory Cost, an Additional Cost Rate or any amount payable to
a Lender shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties. 

  

	13.	The Administrative Agent may from time to time, after consultation with the Company and the Lenders, determine and notify to all Parties any amendments which are
required to be made to this Exhibit G in order to comply with any change in law, regulation or any requirements from time to time imposed by the Bank of England, the Financial Services Authority or the European Central Bank (or, in any case, any
other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) and any such determination shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties. 

  
 3 

 EXHIBIT H 
 NOTE 
  

					
	 	 		  	                    ,
20    
		 		  	

                      
           (“Borrower”), unconditionally promises to pay to the order of
                         (“Lender”) on or before the [Facility Termination Date][maturity date for the
Incremental Term Loan] (as defined in the Credit Agreement hereinafter referred to) for the account of its applicable Lending Installation the principal sum of
                                
(                    ) [or the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Revolving Credit Loans made by the Lender to the Borrower pursuant to
the Credit Agreement, whichever is less,] [or, if less, the unpaid principal amount of the Incremental Term Loan] in immediately available funds at the Lending Installation of the Administrative Agent designated by the Administrative Agent for the
Borrower, together with interest on the unpaid principal amount thereof at the rates and on the dates set forth in the Credit Agreement [and, without duplication, principal payments in the amounts and on the dates set forth in the Credit Agreement]

 The Lender shall, and is hereby authorized to, record in accordance with its usual practice, [the date and amount of each
Revolving Credit Loan], the date and amount of each principal payment and the date to which payment of this Note has been extended, provided, however, that failure to do so shall not affect the Borrower’s obligation to pay amounts due
hereunder. 
 The Borrower expressly waives any presentments, demand, protest or notice in connection with this Note now, or
hereafter, required by applicable law. 
 This Note is one of the Notes issued pursuant to the provisions of the Credit
Agreement dated as of June 30, 2011 among Diebold, Incorporated, the Subsidiary Borrowers party thereto, the Lenders party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, as it may be amended, restated or otherwise modified
from time to time (the “Credit Agreement”), to which reference is hereby made for a statement of the terms and conditions under which this Note may be prepaid or its maturity date extended or accelerated. 

THIS NOTE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, BUT GIVING EFFECT TO FEDERAL LAWS APPLICABLE
TO NATIONAL BANKS. 
  

			
	
	 
		
	By:	 	 
		
	Title:	 	 

  
 1 

 EXHIBIT I 
 FORM OF 
 COMMITMENT AND ACCEPTANCE 

Dated:                      

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of June 30, 2011 (as amended or modified from time to time, the “Credit
Agreement”), among Diebold, Incorporated, an Ohio corporation (the “Company”), the Subsidiary Borrowers from time to time parties thereto (together with the Company, the “Borrowers”), the lenders from time
to time parties thereto (the “Lenders”), and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., a national banking association, as Administrative Agent. Terms defined in the Credit Agreement are used herein with the same meaning. 

Pursuant to Section 2.19 of the Credit Agreement, the Company has requested[an [additional] tranche of Incremental Term Loans in the amount of
$             ] [and] [an increase in the Aggregate Revolving Commitment from $             to
$             ] . Such [ tranche of Incremental Term Loans] [and] [ increase in the Aggregate Revolving Commitment ] is to become effective on the date (the “Effective Date”)
which is the later of (i)                  and (ii) the date on which the conditions precedent set forth in Section 2.19 in respect of such
increase have been satisfied. In connection with such requested [tranche of Incremental Term Loans] [and] [increase in the Aggregate Revolving Commitment], the Company, the Administrative Agent and (the “Accepting Bank “) hereby agree as
follows: 
 1. Effective as of the Effective Date,[the Accepting Bank shall become a party to the Credit Agreement as a Lender
and shall have all of the rights and obligations of a Lender thereunder and shall thereupon have a [Incremental Term Loan] [and] [Revolving] Commitment under and for purposes of the Credit Agreement in an amount equal to the ] [ the [Incremental
Term Loan] [and] [Revolving] Commitment of the Accepting Bank under the Credit Agreement shall be increased from $ to the ] amount set forth opposite the Accepting Bank’s name on the signature page hereof. 

[2. The Accepting Bank hereby (i) confirms that it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the
financial statements and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Commitment and Acceptance Agreement; (ii) agrees that it will, independently and without
reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit Agreement;
(iii) appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as contractual representative on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Credit Agreement as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms thereof,
together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (iv) agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Credit Agreement are required to be performed by it as a
Lender.] 
 3. The Company hereby represents and warrants that as of the date hereof and as of the Effective Date, (a) all
representations and warranties of the Company under the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects as though made on such date, other than representations given as of a particular date, in which case they shall be true and
correct as of that date and (b) no event shall have occurred and then be continuing which constitutes a Default or an Unmatured Default. 

  
 1 

 4. THIS COMMITMENT AND ACCEPTANCE AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 5. This Commitment and Acceptance Agreement may be executed in one or
more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Commitment and Acceptance Agreement by
telecopy or electronic mail transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Commitment and Acceptance Agreement. 
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Commitment and Acceptance Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

  

									
		 		 	DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED
					
		 		 		 	By:	 	 
		 		 		 	Print Name:	 	 
		 		 		 	Title:	 	 
			
		 		 	JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
		 		 	as Administrative Agent
					
		 		 		 	By:	 	 
		 		 		 	Print Name:	 	 
		 		 		 	Title:	 	 
			
	[Incremental Term Loan][Revolving	 		 	
	Commitment]
$                            	 		 	[ACCEPTING BANK]
					
		 		 		 	By:	 	 
		 		 		 	Print Name:	 	 
		 		 		 	Title:	 	 

  
 2 

 EXHIBIT J 
 [FORM OF] 
 U.S. TAX CERTIFICATE 

(For Non-U.S. Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes) 

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of June 30, 2011 (as amended or modified from time to time, the
“Credit Agreement”), among Diebold, Incorporated, an Ohio corporation (the “Company”), the Subsidiary Borrowers from time to time parties thereto (together with the Company, the “Borrowers”), the
lenders from time to time parties thereto (the “Lenders”), and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., a national banking association, as Administrative Agent. 
 Pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.4 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s)
evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Company within the meaning
of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Company as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and (v) the interest payments in question are not effectively connected
with the undersigned’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business. 
 The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent
and the Company with a certificate of its non-U.S. person status on IRS Form W-8BEN. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall
promptly so inform the Company and the Administrative Agent and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Company and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar
year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments. 

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the
Credit Agreement. 
  

			
	[NAME OF LENDER]
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 Date:
                             , 20[    ] 

  
 1 

 [FORM OF] 
 U.S. TAX CERTIFICATE 
 (For Non-U.S. Lenders That Are Partnerships For
U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes) 
 Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of June 30, 2011 (as
amended or modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Diebold, Incorporated, an Ohio corporation (the “Company”), the Subsidiary Borrowers from time to time parties thereto (together with the
Company, the “Borrowers”), the lenders from time to time parties thereto (the “Lenders”), and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., a national banking association, as Administrative Agent. 

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.4 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole
record owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such
Loan(s)), (iii) with respect to the extension of credit pursuant to this Credit Agreement, neither the undersigned nor any of its partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a credit agreement entered into in the ordinary course of
its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Company within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, (v) none of its
partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Company as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (vi) the interest payments in question are not effectively connected with the undersigned’s or its
partners/members’ conduct of a U.S. trade or business. 
 The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and
the Company with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN from each of its partners/members claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided
on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Company and the Administrative Agent and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Company and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and
currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments. 

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the
Credit Agreement. 
  

			
	[NAME OF LENDER]
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 Date:
                             , 20[    ] 

 [FORM OF] 
 U.S. TAX CERTIFICATE 
 (For Non-U.S. Participants That Are Not
Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes) 
 Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of
June 30, 2011 (as amended or modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Diebold, Incorporated, an Ohio corporation (the “Company”), the Subsidiary Borrowers from time to time parties thereto
(together with the Company, the “Borrowers”), the lenders from time to time parties thereto (the “Lenders”), and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., a national banking association, as Administrative Agent. 

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.4 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole
record and beneficial owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the
Company within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Company as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (v) the interest payments in question
are not effectively connected with the undersigned’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business. 
 The undersigned has
furnished its participating Lender with a certificate of its non-U.S. person status on IRS Form W-8BEN. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the
undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender in writing and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is
to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments. 
 Unless otherwise defined
herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement. 
  

			
	[NAME OF LENDER]
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 Date:
                             , 20[    ] 

 [FORM OF] 
 U.S. TAX CERTIFICATE 
 (For Non-U.S. Participants That Are Partnerships
For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes) 
 Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of June 30, 2011
(as amended or modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Diebold, Incorporated, an Ohio corporation (the “Company”), the Subsidiary Borrowers from time to time parties thereto (together with the
Company, the “Borrowers”), the lenders from time to time parties thereto (the “Lenders”), and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., a national banking association, as Administrative Agent. 

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.4 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole
record owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such participation, (iii) with respect such participation, neither the undersigned nor any
of its partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a credit agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its partners/members is a
ten percent shareholder of the Company within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, (v) none of its partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Company as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the
Code, and (vi) the interest payments in question are not effectively connected with the undersigned’s or its partners/members’ conduct of a U.S. trade or business. 

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN from each of its
partners/members claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender and
(2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar
years preceding such payments. 
 Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall
have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement. 
  

			
	[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 Date:
                             , 20[    ] 

 EXHIBIT K 
 (See attached) 

 EXHIBIT L 
 Money Transfer Instructions 
 As supplied by the Company to the Administrative Agent
prior to closing 
 Wiring Instructions can be changed only with the written consent of two Authorized Officers 

 EXHIBIT M 
 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE 
  

	To:	The Administrative Agent and Lenders parties to the 

	    	Credit Agreement Described Below 

This Compliance Certificate is furnished pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of June 30, 2011 (as amended, modified,
renewed or extended from time to time, the “Agreement”) among DIEBOLD, INCORPORATED (the “Company”), certain Subsidiary Borrowers, the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent. Unless otherwise
defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Certificate have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Agreement. 
 THE
UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT: 
 1. I am the duly elected
                    , 1of the Company; 
 2. I have reviewed the terms of the Agreement and I have made, or have caused to be made under my supervision, a detailed review of the transactions and conditions of the Company and its Subsidiaries
during the accounting period covered by the attached financial statements; 
 3. The examinations described in paragraph 2 did
not disclose, and I have no knowledge of, the existence of any condition or event which constitutes a Default or Unmatured Default during or at the end of the accounting period covered by the attached financial statements (the “Covered
Period”) or as of the date of this Certificate, except as set forth below; and 
 4. Schedule I attached hereto sets forth
financial data and computations evidencing the Company’s compliance with Sections 6.17 and 6.18 of the Agreement and calculations of the Applicable Margin, in each case as of the end of the Covered Period, all of which data and computations are
true, complete and correct. 
 Described below are the exceptions, if any, to paragraph 3 by listing, in detail, the nature of
the condition or event, the period during which it has existed and the action which the Company has taken, is taking, or proposes to take with respect to each such condition or event: 

                      
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                           
                                  
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                

                      
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                           
                                  
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                
 The foregoing certifications,
together with the computations set forth in Schedule I hereto and the financial statements delivered with this Certificate in support hereof, are made and delivered this      day of
                     ,          . 

 

	1 	 Must be a Designated Financial Officer. 

 SCHEDULE I TO COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE 

Compliance Calculations for Credit Agreement7 
 CALCULATION AS OF                     ,
             
  

	A.	Leverage Ratio (Section 6.17) 

  

							
	 1.      Total Debt
	  	$	                    	  	  	
			
	 (a) debt for borrowed money and similar monetary obligations evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures, Capitalized Lease Obligations
or otherwise (see clause (i) of Total Debt)
	  	$	                    	  	  	
			
	 (b) reimbursement obligations under outstanding Letters of Credit (see clause (ii) of Total Debt)
	  	$	                    	  	  	
			
	 (c) Off-Balance Sheet Liabilities (see clause (iii) of Total Debt)
	  	$	                    	  	  	
			
	 (d) Receivables Indebtedness(see clause (iii) of Total Debt)
	  	$	                    	  	  	
			
	 (e) Guarantee Obligations (see clause (iv) of Total Debt)
	  	$	                    	  	  	
			
	 (f) Debt secured by Liens (see clause (v) of Total Debt)
	  	$	                    	  	  	
			
	 (g) Integrated Service Contract Debt included in (a) through (f)
	  	$	                    	  	  	
			
	 (h) The lesser of clause (g) above or $125,000,000
	  	$	                    	  	  	
			
	         Total Debt (a+b+c+d+e+f-g)
	  	$	                    	  	  	
			
	 2.      Unencumbered Cash
	  	$	                    	  	  	
			
	 3.      Total Net Debt (A1-A2)
	  	$	                    	  	  	
			
	 4.      Net Worth
	  	$	                    	  	  	

  

	7 	 All capitalized terms used herein have the meanings given such terms in the Credit Agreement. 

									
	 5.      Total Net Debt to Capitalization Ratio (Ratio of Line A3 to Line A3+ Line
A4)
	  	 	___________:1.00	  	  	 
  
	(must be no greater
 than 0.50
to 1.00)
	  
   

			
	 B.     Interest Coverage Ratio (Section 6.18)
	  	$	                    	  	  			
			
	 1.      Consolidated net income of the Company and its Subsidiaries for past four fiscal quarters
determined in conformity with GAAP
	  	$	                    	  	  			
			
	 2.      Income taxes for past four fiscal quarters subtracted in calculating Line
B1
	  	$	                    	  	  			
			
	 3.      Interest Expense (without giving effect to the proviso to such definition) for past four
fiscal quarters (Line B11)
	  	$	                    	  	  			
			
	 4.      Any extraordinary and non-recurring losses and non-cash charges and related tax effects in
accordance with GAAP subtracted in calculating Line B1
	  	$	                    	  	  			
			
	 5.      To the extent included in determining Line B1, the income of any Person (other than a
Subsidiary of the Company) in which any Person other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has a joint interest or a partnership interest or other ownership interest, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions
actually paid to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries by such Person during the past four fiscal quarters
	  	$	                    	  	  			
			
	 6.      To the extent included in determining Line B1, the income of any Person accrued prior to
the date it becomes a Subsidiary of the Company or is merged into or consolidated with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or that Person’s assets are acquired by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
	  	$	                    	  	  			
			
	 7.      To the extent included in determining Line B1, gains from the sale, exchange, transfer or
other disposition of property or assets not in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and related tax effects in accordance with GAAP
	  	$	                    	  	  			
			
	 8.      To the extent included in determining Line B1,
	  	$	                    	  	  			

							
	 any other extraordinary or non-recurring gains or other income not from the continuing operations of the Company or its Subsidiaries, and related tax
effects in accordance with GAAP
	  				  	
			
	 9.      To the extent included in determining Line B1, the income of any Subsidiary of the Company
(other than Subsidiaries which are not material in the aggregate as agreed upon between the Company and the Administrative Agent) to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Subsidiary of that income
is not at the time permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary
	  	$	                    	  	  	
			
	 10.    EBIT (sum of lines B1, B2, B3 and B4 minus B5, B6, B7, B8 and B9)
	  	$	                    	  	  	
			
	 11.    Interest Expense of the Company and its Subsidiaries for past four fiscal quarters (without giving
effect to the proviso to such definition)
	  	 $
	
                    

	   
	  	
			
	 12.    To the extent included in determining line B11, interest expense on the portion of Integrated Service
Contract Debt that is excluded from Total Debt
	  	$	                    	  	  	
			
	 13.    Interest Expense for past four fiscal quarters (Line B11 minus B12)
	  	$	                    	  	  	
			
	 14.    Ratio of Line B10 to Line B13
	  	 	_____________:1.00	  	  	(ratio of Line B10
to B13 must not be
less than 5.00 to 1.00)

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00191-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00191-of-00352.parquet"}]]